WO2020250501A1 - Data extraction device, control method for data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium - Google Patents

Data extraction device, control method for data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020250501A1
WO2020250501A1 PCT/JP2020/008289 JP2020008289W WO2020250501A1 WO 2020250501 A1 WO2020250501 A1 WO 2020250501A1 JP 2020008289 W JP2020008289 W JP 2020008289W WO 2020250501 A1 WO2020250501 A1 WO 2020250501A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
work
worker
period
data
work process
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/008289
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
火炎 木焦
慎也 藤本
Original Assignee
オムロン株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019211641A external-priority patent/JP2020205027A/en
Application filed by オムロン株式会社 filed Critical オムロン株式会社
Publication of WO2020250501A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020250501A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B19/00Programme-control systems
    • G05B19/02Programme-control systems electric
    • G05B19/418Total factory control, i.e. centrally controlling a plurality of machines, e.g. direct or distributed numerical control [DNC], flexible manufacturing systems [FMS], integrated manufacturing systems [IMS] or computer integrated manufacturing [CIM]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/04Manufacturing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T1/00General purpose image data processing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/20Analysis of motion
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P90/00Enabling technologies with a potential contribution to greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions mitigation
    • Y02P90/02Total factory control, e.g. smart factories, flexible manufacturing systems [FMS] or integrated manufacturing systems [IMS]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P90/00Enabling technologies with a potential contribution to greenhouse gas [GHG] emissions mitigation
    • Y02P90/30Computing systems specially adapted for manufacturing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a data extraction device or the like that extracts data that can be used for improving work processes from imaged data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes.
  • Japanese Patent Publication Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-23803
  • the prior art uses the planning data for each work process to extract the predetermined work video data related to the work process determined to correspond to the predetermined work process. Since such planning data is arranged in a higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system in which each device at the production site is a slave, the conventional technique is imaging data in which the situation of the entire work site is captured. Needs to be uploaded to the higher system. Since the amount of image data obtained by photographing the situation of the entire work site is extremely large, and in particular, the amount of data of the imaged data for detailed analysis is enormous, the image data obtained by photographing the situation of the entire work site is used as the higher-level system. The communication load when uploading to is very large.
  • One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and while suppressing the communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system in which the equipment used in the work process is a slave.
  • the purpose is to efficiently use the imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes.
  • the data extraction device includes a first acquisition unit that acquires basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and the plurality of operations.
  • the second acquisition unit that acquires the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device used for each execution of the process, and the operation performed by the device using the process information.
  • An operation determination unit that determines whether or not meets a predetermined operation standard, and imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined by the operation determination unit to satisfy the predetermined operation standard.
  • a device including an extraction unit that extracts data from the basic data, and a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system in which the device is a slave via an internal bus, or a slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master via a control network connected communicably, and the second acquisition unit acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
  • the control method of the data extraction device includes a first acquisition step of acquiring basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and the above-mentioned.
  • the second acquisition step of acquiring process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device used for each execution of the plurality of work processes, and the device performing the process using the process information.
  • An imaging showing an operation determination step for determining whether the said operation satisfies a predetermined operation standard and an execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard in the operation determination step.
  • the data extraction device includes an extraction step of extracting data as partial data from the basic data, and the data extraction device is a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system having the device as a slave via an internal bus, or the device.
  • the imaging of the implementation status of a plurality of work processes is captured. It has the effect of being able to use the data efficiently.
  • FIG. 1 It is a block diagram which shows the main part structure of the information processing apparatus and the like which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the whole outline of the control system including the information processing apparatus of FIG. It is a figure which shows the image of the basic imaging data acquired by the information processing apparatus of FIG. It is a flow diagram explaining an example of the process executed by the information processing apparatus of FIG. It is a figure which shows the method which the information processing apparatus of FIG. 1 identifies a worker and a monitoring area using the basic imaging data (image). It is a figure which shows an example of the information which shows the correspondence relation between the operation period of an apparatus and the stay period of a worker for each work process.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart illustrating an example of correction processing executed by the information processing apparatus of FIG. 13.
  • FIGS. 1 to 12 Embodiment 1
  • the information processing device 10 will be described as a typical example of the data extraction device.
  • an outline of the control system 1 and the like including the information processing device 10 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • "n” indicates “an integer of 1 or more”
  • “m” indicates “an integer of 1 or more and n or less”.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an overall outline of the control system 1 and the like including the information processing device 10.
  • the ceiling camera 30 shown in FIG. 2 is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS and generates basic imaging data BI which is imaging data of the entire work site WS.
  • the work site WS is a production site such as a factory, and in the work site WS, for example, various products have a plurality of work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n). ) To be produced.
  • Each of the plurality of work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n) carried out at the work site WS is, for example, a "painting" process and a "main work assembly". The process, the process of "incorporating the main work into the main body", and the process of "inspection”.
  • the work site WS includes a plurality of monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n).
  • Each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n) has a plurality of work steps Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... .. It is associated with each of Pr (n).
  • the monitoring area Ar (m) is an area in which the worker Pe performs the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work process Pr (m), for example, in the area where the device 40 (m) is arranged. is there.
  • the worker Pe performs the work Op (m) related to the work process Pr (m) in the monitoring area Ar (m) using the device 40 (m).
  • a ceiling camera 30, which is a wide area imaging camera, is installed on the ceiling of the WS at the work site. However, it is not essential that the ceiling camera 30 is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS, and the ceiling camera 30 may be installed at a position where the entire work site WS can be overlooked.
  • the ceiling camera 30 gives a bird's-eye view of the entire work site WS and generates basic imaging data BI which is imaging data of the entire work site WS.
  • the basic imaging data BI includes a plurality of analysis target regions Aa (1), Aa (1), each of which corresponds to a plurality of monitoring regions Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n). 2), Aa (3), ... Aa (n) are preset.
  • the analysis target area Aa is the target area for image analysis of the basic imaging data BI by the information processing device 10.
  • the analysis target area Aa may be set for the basic imaging data BI by the information processing apparatus 10 according to the user operation.
  • the worker Pe who executes the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work process Pr (m), and the worker Pe is covered by, for example, the worker Pe. It is identified by the worker ID attached to the crown of the hat. Specifically, the worker Pe (1) and the worker Pe (2) existing in the work site WS are the worker ID: Pe (1) attached to the hat worn by the worker Pe (1). Each is identified by the worker ID: Pe (2) attached to the hat worn by the worker Pe (2). When it is necessary to distinguish each of a plurality of worker Pes, subscripts such as "(1)”, “(2)", “(3)”, ..., "(n)" are added to the code. When it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as "worker Pe".
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an image of basic imaging data BI acquired by the information processing device 10 from the ceiling camera 30.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 executes image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the work site WS, and the worker Pe is in the work site WS. If it is determined that it exists, the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the work site WS is specified.
  • each of the plurality of devices 40 is used for each execution of the plurality of work process Pr, that is, the work process Pr and the device 40 are associated in advance.
  • one or more devices 40 (m) are used to carry out the work process Pr (m). That is, one or more devices 40 (1) are used to carry out the work process Pr (1), and specifically, the devices 40 (1-1), 40 (1-2), and 40 (1).
  • the three devices 40 (1) of -3) may be used.
  • one or more devices 40 (2) are used to carry out the work process Pr (2)
  • one or more devices 40 (3) are used to carry out the work process Pr (3).
  • one device 40 may be used to carry out a plurality of work steps Pr.
  • the variables "p", “q”, “x”, and “y” each indicate an "integer of 1 or more", “q” is different from “p", and "y” is "x”. It can be paraphrased as follows. That is, even if the device 40 (px) used to carry out the work process Pr (p) and the device 40 (qy) used to carry out the work process Pr (q) are the same device 40. Good.
  • the plurality of devices 40 used to carry out the plurality of work process Prs at the work site WS are controlled by the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) 20 as a line controller. That is, a control system 1 is constructed as a master-slave control system in which the PLC 20 is used as a master and each of the plurality of devices 40 is a slave, and each of the plurality of devices 40 can communicate with the PLC 20 via a network (control network 50). It is connected to the.
  • the PLC 20 is called a "master” in the sense that it manages data transmission via the control network 50.
  • the “master” and “slave” are defined by paying attention to the control function of data transmission on the control network 50, and what kind of information is transmitted and received between the devices is not particularly limited.
  • the PLC 20 is a control device (controller) that controls the entire control system 1, and is communicably connected to each of a plurality of devices 40.
  • the PLC 20 acquires information from each of the plurality of devices 40 as input devices (measurement devices) as input data.
  • the PLC 20 executes arithmetic processing using the acquired input data according to a user program incorporated in advance.
  • the PLC 20 executes the arithmetic processing to determine the control content for the control system 1, for example, determines the control content for each of the plurality of devices 40 as output devices such as actuators, and corresponds to the control content.
  • the control data is output to each of the plurality of devices 40.
  • the PLC 20 repeatedly executes the acquisition of input data from each of the plurality of devices 40 and the acquisition of control data to each of the plurality of devices 40 in a predetermined cycle (control cycle).
  • a display unit and an operation unit may be connected to the PLC 20.
  • the display unit is composed of a liquid crystal panel or the like capable of displaying an image
  • the operation unit is typically composed of a touch panel, a keyboard, a mouse or the like.
  • the device 40 is a slave in the control system 1 as a master-slave control system with the PLC 20 as the master.
  • the device 40 is an input device that repeatedly transmits input data to the PLC 20 at predetermined control cycles, or receives repeated control data from the PLC 20 at predetermined control cycles and operates according to the received control data. It is a device.
  • the device 40 may be, for example, a sensor (for example, a photoelectric sensor) as an input device for transmitting a detection result or the like to the PLC 20 as input data, or a bar code reader for transmitting a reading result, and is inspected. It may be an inspection machine (tester) that transmits the results.
  • the device 40 may be a PT (Programmable Terminal) to which a plurality of input devices are connected.
  • the device 40 may be a robot or the like as an output device that executes screw tightening, picking, and the like.
  • the control network 50 transmits various data received by or transmitted by the PLC 20 and can typically use various Industrial Ethernet®, sometimes referred to as a field network. ..
  • Industrial Ethernet registered trademark
  • EtherCAT registered trademark
  • Profile IRT Profile IRT
  • MECHATROLINK registered trademark
  • MECHATROLINK registered trademark
  • CIP Motion CIP Motion
  • a field network other than Industrial Ethernet may be used. For example, if motion control is not performed, DeviceNet, CompoNet / IP (registered trademark), or the like may be used.
  • control system 1 in which data is transmitted and received between the PLC 20 (master) and the device 40 (slave) by sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50 will be described. That is, by sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50 in a predetermined control cycle, data is repeatedly transmitted and received between the PLC 20 and the device 40 in each control cycle. By sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50, data may be transmitted and received between a plurality of devices 40, that is, between a plurality of slaves.
  • the master PLC 20 is repeated, for example, at predetermined control cycles, and the content and result of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 from the slave device 40.
  • the operation result La indicating the above is received. That is, the device 40 repeats the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed when the work process Pr is executed at a predetermined cycle, and transmits the operation result La to the PLC 20.
  • the device 40 (m) repeats the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the operation Ac (m) executed when the work process Pr (m) is executed in the control cycle, and transmits the operation result La (m) to the PLC 20. To do.
  • the PLC 20 acquires, for example, a measurement result that is the result of a measurement operation executed by the device 40 as an input device (measurement device) as an operation result La of the device 40. Further, when the device 40 is an inspection machine, the PLC 20 sets the result of the inspection operation executed by the device 40 as, for example, the inspection result such as "satisfied or did not meet the inspection standard" as the operation result of the device 40. Obtained as La. Further, the PLC 20 acquires, for example, the result of the output operation executed by the device 40 as the output device as the operation result La of the device 40. When the device 40 is a robot that executes screw tightening, picking, etc., the PLC 20 acquires an operation result La such as a screw tightening number and a picking result (picking success or picking error) as an operation result La of the device 40.
  • an operation result La such as a screw tightening number and a picking result (picking success or picking error) as an operation result La of the device 40.
  • the PLC 20 repeatedly receives an operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed by the device 40 from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle, and uses the received operation result La as process information. It transmits (that is, transfers) to the information processing device 10. Further, the PLC 20 transmits information generated by using the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle to the information processing apparatus 10 as process information.
  • the PLC 20 may transmit the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle to the outside of the control system 1 as process information.
  • the PLC 20 connects the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 in a predetermined cycle to a MES (Manufacturin g Execution System) or the like as process information, and is an in-house LAN (Local Area Network) shown in FIG. ) May be sent.
  • MES Manufacturing g Execution System
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • the determination for the operation result La (particularly the operation Ac) included in the process information is determined from the PLC 20.
  • An example of the information processing apparatus 10 that has received the process information will be described.
  • "determination of whether or not execution is completed within the range of standard operating time Tta” means whether or not the execution of operation Ac is completed between the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah. Is to be determined.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 operates from the process information, in particular, from the operation result La, the operation start time Tms of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed, and the operation. Specify the completion time Tme and the operation period Da. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 executes the determination for the operation Ac by using the specified operation start time Tms, the operation completion time Tme, the operation period Da, and the predetermined operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac.
  • the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information may be executed by the PLC 20, and the PLC 20 includes the result of the above-mentioned determination in the process information or the process information. Instead of, the information may be transmitted to the information processing apparatus 10.
  • the operation start time Tms is the time when the device 40 used for the work process Pr starts the execution of the operation Ac when the work process Pr is executed
  • the operation completion time Tme is the operation completion time Tmes of the operation Ac. It is the time when the execution is completed.
  • the operation period Da is a period from the operation start time Tms to the operation completion time Tme.
  • FIG. 2 shows an in-house LAN system, another network system, and the like, in addition to the control system 1 as a master-slave control system.
  • the in-house LAN is connected to a process information DB (Database), which is also called MES.
  • a process information DB information indicating "standard operation to be executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr" is stored as the operation reference Sa.
  • the operation reference Sa includes the execution order information Si, the error reference Te, and the standard operating time Tta (specifically, the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah). ..
  • an event management device 60 that monitors and manages various events that occur at the work site WS is connected to the process information DB as the MES via the in-house LAN.
  • the event management device 60 it is not essential that the event management device 60 is connected to the process information DB via the in-house LAN, and the event management device 60 may not be provided.
  • the PLC 20 is connected to the process information DB via the in-house LAN.
  • the process information DB and the information processing device 10 may be connected to each other.
  • an ERP Enterprise Resources Planning
  • WMS Warehouse Management System
  • the like may be connected to the in-house LAN.
  • a video storage server or the like is connected to the process information DB via an "other network" that is different from the control network 50 and the in-house LAN.
  • the information processing device 10 is connected to the moving image storage server or the like via another network, and the partial imaging data OD transmitted from the information processing device 10 is stored in the moving image storage server or the like.
  • an external device 70 realized by a PC (Personal Computer) or the like is connected to the moving image storage server or the like, and the external device 70 displays, for example, partial imaging data OD and visualizes process information or the like.
  • the external device 70 displays a list of information necessary for improving the work process Pr, and performs partial imaging of information indicating the bottleneck work process Pr, the date and time of the error that occurred in the work process Pr, and the like. Displayed in association with data OD.
  • the ceiling camera 30 captures the entire work site WS to generate basic imaging data BI, and the generated basic imaging data BI is, for example, via a communication cable such as a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable. , Is transmitted to the information processing device 10.
  • a communication cable such as a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable.
  • the information processing device 10 is a data extraction device realized by, for example, a PC or the like, which combines the process information acquired from the PLC 20 and the basic imaging data BI acquired from the ceiling camera 30 to enable efficient use of both. Is.
  • the information processing device 10 can be said to be a device that visualizes process information including "operation result La indicating the contents and results of actual operation Acs of a plurality of devices 40 at the work site WS" by combining with the basic imaging data BI.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 acquires process information including the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac of the device 40 used for carrying out the work process Pr from the PLC 20, and obtains the acquired process information as 1. It is combined with the basic imaging data BI acquired from the ceiling camera 30 of the table.
  • the information processing device 10 combines the process information including the operation result La showing the contents and results of each operation Ac of the plurality of devices 40 with the basic imaging data BI that images the entire work site WS to perform a plurality of operations.
  • the analysis related to each of the steps Pr can be performed efficiently and precisely.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 extracts, for example, a bottleneck work process Pr, and captures an image of the implementation status of the extracted work process Pr (partial imaging data OD). And the process information of the extracted work process Pr are combined. Therefore, for example, the user can easily identify the cause of the bottleneck and the cause of the defect in the work process Pr that is the bottleneck, and can efficiently perform the improvement work of the work process Pr. become able to.
  • the information processing device 10 can also be used for traceability when a defect occurs.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 improves the analysis system for both the analysis for the basic imaging data BI and the analysis for the process information by combining the basic imaging data BI and the process information of each of the plurality of devices 40. Can be done.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 uses the PLC 20 that has been used in the work site WS for a long time and the ceiling camera 30 that is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS, so that the realization cost is low. Further, the information processing device 10 may use the ceiling camera 30 that captures only the desired work process Pr (that is, the desired monitoring area Ar), or the ceiling camera 30 used by the information processing device 10 may be relocated. Is also easy.
  • the technique of Patent Document 1 calculates the incapacity time, which is the time when the worker could not perform the work, by analyzing the work video data taken by a plurality of cameras.
  • the technique of Patent Document 1 is to subtract the incapacity time calculated by analyzing the work video data from the apparent work time measured based on the operator's operation on the work instruction terminal that indicates the work procedure to the worker. Then, the actual work time that was actually possible to work is calculated. That is, the technique of Patent Document 1 relates to the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr in order to grasp the correspondence between the actual operation Ac of the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr and the worker Pe. Specifically, an operation instruction of the worker Pe is required for the work instruction terminal.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 uses the process information, specifically, the operation result La of the device 40 to set the operation start time Tms at which the device 40 starts the operation Ac and the operation Ac. Specify the completed operation completion time Tme. That is, the information processing device 10 specifies the operation start time Tms and the operation completion time Tme of the device 40 without requiring the operation work of the worker Pe to the work instruction terminal that indicates the work procedure to the worker Pe.
  • the information processing device 10 is communicably connected to the PLC 20 via a control network 50 that connects the master PLC 20 and the slave device 40.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 receives process information from the PLC 20 including the content and the operation result La indicating the content and result of the “actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”.
  • the information processing device 10 needs to be communicably connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, but the information processing device 10 is "a master-slave whose master is the PLC 20 and whose slave is the device 40.” It does not have to be a slave in the "control system".
  • the information processing device 10 is communicably connected to the ceiling camera 30 via, for example, a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable.
  • the information processing device 10 acquires the basic imaging data BI in which the entire work site WS is imaged from the ceiling camera 30.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 acquires an operation standard Sa indicating "a standard operation to be executed by the device 40 used for executing the work process Pr" from the process information DB. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the acquired operation reference Sa to perform a determination on "the actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr".
  • the information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to "satisfy the operation standard Sa (m)", that is, "usually not executed when the work process Pr (m) is executed”.
  • the imaging data Id (m) that images the implementation status of (m) is extracted from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD.
  • the information processing device 10 does not transmit the basic imaging data BI to the in-house LAN connected to the MES or the like, the communication in the in-house LAN is not overwhelmed by the transmission of the basic imaging data BI having a huge amount of data. ..
  • the information processing device 10 includes a first acquisition unit 110 that acquires basic imaging data BI (basic data), which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of working steps Pr, and a plurality of working steps.
  • the second acquisition unit 120 that acquires the process information generated from the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 used for each execution of Pr, and the device 40 using the process information.
  • the execution status of the operation determination unit 130 that determines whether the executed operation Ac satisfies the predetermined operation standard Sa, and the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac that is determined by the operation determination unit 130 to satisfy the predetermined operation standard Sa.
  • An extraction unit 150 that extracts the indicated imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD (partial data) is provided.
  • the information processing device 10 is connected to a PLC 20 which is a master in a master-slave control system in which the device 40 is a slave via an internal bus, or a control network 50 which connects the device 40 and the PLC 20 in a communicable manner. It is a device different from the device 40 connected to the PLC 20.
  • the second acquisition unit 120 acquires the information generated or collected by the PLC 20 as the process information.
  • the information processing device 10 is a device connected to the PLC 20 via an internal bus or a device connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, which is different from the device 40, and has the following processing. To execute. That is, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the process information generated or collected by the PLC 20 to perform the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa from the basic imaging data BI. The imaging data Id indicating the above is extracted.
  • the information processing device 10 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 via the internal bus or the control network 50. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the acquired process information to obtain the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the control system 1 which is the master-slave control system. Is extracted as partial imaging data OD.
  • the information processing device 10 extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. ,
  • the effect is that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
  • the information processing device 10 further includes a transmission unit 160 that transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the master-slave control system.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the master-slave control system.
  • the data amount of the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD is smaller than the data amount of the basic imaging data BI.
  • the information processing device 10 has the effect of enabling efficient use of the basic imaging data BI in the higher-level system while suppressing the communication load on the higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system. ..
  • the information processing apparatus 10 whose outline has been described so far will be described next with reference to FIG. 1 for details of its configuration, and then the processing executed by the information processing apparatus 10 will be described with reference to FIG. To go.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a main configuration of an information processing device 10 and the like included in the control system 1.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has a first acquisition unit 110, a second acquisition unit 120, an operation determination unit 130, a storage unit 140, an extraction unit 150, and a transmission unit 160 as functional blocks. And an image analysis unit 170.
  • the information processing device 10 may include an operation reception unit or the like that accepts user operations in addition to the above-mentioned functional blocks, but in order to ensure the simplicity of the description, the information processing device 10 is not directly related to the present embodiment. Is omitted from the description and block diagram. However, the information processing apparatus 10 may have the omitted configuration in accordance with the actual situation of implementation.
  • the CPU central processing unit
  • the CPU central processing unit
  • NVRAM non-Volatile random access memory
  • the first acquisition unit 110, the second acquisition unit 120, the operation determination unit 130, the extraction unit 150, the transmission unit 160, and the image analysis unit 170 for example, the CPU (central processing unit) or the like has a ROM (read only memory).
  • NVRAM non-Volatile random access memory
  • the CPU central processing unit
  • NVRAM non-Volatile random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the first acquisition unit 110 acquires the basic imaging data BI, which is the imaging data obtained by the ceiling camera 30 capturing the entire work site WS, from the ceiling camera 30, and outputs the acquired basic imaging data BI to the extraction unit 150. To do.
  • the second acquisition unit 120 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 and outputs the acquired process information to the operation determination unit 130.
  • the process information is "the" operation result La of the device 40 "acquired by the PLC 20 from the device 40" and "the information generated by the PLC 20 using the acquired” operation result La of the device 40 "”. That is, the process information includes the operation result La, and the operation result La is information indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed.
  • the PLC 20 uses the "operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m)" to execute the operation determination for the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m)
  • the process information is based on the PLC 20.
  • the determination result of the operation determination for the operation Ac (m) may be included.
  • the operation determination unit 130 asks "whether the predetermined operation standard Sa is satisfied" for the actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used for executing the work process Pr. Judgment (operation judgment). That is, when the operation determination unit 130 acquires the process information (particularly, the operation result La) from the second acquisition unit 120, the operation reference unit 130 sets the predetermined operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac included in the process information as the operation reference of the storage unit 140. Obtained by referring to Table 141. Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines whether or not the operation Ac included in the process information satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa stored in the operation reference table 141.
  • the operation determination unit 130 indicates that "an error (in-process error or inter-process error) has occurred” or "the operation period Da required for execution is not within the standard operation time Tta" for a certain operation Ac. ", It is determined that the certain operation Ac satisfies the operation reference Sa. Specifically, when the operation determination unit 130 confirms that "the operation period Da is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal" or "the operation period Da exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah", there is a certain amount. It is determined that the operation Ac satisfies the operation reference Sa.
  • the operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr (m). ) Is notified to the extraction unit 150 (extraction target information).
  • the operation determination unit 130 sets, for example, an operation start time Tms (m) which is "a time when the device 40 (m) starts” an operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m) ". , Specifically, from the process information, from the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m). Further, the operation determination unit 130 is, for example, an operation completion time Tme (m) which is "a time when the device 40 (m) completes the" operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m) "". ) Is specified from the process information, specifically, from the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 sets the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) specified for the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)” to the “operation reference Sa (m)”. ) Is notified to the extraction unit 150 as extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy.
  • the time (period) from the operation start time Tms (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) of the "operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation standard Sa (m)” is also referred to as "cutting time”. That is, the information indicating the "cutting time” is an example of the extraction target information.
  • the time (period) from the operation start time Tms (m) of the operation Ac (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) means "the period during which the operation Ac (m) is executed", and the operation period Da ( Also called m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined not to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr (
  • the image analysis unit 170 is notified of the information (non-extraction target information) indicating m). That is, the operation determination unit 130 indicates the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that "no error occurred” and "execution was completed within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m)".
  • the information (non-extracted target information) is notified to the image analysis unit 170.
  • the operation determination unit 130 confirms that "the operation period Da is within the range from the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal to the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah", and the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) ( The image analysis unit 170 is notified of the information indicating m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 notifies the image analysis unit 170 of the extraction target information, so that the image analysis unit 170 is subjected to operations corresponding to the operation Ac other than the “operation Ac determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa”.
  • the process Pr may be specified.
  • the motion determination unit 130 may cause the image analysis unit 170 to specify a time other than the “cutting time” by notifying the image analysis unit 170 of information indicating the “cutting time”.
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines the operation start time Tms (m), the operation completion time Tme (m), and the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) specified by using the operation result La (m). You may communicate with the image analysis unit 170. Further, the motion determination unit 130 determines whether or not the motion Ac (m) is an "automated motion” by using the motion result La (m), and communicates the determination result to the image analysis unit 170. You may.
  • the image analysis unit 170 performs work performed by the worker Pe in the work process Pr for the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac other than "the operation Ac determined by the operation determination unit 130 to" satisfy the operation reference Sa "". It is determined whether the Op is a standard work (standard work). Specifically, the image analysis unit 170 first captures an image of the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac other than "the operation Ac determined by the operation determination unit 130 to” satisfy the operation reference Sa "". Image analysis is executed for the data ID. Then, the image analysis unit 170 uses the result of the image analysis and the process information to determine whether the work Op performed by the worker Pe is a standard work.
  • the image analysis unit 170 executes a flow line analysis capable of precisely grasping the existence and movement of the worker Pe as an image analysis for the image capture data ID (basic image data BI), and is the center of the worker Pe. Coordinates, worker ID, etc. may be detected.
  • the image analysis unit 170 identifies the work process Pr corresponding to the work Op corresponding to the work Op determined to be non-standard work (non-standard work), and information indicating the specified work process Pr (extraction target information). Is notified to the extraction unit 150.
  • the extraction unit 150 acquires the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr corresponding to the “operation Ac determined to satisfy the operation standard Sa” from the operation determination unit 130, and uses the acquired extraction target information to perform basic imaging. Partial imaging data OD is extracted from the data BI. That is, the extraction unit 150 uses the extraction target information acquired from the operation determination unit 130 to perform the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)”.
  • the imaging data Id (m) that images the implementation status is extracted from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD.
  • the extraction unit 150 is from the operation start time Tms (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) of the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)” from the operation determination unit 130. Get the time (that is, the cut time). Then, the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging data Id corresponding to the acquired cutting time from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the extraction unit 150 acquires the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr corresponding to the “work Op determined to be non-standard work (non-standard work)” from the image analysis unit 170, and extracts the acquired information. Partial imaging data OD is extracted from the basic imaging data BI using the target information.
  • the extraction unit 150 outputs the partial imaging data OD extracted from the basic imaging data BI, that is, the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI to the transmission unit 160.
  • the transmission unit 160 transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the control system 1, and transmits it to, for example, the moving image storage server shown in FIG.
  • the transmission unit 160 may also transmit data indicating the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period to, for example, an external display device (for example, the external device 70 in FIG. 2). Good. Then, the transmission unit 160 may display the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period on an external display device. Details will be described later with reference to FIGS. 10 to 12.
  • the storage unit 140 is a storage device that stores various data used by the information processing device 10.
  • the storage unit 140 includes (1) a control program, (2) an OS program, (3) an application program for executing various functions of the information processing device 10, and (4).
  • Various data to be read when the application program is executed may be stored non-temporarily.
  • the data (1) to (4) above may be, for example, ROM (read only memory), flash memory, EPROM (Erasable Programmable ROM), EEPROM (registered trademark) (Electrically EPROM), HDD (Hard Disc Drive), or the like. It is stored in a non-volatile storage device.
  • the information processing device 10 may include a temporary storage unit (not shown).
  • the temporary storage unit is a so-called working memory that temporarily stores data used for calculation and calculation results in the process of various processes executed by the information processing device 10, and is volatile storage such as RAM (Random Access Memory). It consists of devices. Which data is stored in which storage device is appropriately determined from the purpose of use, convenience, cost, physical restrictions, and the like of the information processing device 10.
  • the storage unit 140 further stores the operation reference table 141 and the analysis target area table 142.
  • the operation standard table 141 stores the operation standard Sa corresponding to the "operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr".
  • the operation reference Sa (m) is associated with the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m) in advance, and the operation reference table 141 shows.
  • the operation reference Sa (m) associated with the operation Ac (m) is stored.
  • the operation standard Sa stored in the operation standard table 141 may be acquired from the process information DB or the like shown in FIG. 2, or may be set and stored by the user.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 acquires the operation reference Sa directly from the process information DB shown in FIG. 2 or from the process information DB via the PLC 20, and stores the acquired operation reference Sa in the operation reference table 141. May be good.
  • the operation reference Sa stored in the operation reference table 141 includes the execution order information Si, the error reference Te, and the standard operation time Tta (specifically, the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah). ,including.
  • the execution order information Si is information indicating in what order the plurality of work process Prs should be executed for the plurality of work process Prs, that is, a plurality of operations corresponding to the plurality of work process Prs. Information indicating the order in which Ac should be executed.
  • the execution order information Si (m) is, for example, "The work process Pr (m) should be executed after the execution of the work process Pr (m-1) is completed and before the start of the implementation of the work process Pr (m + 1). ".
  • the execution order information Si (m) states that "the operation Ac (m) is the operation Ac (m) after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed. It can be said that it should be executed before the start of execution of m + 1).
  • the error standard Te is a standard set in advance for each "operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr", and specifically, the "device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr” is used.
  • "work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the inspection process: operation Ac (m) performed by the inspection machine: inspection operation” includes “error criterion Te: inspection result-good”. Is preset.
  • “work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used for performing the picking process: operation Ac (m) executed by the picking machine: picking operation” "error criterion Te: picking success” is set in advance. It is set.
  • the standard operation time Tta is information indicating "a period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr". More specifically, the standard operating time Tta is the period from the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal to the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah.
  • the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal is the lower limit of "the period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr".
  • the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah is an upper limit of "a period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr".
  • the standard operation time Tta (m) is associated with the work process Pr (m), that is, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m).
  • the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal (m) and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah (m) are associated with the operation Ac (m).
  • the device 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m) executes the operation Ac (m) within the standard operation time Tta (m) when the work process Pr (m) is carried out. It should be completed. " That is, it is shown that the device 40 (m) should complete the execution of the operation Ac (m) within the range from the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal (m) to the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah (m). There is.
  • execution order information Si, error reference Te, and standard operating time Tta (specifically, standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah), which are operation reference Sa, are steps that are MES. It may be stored in the information DB. In that case, the information processing apparatus 10 may store the operation reference Sa acquired from the process information DB in the operation reference table 141.
  • the analysis target area table 142 stores a plurality of analysis target areas Aa, each of which corresponds to each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar. For example, an analysis target area Aa for confirming the status of the monitoring area Ar (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) is set for the basic imaging data BI, and the analysis target area table 142 shows the work process Pr. The monitoring area Ar (m) associated with (m) is stored. Each of the plurality of analysis target areas Aa stored in the analysis target area table 142 may be updated according to the user operation.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram showing an example of a process executed by the information processing device 10 (in other words, a control method executed by the information processing device 10).
  • the processing (control method) executed by the information processing apparatus 10 includes the first acquisition step (S120) of acquiring the basic imaging data BI (basic data) which is the imaging data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work steps Pr.
  • the extraction step (S170) of extracting the imaging data Id indicating the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the determined operation Ac from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD is included.
  • the information processing device 10 is a device connected to the PLC 20 which is a master in a master-slave control system in which the device 40 is a slave via an internal bus, or a control network 50 which connects the device 40 and the PLC 20 so as to be communicable. It is a device different from the device 40, which is connected to the PLC 20 via the device 40. Then, in the second acquisition step, the information generated or collected by the PLC 20 is acquired as the process information.
  • the control method controls the information processing device 10 connected to the PLC 20 via the internal bus, or the information processing device 10 connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, which is different from the device 40. It is a method and executes the following processing. That is, the control method uses the process information generated or collected by the PLC 20 to determine the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa from the basic imaging data BI. The imaged data Id shown is extracted.
  • control method is executed by the information processing device 10 that acquires the process information from the PLC 20 via the internal bus or the control network 50. Then, the control method uses the acquired process information to obtain the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the control system 1 which is a master-slave control system. It is extracted as partial imaging data OD.
  • the control method extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
  • the second acquisition unit 120 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 (S110). Specifically, the second acquisition unit 120 is the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) during the execution of the work process Pr (m). The operation result La (m) indicating the content and the result of the above is acquired from the PLC 20 as process information. Further, the first acquisition unit 110 acquires basic imaging data from the ceiling camera 30 (S120).
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the process information acquired from the PLC 20 by the second acquisition unit 120 to ask "whether the predetermined operation standard Sa is satisfied" for the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed. judge. Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) included in the process information to perform the operation Ac (m) actually executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed. ) Satisfies the operation standard Sa (m). "
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to first perform the "work process Pr (m)". Is there a process error in the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m)? ”(S130). That is, the operation determination unit 130 determines "whether there is an in-process error or an inter-process error in the operation Ac (m) actually executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed".
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and uses the operation result La (m) to perform "operation Ac (m). Whether an in-process error occurred in m) ”is determined.
  • the error reference Te (m) is set in advance for the operation Ac (m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 acquires the error reference Te (m) by referring to the operation reference table 141 stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the operation determination unit 130 compares the acquired error reference Te (m) with the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and "operates". Whether an in-process error has occurred in Ac (m) ”is determined. When the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred” for the operation Ac (m), it determines that "the operation Ac (m) satisfies the operation reference Sa (m)".
  • a plurality of operations Ac (m) (1), Ac (m) (2), Ac (m) (3), ..., Ac (m) (x) are executed.
  • the operation determination unit 130 executes the following determination. That is, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation Ac (m) (1), Ac (m) (2), and Ac (m) (3), and the error criteria Te (m) (1), Te ( Compare each of m) (2) and Te (m) (3).
  • the error reference Te (m) (1) is an error reference Te preset in the operation Ac (m) (1)
  • the error reference Te (m) (2) is set in the operation Ac (m) (2)
  • the error reference Te (m) (3) is an error reference Te preset in the operation Ac (m) (3).
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (1) is the operation reference Sa (m) (1). 1) is satisfied. " Further, when it is determined that "the operation Ac (m) (2) satisfies the error reference Te (m) (2)", the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (2) is the operation reference Sa (m)". ) (2) is satisfied. " Further, when it is determined that "the operation Ac (m) (3) satisfies the error reference Te (m) (3)", the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (3) is the operation reference Sa (m)”. ) (3) is satisfied. "
  • “work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the screw tightening process: operation executed by the screw tightening machine Ac (m): screw tightening operation” includes "error reference Te ( m): The number of rotations is from p to q (> p) times ”is preset. Therefore, in contrast to the screw tightening operation (screw tightening operation result) when the screw tightening machine "rotates r (> q) times” in the screw tightening process, the operation determination unit 130 "sets the screw tightening operation. It is determined that "an internal error has occurred” and "the operation standard Sa is satisfied”.
  • the operation determination unit 130 detects an abnormality by executing the operation Ac (m) by the device 40 (m) and that the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 (m) has an abnormality. When one of them is detected, it is determined that an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m). Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which the in-process error has occurred is "satisfied with the operation reference Sa (m)".
  • the operation determination unit 130 includes "the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed” and the error associated with this operation Ac (m). It is compared with the reference Te (m) to determine whether an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred in the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed"
  • the operation Ac (m) is determined. It is determined that the operation standard Sa (m) is satisfied.
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and uses the operation result La (m) to perform "operation Ac (m). For m), it is determined whether a process skip (inter-process error) has occurred.
  • the work process Pr (m) For example, among the plurality of work process Prs, there is a work process Pr that should be carried out in a predetermined order. Specifically, a situation such as "the work process Pr (m) should be performed after the work process Pr (m-1) is performed and before the work process Pr (m + 1) is performed" is assumed. In this case, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) corresponds to the work process Pr (m + 1) after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) corresponding to the work process Pr (m-1) is completed. Action to be performed Before the start of execution of Ac (m + 1), it must be executed.
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) is not executed in a predetermined order.
  • an inter-process error processing skipping
  • inter-process error is when "the operation Ac (m) that should be executed before the execution of the subsequent operation Ac (m + 1) is not executed before the execution of the operation Ac (m + 1) is started”. Is.
  • the operation Ac (m) that should be executed after the execution of the preceding operation Ac (m-1) is completed is not executed after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed.
  • an inter-process error occurs. It can be mentioned as a typical example.
  • "the operation Ac (m) to be executed is not executed"
  • the operation Ac (m) to be executed in a predetermined order is predetermined”. It is also called “process skipping" because it is not executed in order.
  • the operation reference table 141 as the operation reference Sa, "execution order information indicating in what order the plurality of work process Prs should be executed for a plurality of work process Prs". "Si" is stored. That is, the operation reference table 141 stores the execution order information Si indicating in what order each of the plurality of operation Acs corresponding to each of the plurality of work process Prs should be executed.
  • the operation determination unit 130 refers to the operation reference table 141 and acquires the execution order information Si (m). For example, “the operation Ac (m) is the operation Ac after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed. It should be executed before the start of execution of (m + 1). ”The execution order information Si (m) is acquired. Then, the operation determination unit 130 uses the acquired execution order information Si (m) and the process information to perform the operation Ac (m) to be executed by the device 40 (m) used to execute the work process Pr (m). ), It is determined whether or not an inter-process error has occurred.
  • the device 40 (m-1) is based on the operation result La (m-1) of the device 40 (m-1) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m-1).
  • the operation completion time Tme (m-1) of the executed operation Ac (m-1) is specified.
  • the operation determination unit 130 starts the operation start time of the operation Ac (m + 1) executed by the device 40 (m + 1) from the operation result La (m + 1) of the device 40 (m + 1) used for executing the work process Pr (m + 1). Identify Tms (m + 1).
  • the operation determination unit 130 is based on the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m), and the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m). (M) is specified, in other words, the period during which the operation Ac (m) is not executed is specified.
  • the operation determination unit 130 When the operation determination unit 130 confirms that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) does not exist between the operation completion time Tme (m-1) and the operation start time Tms (m + 1), the operation determination unit 130 “operates”. For Ac (m), an inter-process error (process skipping) has occurred. " Further, when the operation determination unit 130 confirms that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) does not exist within a predetermined time from the operation completion time Tme (m-1), the operation determination unit 130 confirms that “the operation Ac (m)”. , An inter-process error (process skipping) has occurred.
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) satisfies a predetermined operation reference Sa (m)" with respect to the operation Ac (m) that has been determined that "an error between processes has occurred”.
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to perform a process error (process) for "the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed”. It is determined whether or not there is an internal error and an inter-process error) (S130).
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that the “process skipping” has occurred, that is, with respect to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), the work process Pr (corresponding to the operation Ac (m)). For example, the following information is generated as the extraction target information indicating m). That is, the operation determination unit 130 specifies the time point at which the action Ac (m) that was not actually executed should have been originally executed as the "flag time point". For example, the operation determination unit 130 has elapsed a predetermined grace time from the operation completion time Tme (m-1) of the “operation Ac (m-1) to be executed in the order immediately before the operation Ac (m)”. The time point is specified as the "flag time point".
  • the operation determination unit 130 sets the “cutting time” from the time when a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds) is traced back from the specified flag time to the flag time, that is, the operation Ac (m) which satisfies the operation reference Sa (m). It is determined as the extraction target information indicating the corresponding work process Pr (m) (S160). The operation determination unit 130 notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determined “cutting time”.
  • a predetermined period for example, 30 seconds
  • the extraction unit 150 extracts an imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the "cutting time" determined in S160 from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD (S170).
  • the transmission unit 160 may transmit the image pickup data Id extracted as the partial image pickup data OD from the basic image pickup data BI by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the control system 1.
  • the operation determination unit 130 states that "the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the operation result La (m) that the process was not executed in the order in which it should be executed” is, that is, “the operation Ac (m) in which the process skip occurs”. "Satisfies the predetermined operation standard Sa (m)".
  • the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac corresponding to the operation result La that is not executed in the order in which it should be executed satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 extracts from the basic imaging data BI the imaging data Id indicating the execution status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac that was not executed in the order to be executed as the partial imaging data OD. It has the effect of being able to. For example, in the information processing apparatus 10, the implementation status of the work process Pr (m-1) executed immediately before the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that was not executed in the order to be executed. The imaging data Id (m-1) indicating the above is extracted as the partial imaging data OD. Further, for example, in the information processing apparatus 10, the implementation status of the work process Pr (m + 1) executed immediately after the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that was not executed in the order to be executed. The imaging data Id (m + 1) indicating the above is extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the operation determination unit 130 sets the "cutting time", that is, the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) of the operation Ac (m) in which the "in-process error” occurs, to the operation Ac (m).
  • the extraction unit 150 is notified as the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the above.
  • the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to detect an abnormality in the operation Ac (m) of the device 40, and indicates that the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 has an abnormality. When at least one is detected, it is determined that an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m). Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which the in-process error has occurred is "satisfied with the operation reference Sa (m)", and notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determination result. In other words, the operation determination unit 130 has at least one of (A) the operation result La that the device 40 has detected an abnormality and (B) the operation result La that the operation Ac executed by the device 40 has an abnormality. It is determined that the operation Ac corresponding to the above satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to at least one of (A) the operation result La when an abnormality is detected and (B) the operation result La when the executed operation Ac has an abnormality. It is determined that the operation Ac to be performed satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to at least one of (A) the operation result La that the abnormality is detected and (B) the operation result La that the executed operation Ac has an abnormality from the basic imaging data BI. It is effective that the imaging data Id indicating the implementation status of the work step Pr can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the operation determination unit 130 determines that no process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m) (No in S130), the operation determination unit 130 identifies and identifies the operation Ac (m) determined that no process error has occurred.
  • the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) is calculated (S180). Specifically, for the operation Ac (m) determined that no process error has occurred, the operation determination unit 130 starts the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation start time Tms (m) from the operation result La (m) of the operation Ac (m).
  • the operation completion time Tme (m) is specified. From the specified operation start time Tms (m) and operation completion time Tme (m), the operation determination unit 130 sets the operation period Da for the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr (m) is executed. (M) is calculated.
  • the operation determination unit 130 refers to the operation reference table 141 and refers to the standard operation time Tta (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) (specifically, the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m) and the standard upper limit.
  • the operating time upper limit Ttah (m)) is acquired.
  • the operation determination unit 130 compares the acquired standard operation time Tta (m) with the operation period Da (m) calculated in S180, and the operation period Da (m) is outside the range of the standard operation time Tta (m). (That is, whether it is within the range) is determined (S190).
  • the "operation period Da (m) required for the device 40 (m) to actually execute the operation Ac (m)” is set to "the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 (m)". It is determined whether or not it is out of the range of "standard operating time Tta (m)" which is normally required to execute. Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 determines "whether the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)", and "the operation period Da (m) is the standard upper limit operation”. Whether the time upper limit Ttah (m) is exceeded "is determined.
  • the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) is not within (that is, outside the range) of the standard operation time Tta (m) preset for the operation Ac (m). ) (Yes in S190), it is determined that the operation Ac (m) satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa (m). Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 states that "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)” or "the operation period Da (m) is the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)". When it is confirmed that "exceeds”, it is determined that the operation Ac (m) satisfies the operation reference Sa (m).
  • the operation determination unit 130 starts (that is, operation start time Tms (m)) and completes (that is, operation start time Tms (m)) of the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa (m).
  • the "cutting time” is determined from the operation completion time Tme (m) (S200).
  • the operation determination unit 130 sets the "cutting time", that is, the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m), and the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m). To notify the extraction unit 150.
  • the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
  • the operation determination unit 130 has a range of standard operation time Tta in which the operation period Da required to complete the execution of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 is preset as the time required to complete the execution. If it is not inside, the operation Ac determines that the predetermined operation reference Sa is satisfied. In other words, if the operation period Da (m) required for the operation determination unit 130 to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m), the operation Ac (m) is the operation reference Sa. It is determined that (m) is satisfied.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac in which the operation period Da actually required to complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa. To do. Specifically, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)" satisfies the operation reference Sa (m). To do. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which "the operation period Da (m) exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)" satisfies the operation reference Sa (m).
  • the information processing apparatus 10 indicates from the basic imaging data BI the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac in which the operation period Da required to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta. It has the effect that the imaging data Id can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD. Specifically, the information processing apparatus 10 has a work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)" from the basic imaging data BI. The imaging data Id (m) indicating the implementation status of (m) can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has a work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the operation period Da (m) exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)" from the basic imaging data BI.
  • the imaging data Id (m) indicating the implementation status of the above can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the operation determination unit 130 When the operation determination unit 130 confirms that no process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m) and the operation period Da (m) is within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m), the operation determination unit 130 "operates". Ac (m) does not satisfy the operation standard Sa (m). " The operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined not to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr (m). ) Is notified to the image analysis unit 170 of the information (non-extraction target information).
  • the image analysis unit 170 describes the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the process error has not occurred and the operation period Da (m) is within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m)".
  • the following determination is made by image analysis with respect to the image pickup data ID (m) obtained by imaging the implementation status of m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 identifies the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe (x) at the time of executing the work step Pr (m) by image analysis on the image pickup data ID (m), and the work Op (m). ) Is a non-standard operation (S210).
  • the information processing apparatus 10 ends the process. ..
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines the "cutting time" for the work Op (m) (S200). That is, the image analysis unit 170 "cuts time” for the work Op (m) from the start (that is, the stay start time Tos (m)) and the completion (that is, the stay end time Toe (m)) of the work Op (m). To decide.
  • Tos (m) states that "the worker Pe who performed the work Op (m) has come to exist in the monitoring area Ar (m). It was confirmed by image analysis. " Further, at the end of the stay, Toe (m) stated, "The image analysis unit 170 confirmed by image analysis that the worker Pe who performed the work Op (m) no longer exists in the monitoring area Ar (m).” At the time.
  • the image analysis unit 170 notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determined "cutting time", that is, the stay start time Tos (m) and the stay end time Toe (m) as extraction target information indicating the work Op (m). To do.
  • the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
  • the image analysis unit 170 is subjected to image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, particularly the imaging data Id (m) in the basic imaging data BI, so that the worker Pe (x) can perform the work step Pr (m). It is determined whether the work Op (m) performed is the standard work performed when the work step Pr (m) is carried out.
  • the extraction unit 150 uses the imaging data Id (m) for the situation in which the work Op (m) determined by the image analysis unit 170 to be non-standard work (standard work) is performed as the partial imaging data OD. Extracted from the basic imaging data BI.
  • An example of the image analysis executed by the image analysis unit 170 and the determination process of whether or not it is a standard operation will be described below.
  • the image analysis unit 170 analyzes the basic imaging data BI, which is the imaging data of the entire work site WS by the ceiling camera 30, and determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar.
  • the image analysis unit 170 has an image analysis of the monitoring area Ar (m) of the work site WS with respect to the analysis target area Aa (m) of the basic imaging data BI, and the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m). Judge whether or not.
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the work site WS by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, and if it determines that the worker Pe exists in the work site WS, further work.
  • the monitoring area Ar in which the person Pe exists is specified.
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)"
  • the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) is further analyzed by image analysis on the analysis target area Aa (m).
  • Worker ID may be specified. That is, the image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI in which the worker ID attached to the crown of the hat or the like is imaged, so that the worker Pe of the worker Pe existing at the work site WS Identify the ID.
  • the image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI to "whether the worker Pe exists in the work site WS", "where is the monitoring area Ar where the worker Pe exists", and "the monitoring area Ar".
  • the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the above can be specified.
  • the worker Pe determines the time from the stay start time Tos (m) to the stay end time Toe (m) for the monitoring area Ar (m) associated with the work process Pr (m). Identify as the time that existed.
  • “Time” is also referred to as stay period Do (m) (x).
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines the stay period Do for each work process Pr (that is, for each monitoring area Ar). The frequency may be calculated.
  • the image analysis unit 170 describes the frequency of the stay period Do (m) (1) of 0 to 4 minutes for the "n" stay period Do (m) (1) of the worker Pe (1) from 5 minutes. Frequency of stay period Do (m) (1) for 9 minutes, ..., Calculate the frequency of stay period Do (m) (1) for "5p-1" from “5 (p-1)" May be good.
  • the image analysis unit 170 extracts the stay period Do (m) having a frequency lower than the predetermined standard as the "non-standard” stay period Do (m) for the "n” stay period Do (m). May be good.
  • the image analysis unit 170 may extract the imaging data Id (m) corresponding to the extracted “non-standard” stay period Do (m) from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD.
  • the monitoring area Ar and the work process Pr are associated in advance, that is, each of the monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n) is It is associated with each of the work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n).
  • the image analysis unit 170 analyzes the basic imaging data BI and confirms that the worker Pe (1) exists in the monitoring area Ar (m), for example, the monitoring in which the worker Pe (1) exists.
  • the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the region Ar (m) can be specified.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information to perform "a stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr" and "the device 40 executes the work process Pr." Information associated with the operation period Da of the operation Ac is generated.
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe (1) exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) by image analysis, for example, the work process Pr corresponding to the monitoring area Ar (m). (M) is specified, and further, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) is specified. Then, in the image analysis unit 170, the worker Pe is placed in the monitoring area Ar (m) by using the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) specified by the operation determination unit 130 from the operation result La (m). Information may be generated in which the existing stay period Do (m) and the operation period Da (m) are associated with each other.
  • the image analysis unit 170 estimates the work Op performed by the worker Pe in the “stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr”, and concretely. First, it is estimated what kind of work Op the worker Pe has executed. In particular, the image analysis unit 170 uses the operation result La of the “equipment 40 used to carry out the work process Pr” and uses the “stay period in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr”. The work Op performed by the worker Pe in "Do” is estimated. Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the estimated work Op is a standard work (standard work) to be performed when the work process Pr is performed.
  • a standard work standard work
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation start time Tms (m). It is estimated that the start instruction work of the operation Ac (m) was executed on the device 40 (m). " The work Op (m) executed by the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation start time Tms (m) includes, for example, preparatory work for carrying out the work process Pr (m), pressing the start button, and the like. The work of instructing the start of the operation, the work of confirming whether the device 40 (m) has started the operation Ac (m) smoothly, and the like.
  • the work of putting the work into the device 40 (m), such as setting the work, is an example of the preparatory work for carrying out the work process Pr (m).
  • These operations are "normal operations performed by the worker Pe before and after the time when the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) starts executing the operation Ac (m)". , Also called "standard work”.
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the start instruction work or the like performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation start time Tms (m) is a standard work".
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation completion time Tme (m). It is estimated that the completion instruction work of the operation Ac (m) was executed to the device 40 (m). " The work Op (m) executed by the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation completion time Tme (m) is, for example, after the completion instruction work such as pressing the end button and the completion of the work process Pr (m). Post-work, confirmation work of whether the device 40 (m) has completed the smooth operation Ac (m), and the like.
  • the work for which the work process Pr (m) has been completed that is, the work for collecting the work for which the operation Ac (m) by the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) has been completed is the work process Pr (m).
  • These operations are "normal operations performed by the worker Pe before and after the time when the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) completes the execution of the operation Ac (m)". , Also called "standard work".
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the completion instruction work or the like performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation completion time Tme (m) is a standard work".
  • the image analysis unit 170 starts the operation start time Tms (m) (m) of the "p + 1" th operation Ac (m) from the operation completion time Tme (m) (p) of the "p” th operation Ac (m). After confirming that the period of stay Do (m) exists before p + 1), the following estimation is performed. That is, the image analysis unit 170 states that the worker Pe performs setup work and the like during the stay period Do (m) between the operation completion time Tme (m) (p) and the operation start time Tms (m) (p + 1). It was running.
  • the image analysis unit. 170 determines that "setup work and the like are standard work”.
  • the image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m) of the device 40 (m), and is within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m).
  • the following estimation is performed for the stay period Do (m) in which the operation period Da (m) appears. That is, the image analysis unit 170 presumes that "the worker Pe was performing the setup work or the like during such a stay period Do (m)", and "work during such a stay period Do (m)”.
  • the work Op (m) performed by the person Pe is a standard work.
  • the image analysis unit 170 was performed by the worker Pe who was present in the monitoring area Ar (m) while the "equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m)" was executing the operation Ac (m). It is determined whether or not the work Op (m) is a standard work. In particular, the image analysis unit 170 uses the content of the operation Ac (m) executed by the “equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m)” to execute the “operation Ac (m)”. While there, the work Op (m) of the worker Pe who "exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)” is determined.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the “operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) in carrying out the work process Pr (m)” to perform the operation Ac. It is determined whether or not (m) is an "automated operation".
  • automated operation is an operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed, and is an operation Ac (m) having the following properties. ). That is, “automated operation” means “additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the execution of the operation (m) by the device 40 (m), that is, during the operation period Da (m). Is not normally required. ”Operation Ac (m).
  • the "automated inspection operation” is a work from the start of the "automated inspection operation” by the device 40 (m), which is an automatic inspection machine, to the completion of the "automated inspection operation".
  • No additional work Op (m) by the person Pe is usually required. That is, the "automated inspection operation” usually does not require an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe from the start of the execution to the completion of the execution, that is, the operation of the "automated inspection operation”. No additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the period Da (m) is usually required. Therefore, the "automated inspection operation” is an "automated operation”.
  • the operation Ac (m) that is the “operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed” and is not the “automated operation” is ".
  • non-automated operation or “manual operation”, that is, “non-automated operation”.
  • the “non-automated operation” is an operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed, and is an operation Ac (m) having the following properties. is there. That is, “non-automated operation” means "additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the execution of the operation (m) by the device 40 (m), that is, during the operation period Da (m). ) Is usually required. ”Operation Ac (m).
  • the "assembly assisting operation” is an operation Ac (m) that assists the assembly work Op (m) by the worker Pe, and after the device 40 (m) starts the “assembly assisting operation", the “assembly assisting operation” is performed.
  • the assembly work Op (m) by the worker Pe is required until the "operation” is completed. That is, the “assembly auxiliary operation” usually requires an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe from the start of execution to the completion of execution, that is, the operation period Da (m) of the "assembly auxiliary operation”. Additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe in the middle is usually required. Therefore, the "assembly auxiliary operation” is a "non-automated operation”.
  • the image analysis unit 170 only needs to be able to grasp whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation”, and determines whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation”. It is not essential for the image analysis unit 170 to carry out the above.
  • the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to determine whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", and notifies the image analysis unit 170 of the determination result. You may.
  • the PLC 20 may use the operation result La (m) to determine whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", and notify the image analysis unit 170 of the determination result. ..
  • the operation Ac (m) which is an “automated operation", "usually does not require an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the operation period Da (m)".
  • the operating period Da (m) and the stay period Do (m) usually do not overlap for a predetermined time or longer.
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the operation period Da (m) and the stay period Do (m) overlap for a predetermined time or more, it is not normal when the work process Pr (m) is performed. A situation has occurred. " That is, if the stay period Do (m) overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", the image analysis unit 170 will "stay period".
  • the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during Do (m) is a non-standard work.
  • the stay period The image analysis unit 170 makes the following determinations regarding the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe on the Do (m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 estimates that "the worker Pe is performing maintenance work or repair work on the device 40 (m)", and "the worker during the stay period Do (m)".
  • the work Op (m) performed by Pe is a non-standard work.
  • the stay period The image analysis unit 170 makes the following determinations regarding the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe on the Do (m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 presumes that "the worker Pe may be wasting time until the operation Ac (m), which is the" automated operation ", is completed.”
  • the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the period Do (m) is a non-standard work.
  • the operation Ac (m) which is an "unautomated operation" is "usually requires an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the operation period Da (m)".
  • the operation period Da (m) always overlaps with the stay period Do (m).
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the non-overlapping operating period Da (m) exists in the staying period Do (m)
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the non-overlapping operating period Da (m) exists.
  • an unusual situation has occurred.
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the operation period Da (m) that does not overlap with the stay period Do (m) exists
  • the image analysis unit 170 "requires the stay period Do before and after the operation period Da (m).
  • the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during m) is a non-standard work.
  • the operation Ac (m) which is an “unautomated operation”, which does not overlap with the stay period Do (m)
  • the operation Ac (m) that should have been executed originally may be interrupted for some reason.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information, and in particular, using the operation result La of the device 40 of the “device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”, “stay period Do”. What kind of work Op was executed by the worker Pe in the above? ”Is estimated. Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the estimated work Op is a standard work (standard work) to be performed when the work process Pr is performed.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information, in particular, using the operation result La of the device 40 of the “device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”, the operation start time Tms and the operation completion time of the device 40.
  • the Tme and the operation period Da are specified.
  • the image analysis unit 170 confirms whether each of the specified operation start time Tms, operation completion time Tme, and operation period Da and the stay period Do overlap, and based on the confirmation result, the stay period Do In, the estimation and determination of the work Op performed by the worker Pe is executed.
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines the content of the operation Ac of the device 40 during the operation period Da, specifically, whether or not the operation Ac executed by the device 40 during the operation period Da is an “automated operation”. , The operation result La of the device 40 is used for determination. As described above, the image analysis unit 170 may acquire the determination result of whether or not the operation Ac executed by the device 40 during the operation period Da is an “automated operation” from the operation determination unit 130.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the contents of the operation Ac of the device 40 in the operation period Da to make the stay period Do.
  • the estimation and determination of the work Op performed by the worker Pe is executed. That is, the image analysis unit 170 uses the content of the operation Ac (the result of determining whether or not the operation Ac is an "automated operation") to "residerate the operation period Da for a predetermined time or more.”
  • the work content of the work Op in "Do" is estimated, and it is determined whether the work Op is a standard work.
  • the content of the work Op is estimated depending on the estimation method and the determination method described above, and whether it is “standard work” or “non-standard work”. It is also conceivable that the work Op cannot determine whether or not.
  • the image analysis unit 170 may determine the work Op, for which the determination method described above could not determine whether the work is “standard work” or “non-standard work”, as "non-standard work”. ..
  • the work Op performed by the worker Pe during the execution of the work process Pr is performed by the image analysis of the basic imaging data BI when the work process Pr is performed. Determine if it is a standard task to be performed.
  • the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging data Id indicating the situation in which the work Op determined to be non-standard work by the image analysis unit 170 is performed from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD.
  • the work Op performed by the worker Pe at the time of executing the work process Pr is performed at the time of executing the work process Pr by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI. Determine if it is a standard task. Then, when the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the work Op is not a standard work, the information processing apparatus 10 extracts the imaging data Id indicating the situation in which the work Op determined to be non-standard work is performed from the basic imaging data BI. To do. That is, the information processing apparatus 10 obtains the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI by performing image analysis on the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the PLC20 slave control system. Extract as.
  • the information processing device 10 extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. ,
  • the effect is that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a method in which the image analysis unit 170 identifies the worker Pe and the monitoring area Ar by using the basic imaging data BI. As shown in FIG. 5, the image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI to determine whether a worker Pe exists for each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar corresponding to each of the plurality of work process Prs. To judge. Then, with respect to the monitoring area Ar determined that the worker Pe exists, the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar is specified.
  • the image analysis unit 170 executes the following determination by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, particularly by image analysis on a plurality of analysis target regions Aa. That is, the image analysis unit 170 determines that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (2) and the monitoring area Ar (4) from the monitoring area Ar (1) to the monitoring area Ar (5).
  • the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (2) is "worker Pe (2)"
  • the work of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (4) It is specified that the person ID is "worker Pe (1)”.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of "information in which the operation period Da and the stay period Do are associated with each work process Pr" generated by the image analysis unit 170.
  • the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information to perform "a stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr" and "a device for carrying out the work process Pr".
  • the information associated with the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by 40 is generated.
  • the image analysis unit 170 identifies the “stay period Do (m) in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)” and the operation determination unit 130 using the operation result La (m). Information associated with "the operation period Da (m) of Ac (m)" may be generated.
  • the image analysis unit 170 distinguishes whether or not the operation Ac (m) executed during the operation period Da (m) is an "automated operation”, and distinguishes between the stay period Do (m) and the operation period Da (m). You may generate the information associated with. As described above, by distinguishing whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", the image analysis unit 170 performs the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m). ) Is a "standard work” or not can be determined more precisely.
  • FIG. 6A shows an image analysis unit for “work Op (m) performed by worker Pe during the stay period Do (m)” when the movement Ac (m) is “automated movement”. An example of the result of the estimation performed by 170 is shown.
  • the image analysis unit 170 indicates that the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation start time Tms (m) is the start instruction work or the like. Judged as "standard work”.
  • the image analysis unit 170 determines that the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation completion time Tme (m) is a "standard work” such as a completion instruction work. ..
  • the image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m), and the stay period Da (m) appears within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m). It is determined that the work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a "standard work” such as a setup work.
  • the image analysis unit 170 Determines that "work Op (m) is non-standard work such as repair work".
  • the image analysis unit 170 Determines that "work Op (m) is a non-standard work such as waiting for inspection".
  • FIG. 6B shows an operation Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) when the operation Ac (m) is an “unautomated operation (that is, a manual operation)”. ) ”, An example of the result of estimation executed by the image analysis unit 170 is shown.
  • the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping at least one of the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) is the start instruction work. Etc. or it is judged to be "standard work” such as completion instruction work.
  • the image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m), and the stay period Da (m) appears within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m). It is determined that the work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a "standard work” such as a setup work.
  • the image analysis unit 170 indicates the "stay period”.
  • the work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a non-standard work.
  • FIG. 7 shows a screen example showing the correspondence between the operation period Da and the stay period Do in a list format for a plurality of work process Prs.
  • the information processing device 10 displays the correspondence between the operation period Da and the stay period Do, for example, on an external display device (external device 70, etc. in FIG. 2) for a plurality of work process Prs. It may be displayed in a list format.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 allows the user to discover the work process Pr that is a bottleneck and improve it. Can be facilitated to consider.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a work site WS in which a plurality of monitoring areas Ar are arranged in correspondence with the execution order of a plurality of work process Prs.
  • the image analysis unit 170 changes the movement process of the worker Pe at the work site WS by performing image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, and particularly by performing image analysis on each of the plurality of analysis target areas Aa corresponding to the plurality of work steps Pr.
  • the information shown may be generated.
  • Such information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe is a bottleneck especially for the work site WS in which a plurality of monitoring areas Ar are arranged in correspondence with the execution order of the plurality of work processes Pr. It is useful for discovering work process Pr and considering improvement.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS, which is generated by the image analysis unit 170 by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI.
  • the user can perform the following examination, for example.
  • the user can use the worker Pe from the monitoring area Ar (6) to the monitoring area Ar (7), from the monitoring area Ar (7) to the monitoring area Ar (8), and from the monitoring area Ar (8) to the monitoring area Ar (7). ), Confirm that the movement from the monitoring area Ar (7) to the monitoring area Ar (6) is repeated.
  • the monitoring area Ar (6) corresponds to the work process Pr (6): inspection process
  • the user can use the following, for example, from the “information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS” illustrated in FIG. The situation can be estimated.
  • the worker Pe performs the work Op (6) in the inspection process: the work Op in the work process Pr (7) and the work process Pr (8) in parallel with the inspection work. It can be estimated that (7) and work Op (8) are being performed.
  • the user configures "1 cycle” from "information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS" when, for example, the same movement progress occurs repeatedly. It is possible to specify a plurality of work process Prs. Similarly, the user can identify the "(cycle) switching step" from the movement progress of the worker Pe between cycles.
  • the information processing device 10 displays information indicating the distribution or the like of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period on an external display device or the like ( For example, it may be displayed on the external device 70) of FIG.
  • the transmission unit 160 transmits data indicating the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period to an external display device or the like, and transmits the data in the form of a box plot, a histogram, or the like. Then, it may be displayed on an external display device or the like.
  • FIG. 10 is a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) selected by the user on a certain day.
  • the information processing device 10 requires a period of stay for each work process Pr required to produce one selected product P (x) on a display device or the like.
  • a boxplot showing the distribution in the period selected by the user is displayed.
  • a boxplot is used to show "the distribution of the stay period Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) in the period selected by the user".
  • the information processing apparatus 10 may show the above-mentioned distribution using a histogram.
  • the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr, that is, the stay period Do for each work process Pr is determined by the image analysis for the analysis target area Aa.
  • the period of stay Do which indicates the period of stay, is calculated.
  • a certain product P (x) goes through five work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) of "screw tightening", "soldering", "assembly 1", “assembly 2", and "packing".
  • the information processing apparatus 10 calculates the stay period Do required to produce one product P (x) each time one product P (x) is produced for each of the above-mentioned five work process Prs. That is, each time the information processing apparatus 10 produces one product P (x), it corresponds to each of the work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) required to produce one product P (x).
  • Each of the length of stay Do (1) to Do (5) is calculated.
  • the information processing device 10 provides information indicating how the stay periods Do (1) to Do (5) required to produce one product P (x) are distributed on a certain day.
  • the boxplot format is used to display the information on an external display device or the like.
  • the maximum stay period Do is the stay period Do (4), that is, "assembly”. It is "90 seconds” which is the maximum of the stay period Do (4) required for "2". Therefore, "90 seconds” is the so-called "tact time for producing one product P (x)".
  • the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) is (1) “on a certain day”, and (2).
  • the total value "on a certain day” is shown.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x), and (1) the distribution "in the period selected by the user", and (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain week” of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's choice.
  • the total value "in a certain week” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain month” of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's selection.
  • the total value "in a certain month” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 is a boxplot showing the distribution of the "operating period Da" for each work process Pr required for producing one product P (x) selected by the user in the period selected by the user. May be displayed on a display device or the like.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 determines the operation period Da for each work process Pr from the process information, particularly from the operation result La, that is, the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed. Is calculated.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has the information processing apparatus 10 for each of the above-mentioned five work steps Pr.
  • the operating period Da required to produce one product P (x) is calculated. That is, each time the information processing apparatus 10 produces one product P (x), it corresponds to each of the work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) required to produce one product P (x).
  • Each of the operation periods Da (1) to Da (5) is calculated.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) "on a certain day” distribution of the operating period Da for each work process Pr, which is required to produce one product P (x), and (2). ) The total value "on a certain day” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) the distribution of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x), and (1) the distribution “in the period selected by the user”, and (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain week” of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's choice.
  • the total value "in a certain week” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain month” of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's selection.
  • the total value "in a certain month” may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 uses a box plot to express "the distribution of the operating period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) in the period selected by the user". It may be expressed using a histogram.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 displays "distribution of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr required for producing one product P (x) in the period selected by the user" on one screen. It may be displayed at the same time inside.
  • the worker Pe is placed in the area (monitoring area Ar) for performing the work Op related to the execution of (1) the work process Pr for each work process Pr.
  • a predetermined period for at least one of the period of stay that is, the period of stay Do
  • (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr is executed by the device 40 that is, the operation period Da.
  • the external device is displayed with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 displays on the external device information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr. Let me.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 can provide the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr. Play the effect of.
  • the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on an external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 has at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process PrPr required to produce one predetermined product P. The information indicating the above may be displayed on the external device. At least one of the above-mentioned "predetermined period" and "predetermined product P" may be selected by the user.
  • FIG. 11 shows one stay period for each of the plurality of worker Pes belonging to the worker group GP (x) selected by the user, regardless of which work process Pr the stay period Do is. It is a box plot showing the distribution of Do in a certain day.
  • the workers 1 to 5 that is, the workers Pe (1) to Pe (5) belonging to the worker group GP (x)
  • one stay period in a certain day how the Do is distributed is shown using a box plot.
  • the information processing device 10 when the user selects an arbitrary worker group GP (x), the information processing device 10 causes the display device or the like to display the following information. That is, the information processing device 10 displays a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one stay period Do of each of the plurality of worker Pes belonging to the selected worker group GP (x) in the period selected by the user. Let me. That is, the information processing device 10 causes an external display device to display information indicating the distribution of one stay period in the period selected by the user for each worker Pe.
  • a boxplot is used to show "a distribution of one stay period Do for each worker Pe in a period selected by the user", but the information processing apparatus 10 has a histogram. May be used to indicate the above distribution.
  • the maximum period of one stay of the worker 1 (that is, the worker Pe (1)) Do (worker Pe (1)) on a certain day is "66 seconds". It is shown that the minimum stay period Do (worker Pe (1)) is "49 seconds”. Similarly, the maximum of one stay period Do (worker Pe (2)) of the worker 2 (that is, the worker Pe (2)) on that one day is "74 seconds", and the stay period Do (work). The minimum of person Pe (2)) is shown to be "50 seconds".
  • the information processing device 10 displays the total value of one stay period Do for each worker Pe on a certain day. For example, it is shown that the total value of one stay period Do (worker Pe (1)) of the worker 1 on a certain day is "12000 seconds”. Similarly, it is shown that the total value of one stay period Do (worker Pe (2)) of the worker 2 on that one day is "13000 seconds".
  • the distribution of (1) "on a certain day” and (2) the total value of (2) "on a certain day” of one stay period Do for each worker Pe is shown.
  • the information processing device 10 calculates the total value of (1) the distribution of the one-time stay period Do for each worker Pe, "in the period selected by the user", and (2) "in the period selected by the user”. , May be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has a distribution of (1) "in a certain week” and (2) a total value of "in a certain week” of one stay period Do for each worker Pe according to the user's choice. May be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) a distribution of "in a certain month” and (2) a total value of "in a certain month” of one stay period Do for each worker Pe according to the user's selection. May be displayed.
  • the information processing device 10 displays a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one operation period Da in the period selected by the user for each of the plurality of devices 40 belonging to the device group GM (x) selected by the user. It may be displayed on a device or the like. That is, the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution of one operation period Da for each device 40 in the period selected by the user on a display device or the like.
  • the information processing device 10 when the five devices 40 of the devices 40 (1) to 40 (5) belong to the device group GM (x), when the device group GM (x) is selected by the user, the information processing device 10 causes the information processing device 10. , Display the following information on a display device or the like. That is, the information processing device 10 causes the display device or the like to display a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one operation period Da in the period selected by the user for each of the devices 40 (1) to 40 (5). ..
  • the information processing device 10 how the operation period Da (1) required for the device 40 (1) to execute the operation Ac (1) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. Is displayed on a display device or the like using a box plot. Similarly, the information processing apparatus 10 determines how the operation period Da (2) required for the device 40 (2) to execute the operation Ac (2) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. , Display on a display device or the like using a box plot. The information processing device 10 shows how the operation period Da (m) required for the device 40 (m) to execute the operation Ac (m) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. Instead of the figure, a histogram may be used for display on a display device or the like.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 sets the total of the operation period Da (1) required for the device 40 (1) to execute the operation Ac (1) once in the period selected by the user, for example, on a certain day.
  • the total of a certain week, the total of a certain month, or the total of a certain month may be displayed on a display device or the like.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) distribution of "one stay period Do for each worker Pe” and “one operation period Da for each device 40" and "in a period selected by the user”. , (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user” may be displayed simultaneously on one screen.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 stays in (1) an area (monitoring area Ar) for each worker Pe to perform work Op related to the execution of the work process Pr. For at least one of the period (that is, the period of stay Do) and (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr is being executed (that is, the operation period Da) for each device 40, in a predetermined period. Display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value on the external device.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do for each worker Pe and the operation period Da for each device 40. Is displayed on the external device.
  • the information processing device 10 provides the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do for each worker Pe and the operation period Da for each device 40. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the information processing device 10 is a worker group GP to which a plurality of worker Pes belong, and for each of the plurality of worker groups Pe belonging to the worker group GP selected by the user, a predetermined period of stay Do is set. Information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the period may be displayed on the external device.
  • the information processing device 10 is a device group GM to which the plurality of devices 40 belong, and for each of the plurality of devices 40 belonging to the device group GM selected by the user, the distribution of the operation period Da in a predetermined period and Information indicating at least one of the total values may be displayed on the external device.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of a bar graph showing the ratio of the total stay period Do corresponding to the work process Pr to the total time of a certain day for each work process Pr.
  • free time refers to a time other than "stay period Do”.
  • the information processing device 10 calculates the total stay period Do corresponding to the work process Pr for each work process Pr for the "period selected by the user". Then, the information processing apparatus 10 displays information indicating the ratio of the calculated "total stay period Do in the period selected by the user” to the "total time of the period selected by the user” for each work process Pr. Display on the device etc.
  • the information processing device 10 displays the ratio of the total stay period Do to the total time (eg, 8 hours) of a certain day in the form of a bar graph for each work process Pr. Etc. are displayed. However, it is not essential for the information processing device 10 to display the above-mentioned ratio for each work process Pr in the form of a bar graph, and the information processing device 10 displays the above-mentioned ratio for each work process Pr in an arbitrary display format. It should be displayed.
  • the information processing device 10 displays information indicating the ratio of the "total operating period Da in the period selected by the user" to the “total time of the period selected by the user” on the display device or the like for each work process Pr. You may let me. For example, in the information processing apparatus 10, for each work process Pr, the ratio of "the total of the operation period Da corresponding to the work process Pr in the period selected by the user” to the “total time of the period selected by the user” A bar graph or the like may be displayed.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 has an area (monitoring area Ar) for performing (1) work Op related to the execution of the work process Pr for each work process Pr in a predetermined period.
  • the total period during which the worker Pe stayed that is, the period of stay Do
  • (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr was executed by the device 40 that is, the operation period Da.
  • Information indicating the ratio of at least one of the totals to the total time (total, that is, "total time") during which the work can be performed or the operation Ac can be performed in the predetermined period is provided to the external device. Display it.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 at least one of the total stay period Do and the total operation period Da for each work process Pr in the predetermined period occupies the total time in the predetermined period.
  • the information indicating the above is displayed on the external device.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 provides the user with information indicating that at least one of the total of the stay period Do and the total of the operation period Da for each work process Pr in the predetermined period occupies the total time. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the information processing device 10 may display information indicating a ratio to the total time on the external device in the form of a bar graph.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a main part of the information processing apparatus 1010 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information processing device 1010 in the present embodiment includes an image analysis unit 171 in place of the image analysis unit 170 included in the information processing device 10 in the first embodiment. Since the information processing device 1010 has the same configuration as the above-mentioned information processing device 10 except that the image analysis unit 171 is provided instead of the image analysis unit 170, the image analysis unit 171 will be focused on below. The explanation will be given.
  • the basic imaging data BI acquired by the first acquisition unit 110 of the information processing apparatus 1010 is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes Pr.
  • the image analysis unit 171 includes a correction filter 210 that corrects the result of the flow line analysis for each of the plurality of frames (that is, the plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI.
  • the image analysis unit 171 is the same as the image analysis unit 170 included in the information processing apparatus 10 except that the correction filter 210 is provided.
  • the correction filter 210 corrects the result of the flow line analysis (Objective Detection) using an object detection algorithm such as YOLO (YouLookOnlyOnse) for the basic imaging data BI. Specifically, the correction filter 210 removes noise (an imaged object other than the worker Pe) from the result of the flow line analysis, and obtains the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame (a certain captured image). Complement using the detection results of a predetermined number of frames immediately before a certain frame. The details of the correction by the correction filter 210 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 14 to 17.
  • FIG. 14 shows an example of information used when the correction filter 210 corrects each of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI. It is a figure.
  • a plurality of analysis target regions Aa each of which corresponds to each of the plurality of work process Prs, are set in the captured image (frame).
  • the analysis target areas Aa (1) to Aa (5) each of which corresponds to each of the work steps Pr (1) to Pr (5), are set in the frame (captured image). ..
  • the analysis target area Aa (m) corresponds to the monitoring area Ar (m) in which the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work step Pr (m) is performed, that is, the analysis target area Aa (m).
  • each of the plurality of cells in the cell line manufacturing process corresponds to each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar.
  • the analysis target area Aa (0) corresponding to the “passage in the work site WS” is set in the frame (captured image).
  • the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) are also referred to as detection areas (detection ranges).
  • the regions other than the analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5) are designated as the analysis target regions Aa (-1). Since the analysis target area Aa (-1) does not correspond to the monitoring area Ar or the passage in the work site WS, the worker Pe should not be detected normally. Also referred to as "outside the detection range (non-detection area)".
  • the image analysis unit 171 analyzes each of the plurality of frames (plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI in the analysis target regions Aa (-1) to Aa (1) to Aa ( Divide into 5). Then, the image analysis unit 171 (particularly, the correction filter 210) executes the correction process illustrated in FIG. 15 on the results of the flow line analysis of each of the plurality of frames (plurality of captured images) described above, and each of them The result of the flow line analysis is corrected to generate a highly accurate detection result.
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart illustrating an example of correction processing executed by the image analysis unit 171 (particularly, the correction filter 210).
  • the correction process is executed as a pre-process of a process of specifying the coordinates of the worker Pe for each of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI.
  • the correction filter 210 applies the flow line analysis result for "a certain frame” among the plurality of frames constituting the above-mentioned captured moving image to "outside the detection range (that is, the analysis target area Aa (-1))". Whether or not the worker Pe) is detected ”(S310). Then, when the correction filter 210 determines that "there is a human detection outside the detection range” for the flow line analysis result for a certain frame (Yes in S310), the correction filter 210 removes the detection of the human outside the detection range (S320). .. These processes correspond to "false detection of humans outside the detection range", that is, the correction filter 210 detects humans outside the detection range (that is, the analysis target area Aa (-1)). Remove from the flow line analysis result.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 acquires the basic imaging data BI, which is the moving image data obtained by the ceiling camera 30 capturing the entire work site WS, from the ceiling camera 30.
  • the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI is composed of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images).
  • the "most recent” of "there was a detection in” most recent “other than” -1 "” means "the currently detected frame (that is, the currently corrected frame) in the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI. It means a frame detected immediately before “a certain frame”) "that is the target of processing. In other words, the "most recent” means the immediately preceding frame of the "certain frame” that constitutes the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI.
  • the correction filter 210 complements with the latest value (S340). That is, although the worker Pe was detected in at least one of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of the latest frame, in the flow line analysis for this frame, the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) If the worker Pe is not detected in any of Aa (5), the process of S340 is executed.
  • the correction filter 210 first identifies the analysis target area Aa (x) (where “x” is an integer of any of “0” to “5”) in which the worker Pe is detected for the latest frame. To do. Then, the correction filter 210 complements the result of the flow line analysis for the current frame with the detection result for the latest frame. That is, the correction filter 210 also obtains data that the worker Pe is detected in the analysis target area Aa (x) in which the worker Pe is detected for the latest frame, as a result of detecting the current frame. Generate as.
  • the correction filter 210 executes the following processing. That is, the correction filter 210 confirms whether or not the worker Pe has been detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) for the latest frame. When the correction filter 210 confirms, for example, that "worker Pe was detected in the analysis target area Aa (0) of the latest frame", "worker Pe is detected in the analysis target area Aa (0) of the current frame”. Generate a detection result of "detected".
  • correction filter 210 confirms that "worker Pe has been detected in the analysis target area Aa (1) of the latest frame", for example, "work in the analysis target area Aa (1) of the current frame”. The detection result that "person Pe has been detected” is generated.
  • the correction filter 210 may execute the above-mentioned complement.
  • the correction filter 210 executes the determination process of S350, that is, determines whether "inclusion” has occurred ( S350).
  • inclusion means that a plurality of bounding boxes BB (Bounding Boxes) are installed in the flow line analysis for detecting the worker Pe from the frame, and the centers of the plurality of bounding boxes BB are installed close to each other. Is to be done. That is, “inclusion” is a state in which a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed.
  • the correction filter 210 determines that inclusion has occurred (Yes in S350), the plurality of bounding boxes BB in which inclusion has occurred are unified into the largest bounding box BB (S360).
  • the correction filter 210 ends the correction process, and when the next frame (that is, the next captured image) is acquired, the S310 is displayed. Go back and repeat the process.
  • the image analysis unit 171 executes the detection of the worker Pe in the same manner as the image analysis unit 170. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar, and if it determines that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar, the worker Pe of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar. Specify the ID, position (coordinates), and length of stay Do. For example, the image analysis unit 171 specifies the center coordinates of the bounding box BB (when S360 is executed, the bounding box BB after the execution of S360) installed in the flow line analysis as the coordinates of the worker Pe.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15 can be organized as follows. That is, the information processing device 1010 further includes a correction filter 210 (correction unit) in addition to the configuration of the information processing device 10.
  • the correction filter 210 uses the captured image generated from the basic imaging data BI as (1) an area where the worker Pe performs a work op (for example, monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5)) or the worker Pe.
  • a detection region for example, analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5) in which the passage through which the passage passes is imaged, and (2) a non-detection region (that is, an analysis target) that is a region other than the detection region. It is divided into areas Aa (-1)).
  • the correction filter 210 deletes the detection in the analysis target region Aa (-1) from the result of the flow line analysis for detecting the worker Pe from the captured image.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 detects the captured image in a detection region (for example, analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5)) and a non-detection region (that is, analysis target region Aa (-1)). ) And. Then, the information processing apparatus 1010 deletes the detection in the non-detection region from the result of the flow line analysis on the captured image. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 deletes the noise "detection in the non-detection region (that is, the analysis target region Aa (-1))" from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image.
  • a detection region for example, analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5)
  • a non-detection region that is, analysis target region Aa (-1)
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by deleting noise from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the first acquisition unit 110 acquires the basic imaging data BI which is the moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes Pr. Then, when the worker Pe is not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a certain frame in the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI, the correction filter 210 complements the following. Execute the process. That is, the correction filter 210 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame by using the detection result of the worker Pe in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the flow line analysis on the basic imaging data BI which is the moving image data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work processes Pr. Then, when the worker Pe is not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a certain frame, the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the following complementary processing. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame by using the detection result of the worker Pe in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the following complementary processing. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame with the detection result of the "most recent" frame, and the analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5) of the certain frame. ), The detection result that the worker Pe is detected is generated. The information processing apparatus 1010 continuously detects the worker Pe in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the "plurality" of frames immediately before the certain frame, but the certain frame. When the worker Pe does not detect any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the above, the above-mentioned complement may be executed.
  • the basic imaging data BI is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes Pr.
  • the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) are areas in which the worker Pe performs work Op (for example, monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5)) or passages through which the worker Pe passes. Is the imaged area. Therefore, even if the worker Pe is detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in a predetermined number of frames immediately before a certain frame by the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI. For example, even in a certain frame, the worker Pe is usually detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5). This is because it is usually difficult to imagine a situation in which the worker Pe suddenly disappears from the monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5) and the passage where the worker Pe performs the work Op.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame with the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 uses the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame as the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before. It can be complemented and the certain frame can be analyzed with high accuracy. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by correcting the result of the flow line analysis of a certain frame, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the correction filter 210 sets the plurality of bounding boxes BB and the bounding box BB having the largest area. Unify to.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 uses the plurality of bounding boxes BB. , Unify to the bounding box BB with the largest area.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 unifies the plurality of bounding boxes BB into the bounding box BB having the largest area when a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 when there is a high possibility that one worker Pe is erroneously detected as a plurality of worker Pes in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the information processing apparatus 1010 has only the bounding box BB having the largest area. The number of detected worker Pe is set to one. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by modifying the number of bounding boxes BB installed in the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, highly accurate for the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to realize analysis.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of the flow line analysis result before correction by the correction filter 210.
  • the presence other than the worker Pe is detected as noise Z1 at the lower right of the screen, that is, noise Z1 is generated.
  • noise Z1 may be erroneously detected as an operator (human).
  • inclusion Z2 is generated on the right side of the center of the screen.
  • the bounding box BB1 and the bounding box BB2 are installed on the right side of the center of the screen with their centers substantially overlapping.
  • one worker Pe may be mistakenly detected as a plurality of workers, for example, two workers.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the analysis result after correction by the correction filter 210.
  • the noise Z1 generated at the lower right of the screen of FIG. 16 is removed by the correction filter 210 as “detection outside the detection range (that is, detection in the analysis target area Aa (-1))”. ing.
  • the bounding box BB1 and the bounding box BB2 in FIG. 16 are unified into the larger bounding box BB1 by the correction filter 210, and the inclusion Z2 generated on the right side of the center of the screen of FIG. 16 is eliminated in FIG. Has been done.
  • the correction filter 210 removes noise or the like and corrects the flow line analysis.
  • the position of the worker Pe is specified with high accuracy. That is, the correction filter 210 visualizes the process information with high accuracy, and by improving the visualization accuracy, it is possible to acquire more process information.
  • the correction process by the correction filter 210 makes it possible to specify the position of the worker Pe with high accuracy, and therefore, the period during which the worker Pe stays in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr.
  • the length of stay Do which is, will also be specified with high accuracy.
  • the analysis performed by the information processing apparatus 1010 by combining the stay period Do and the operation period Da specified with high accuracy by the correction process by the correction filter 210. The processing will be described.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of analysis performed by the information processing apparatus 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) using the combination of the stay period Do and the operation period Da.
  • the state “1” of the device 40 indicates that “the device 40 is executing the operation Ac corresponding to the work process Pr”, that is, “the device 40 is in operation”. There is.
  • the state “0" of the device 40 indicates that "the device 40 has not executed the operation Ac corresponding to the work process Pr", that is, "the device 40 is stopped”.
  • the state “1” of the person (worker Pe) means that “worker Pe is staying in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr”, that is, “worker Pe is staying in the monitoring area Ar”. I am staying.
  • the state “0" of the person (worker Pe) means that "the worker Pe is not staying in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr", that is, "the worker Pe is absent”. Is shown.
  • the information processing device 1010 determines that the worker Pe is "working” (performing) the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the stay period Do and the operation period Da overlap, the image analysis unit 171 performs the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr in the stay period Do.
  • the information processing device 1010 When “device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and “worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 is "interrupted” in the work process Pr. Is determined. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the operation period Da does not overlap with the stay period Do, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr is interrupted in the operation period Da.
  • the information processing device 1010 means that the worker Pe corresponds to the work process Pr. It is determined that the "work” or “setup” of the work to be performed is performed. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the stay period Do does not overlap with the operation period Da, the image analysis unit 171 indicates that the worker Pe in the stay period Do is the work Op itself corresponding to the work process Pr, or , It is determined that the setup for the work Op is being performed.
  • the information processing device 1010 When “device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 has a work process Pr of "Null". That is, it is determined that the work process Pr has not been carried out. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr, which is a manual process, is not executed during the period other than the stay period Do and the operation period Da.
  • the information processing device 1010 determines that it is "wasteful”. That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the stay period Do and the operation period Da overlap, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the worker Pe is wasted in the stay period Do.
  • the information processing device 1010 When “device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and “worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 is set to the work process Pr such as "feed operation”. It is determined that the corresponding "normal operation Ac" is being executed. That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the operation period Da does not overlap with the stay period Do, the image analysis unit 171 corresponds to the work process Pr such as "feed operation” in the device 40 in the operation period Da. It is determined that the operation Ac is being executed.
  • the information processing device 1010 means that the worker Pe corresponds to the work process Pr. It is determined that the work to be performed is "set up”. That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the stay period Do does not overlap with the operation period Da, the image analysis unit 171 indicates that the worker Pe in the stay period Do is for the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr. It is determined that the setup is being performed.
  • the information processing device 1010 When “device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 has a work process Pr of "Null". That is, it is determined that no work has been performed on the work process Pr. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr, which is an automation process, is not executed during the period other than the stay period Do and the operation period Da.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 visualizes the waste process, that is, the wasteful stay period Do of the worker Pe.
  • the information processing apparatus 1010 can perform highly accurate and detailed analysis of the work process Pr by removing noise from the flow line analysis result by the correction filter 210 and complementing the flow line analysis result. it can.
  • the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 may be connected to each other so as to be able to communicate with each other via an internal bus, and the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 may be connected to each other. May be integrated. That is, the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) may be configured as an IPC (Industrial PC) in which the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 are integrated.
  • IPC Intelligent PC
  • the determination for the operation result La (particularly the operation Ac) included in the process information is determined by PLC20.
  • the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) that received the process information from For example, in the description so far, it is determined whether the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) is within the range from the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m) to the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m). , Information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010).
  • the operation determination unit 130 included in the information processing device 10 executes the work process Pr from the process information, particularly from the operation result La.
  • the operation start time Tms, the operation completion time Tme, and the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 were specified.
  • the operation determination unit 130 included in the information processing device 10 uses the specified operation start time Tms, operation completion time Tme, operation period Da, and operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac. , The judgment for the actual operation Ac was executed.
  • the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information may be executed by the PLC 20, and the PLC 20 includes the result of the above determination in the process information or the process information.
  • the information may be transmitted to the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010).
  • the operation determination unit 130 is provided in the PLC 20, and the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) acquires the result of the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information from the PLC 20. You may.
  • the information processing apparatus 10 may be able to extract the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI by using the result of the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information. It is not essential that the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) executes the determination for the operation result La.
  • Functional blocks of the information processing device 10 and the information processing device 1010 may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit). May be good.
  • the information processing device 10 and the information processing device 1010 each have a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and the above program and various data are readablely recorded by a computer (or CPU). It is equipped with a ROM (Read Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as "recording media"), a RAM (Random Access Memory) for developing the above program, and the like. Then, the object of the present invention is achieved by the computer (or CPU) reading the program from the recording medium and executing the program.
  • a "non-temporary tangible medium" for example, a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used.
  • the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program.
  • the present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave, in which the above program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • the data extraction device includes a first acquisition unit that acquires basic data that is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and an apparatus used for each execution of the plurality of work processes.
  • the second acquisition unit that acquires the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device, and whether or not the operation executed by the device satisfies a predetermined operation standard by using the process information. Extraction of the motion determination unit to be determined and the imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the motion determined to satisfy the predetermined motion criteria by the motion determination unit as partial data from the basic data.
  • the own device includes a unit and a device, and the own device is connected to a master in a master-slave control system in which the device is a slave via an internal bus, or via a control network that communicably connects the slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master, and the second acquisition unit acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
  • the data extraction device is a device connected to the master via an internal bus, or a device different from the device connected to the master via the control network, and is described below. Executes the processing of. That is, the data extraction device uses the process information generated or collected by the master to perform the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard from the basic data. The imaging data indicating the above is extracted.
  • the data extraction device acquires the process information from the master via the internal bus or the control network. Then, by using the acquired process information, the data extraction device extracts desired imaging data as the partial data from the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master-slave control system. ..
  • the data extraction device efficiently uses the basic data by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the work performed by the operator during the execution of the work process is a standard work performed during the execution of the work process by image analysis of the basic data.
  • the work process further includes an image analysis unit that determines whether or not the data is, and the extraction unit further corresponds to the work that is determined by the image analysis unit to be non-standard work from the basic data.
  • the imaging data indicating the implementation status of the above may be extracted as the partial data.
  • the work performed by the worker at the time of carrying out the work process is performed at the time of carrying out the work process by image analysis of the basic data. Determine if it is a standard task. Then, when the data extraction device determines that the work is not the standard work, the data extraction device obtains imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the work determined to be not the standard work. Extract from the data. That is, the data extraction device extracts desired imaging data from the basic data as the partial data by image analysis of the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master-slave control system.
  • the data extraction device efficiently uses the basic data by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the data extraction device may further include a transmission unit that transmits the imaging data extracted as the partial data by the extraction unit to the outside of the master / slave control system.
  • the data extraction device transmits the imaging data extracted as the partial data from the basic data to the outside of the master / slave control system.
  • the amount of imaging data extracted as the partial data is smaller than the amount of basic data.
  • the data extraction device has the effect of enabling efficient use of the basic data in the higher-level system while suppressing the communication load on the higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system. ..
  • the operation determination unit said that (A) the operation result that the device detected an abnormality, and (B) the operation executed by the device had an abnormality. It may be determined that the operation corresponding to at least one of the operation results satisfies the predetermined operation standard.
  • the data extraction device corresponds to at least one of (A) an operation result of detecting an abnormality and (B) an operation result of having an abnormality in the executed operation. Determines that the predetermined operating standard is satisfied.
  • the data extraction device is a work process corresponding to at least one of (A) an operation result of detecting an abnormality and (B) an operation result of having an abnormality in the executed operation from the basic data. It has the effect that the imaging data indicating the implementation status can be extracted as the partial data.
  • the operation determination unit determines that the operation corresponding to the operation result that the operation is not executed in the order to be executed satisfies the predetermined operation standard. Good.
  • the data extraction device determines that the operation corresponding to the operation result that the data extraction device was not executed in the order to be executed satisfies the predetermined operation standard.
  • the data extraction device can extract imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation that was not executed in the order to be executed from the basic data as the partial data. It works. For example, the data extraction device extracts imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process executed immediately before the work process corresponding to the operation not executed in the order to be executed as the partial data. Further, for example, the data extraction device extracts imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process executed immediately after the work process corresponding to the operation not executed in the order to be executed as the partial data. ..
  • the operation determination unit determines in advance that the time actually required to complete the execution of the operation executed by the device is the time required to complete the execution. If it is not within the set standard operating time range, it may be determined that the operation satisfies the predetermined operating standard.
  • the data extraction device determines that the operation in which the time actually required to complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time satisfies the predetermined operation standard. Specifically, the data extraction device "the time actually required to complete the execution is less than the standard lower limit operating time preset as the lower limit of the time required to complete the execution.” It is determined that the operation satisfies the predetermined operation standard. In addition, the data extraction device "exceeds the standard upper limit operating time preset as the upper limit of the time required to complete the execution of the time actually required to complete the execution.” It is determined that the predetermined operation standard is satisfied.
  • the data extraction device obtains imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation in which the time required to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time. It has the effect that it can be extracted as the partial data.
  • the data extraction device uses the basic data to determine the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation, "the time actually required to complete the execution is less than the standard lower limit operation time".
  • the shown imaging data can be extracted as the partial data.
  • the data extraction device uses the basic data to show imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation in which "the time actually required to complete the execution exceeds the standard upper limit operation time". Can be extracted as the partial data.
  • the external device may display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods during which the operation according to the execution of the above is performed by the device.
  • the data extraction device for each work process, (1) the period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process was performed (“stay period”), and. , (2) Display on the external device information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods (“operation period”) in which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed by the device.
  • the data extraction device can provide the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period and the operation period for each of the work processes. Play the effect of.
  • the data extraction device may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram.
  • the data extraction device has at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period for at least one of the stay period and the operation period for each work process Pr required to produce one predetermined product.
  • the information indicating the above may be displayed on the external device. At least one of the above-mentioned "predetermined period" and "predetermined product" may be selected by the user.
  • the data extraction device includes (1) the period of stay in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process is performed for each worker, and (2) the work for each device. For at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the process was executed, information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period may be displayed on the external device.
  • the data extraction device (1) stays in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process is performed for each worker (“stay period”), and (2).
  • stay period For at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process (“operation period”) is executed for each device, information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period is displayed on the external device. ..
  • the data extraction device provides the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period for each worker and the operation period for each device. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the data extraction device may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the data extraction device is a worker group to which the plurality of the workers belong, and for each of the plurality of the workers belonging to the worker group selected by the user, during the predetermined period of the stay period. Information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value may be displayed on the external device. Further, the data extraction device is a device group to which the plurality of devices belong, and for each of the plurality of devices belonging to the device group selected by the user, the distribution and total value of the operation period in a predetermined period. Information indicating at least one of the above may be displayed on the external device.
  • the data extraction device includes, for each work process, the total period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process was performed in a predetermined period. , (2) At least one of the total periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process is performed by the device is the total time during which the work can be performed or the operation can be performed in the predetermined period. Information indicating the ratio to (total, that is, "total time”) may be displayed on the external device.
  • the work is performed in the predetermined period for at least one of the total of (2) the total of (2) the period in which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed by the device (“operation period”).
  • the external device is made to display information indicating the ratio of the time obtained or the operation can be executed to the total time (“total time”).
  • the data extraction device provides the user with information indicating the ratio of at least one of the total stay period and the total operation period for each work process in the predetermined period to the total time. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the data extraction device may display information indicating a ratio to the total time on the external device in the form of a bar graph.
  • the data extraction device captures an image generated from the basic data in (1) an area where the worker performs the work or an area where a passage through which the worker passes is imaged.
  • the detection region is divided into a detection region (2) and a non-detection region which is a region other than the detection region, and the detection in the non-detection region is deleted from the result of the flow line analysis for detecting the worker from the captured image.
  • a correction unit may be further provided.
  • the data extraction device divides the captured image into the detection region and the non-detection region, and deletes the detection in the non-detection region from the result of the flow line analysis on the captured image. It is further provided with a correction unit for processing. That is, the data extraction device deletes the noise "detection in the non-detection region" from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image.
  • the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by removing noise from the result of the flow line analysis of the captured image, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the first acquisition unit acquires the basic data which is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes, and in the flow line analysis for the basic data.
  • the correction unit uses the detection result of the worker in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
  • the result of the flow line analysis for the frame may be complemented.
  • the data extraction device executes a flow line analysis on the basic data which is moving image data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work processes. Then, when the worker is not detected in the detection area of a certain frame, the data extraction device uses the detection result of the worker in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame to obtain the above. Complements the result of flow line analysis for a certain frame.
  • the data extraction device is said to be.
  • the following complementation is performed on the result of the flow line analysis for the frame. That is, the data extraction device complements the result of the flow line analysis for the certain frame with the detection result of the latest frame, and detects the worker in the detection area of the certain frame. Generate detection results. Further, the data extraction device continuously detects the worker in the detection area in a plurality of frames immediately before the certain frame, but the worker detects the worker in the detection area of the certain frame. If not, the above complement may be performed.
  • the basic data is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes
  • the detection area is an area where the worker performs the work or the worker passes through the detection area.
  • the area where the passage is imaged. Therefore, if the worker is detected in the detection area in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame by the flow line analysis for the basic data, the detection area is also in the certain frame.
  • the worker is usually detected. This is because it is usually difficult to imagine a situation in which the worker suddenly disappears from the area where the worker performs the work and from the passage.
  • the data extraction device complements the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame with the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
  • the data extraction device obtains the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame in a predetermined number of frames immediately before.
  • the certain frame can be analyzed with high accuracy by complementing with the detection result. Therefore, the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by correcting the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to.
  • the correction unit when a plurality of bounding boxes (Bounding Boxes) in which the distance between the centers is equal to or less than a predetermined value are installed in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the correction unit May unify the plurality of bounding boxes into the bounding box having the largest area.
  • the data extraction device uses the plurality of bounding boxes. , Unify to the bounding box with the largest area.
  • the data extraction device when there is a high possibility that one worker is erroneously detected as a plurality of workers in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the data extraction device has only the bounding box having the largest area. The number of the detected workers is set to one, leaving the above. Therefore, the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by modifying the number of bounding boxes installed in the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to realize.
  • the control method of the data extraction device includes a first acquisition step of acquiring basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and each of the plurality of work processes.
  • the second acquisition step of acquiring the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation performed by the device used, and the operation performed by the device using the process information set a predetermined operation standard.
  • the basic data includes an operation determination step for determining whether or not the operation is satisfied, and imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard in the operation determination step as partial data.
  • the data extraction device includes an extraction step of extracting from, and the data extraction device enables communication between a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system having the device as a slave via an internal bus, or the slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master via the connected control network, and the second acquisition step acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
  • the control method is the data extraction device connected to the master via an internal bus, or the data extraction device connected to the master via the control network and different from the device. It is a control method of, and executes the following processing. That is, the control method uses the process information generated or collected by the master to determine the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard from the basic data. The imaged data shown is extracted.
  • control method is executed by the data extraction device that acquires the process information from the master via the internal bus or the control network. Then, in the control method, by using the acquired process information, desired imaging data is extracted as the partial data from the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master / slave control system.
  • the basic data is efficiently used by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
  • Information processing device (data extraction device) 20 PLC (master) 40 equipment (equipment, slave) 50 Control network 110 1st acquisition unit 120 2nd acquisition unit 130 Operation judgment unit 150 Extraction unit 160 Transmission unit 170 Image analysis unit 171 Image analysis unit 210 Correction filter (correction unit) 1010 Information processing device (data extraction device) Ac operation Aa (-1) Analysis target area (non-detection area) Aa (0) Analysis target area (detection area) Aa (1) Analysis target area (detection area) Aa (2) Analysis target area (detection area) Aa (3) Analysis target area (detection area) Aa (4) Analysis target area (detection area) Aa (5) Analysis target area (detection area) BB Bounding Box BI Basic Imaging Data (Basic Data) Da operating period (time actually required to complete execution) La operation result OD partial imaging data (partial data) Pr work process Sa operation standard Tta standard operation time S110 2nd acquisition step S120 1st acquisition step S130 operation judgment step S140 operation judgment

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • General Factory Administration (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention efficiently uses image pickup data acquired by capturing images of the implementation states of a plurality of work steps while suppressing a communication load on a higher-level system located outside of a master-slave control system with an apparatus to be used in the work steps as a slave. An information processing device (10) uses step information acquired from a PLC (20) via a control network (50) to extract partial image pickup data (OD) from basic image pickup data (BI).

Description

データ抽出装置、データ抽出装置の制御方法、情報処理プログラム、および記録媒体Data extraction device, control method of data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium
 本発明は、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データから、作業工程の改善等に利用可能なデータを抽出するデータ抽出装置等に関する。 The present invention relates to a data extraction device or the like that extracts data that can be used for improving work processes from imaged data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes.
 従来、工場等の生産現場における作業工程の実施状況を撮像した撮像データを、当該作業工程の改善等に利用する試みが知られている。特に、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮像した撮像データから、所望の作業工程の実施状況を撮像した撮像データを抽出して利用する試みが知られている。例えば、下掲の特許文献1には、作業者により複数の作業工程が実施される作業現場の状況を撮影した作業映像データから、各作業工程に関する計画データ等を利用して所定の作業工程に該当すると判定した作業工程に関する所定の作業映像データを抽出する技術が開示されている。 Conventionally, there has been known an attempt to use imaging data obtained by imaging the implementation status of a work process at a production site such as a factory for improvement of the work process. In particular, there is known an attempt to extract and use the imaging data obtained by imaging the implementation status of a desired work process from the imaging data obtained by imaging the implementation status of a plurality of work processes. For example, in Patent Document 1 below, from work video data obtained by photographing the situation of a work site where a plurality of work processes are carried out by an operator, planning data related to each work process is used to perform a predetermined work process. A technique for extracting predetermined work video data related to a work process determined to be applicable is disclosed.
日本国公開特許公報「特開2019-23803号公報」Japanese Patent Publication "Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-23803"
 しかしながら、上述のような従来技術は、作業現場全体の状況を撮影した撮像データを、生産現場の各機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムの外部の上位システムに送信するため、上位システムへの通信負荷が非常に大きくなるという問題がある。 However, in the conventional technology as described above, since the image data obtained by capturing the situation of the entire work site is transmitted to the upper system outside the master-slave control system in which each device at the production site is a slave, communication to the upper system is performed. There is a problem that the load becomes very large.
 すなわち、前記従来技術は、所定の作業工程に該当すると判定した作業工程に関する所定の作業映像データの抽出に、各作業工程に関する計画データを利用している。そして、このような計画データは、生産現場の各機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムに配置されるため、前記従来技術は、作業現場全体の状況を撮影した撮像データを、前記上位システムにアップロードする必要がある。作業現場全体の状況を撮影した撮像データのデータ量は極めて大きく、特に、精緻な分析のための撮像データのデータ量は膨大となるため、作業現場全体の状況を撮影した撮像データを前記上位システムにアップロードする際の通信負荷は、非常に大きい。 That is, the prior art uses the planning data for each work process to extract the predetermined work video data related to the work process determined to correspond to the predetermined work process. Since such planning data is arranged in a higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system in which each device at the production site is a slave, the conventional technique is imaging data in which the situation of the entire work site is captured. Needs to be uploaded to the higher system. Since the amount of image data obtained by photographing the situation of the entire work site is extremely large, and in particular, the amount of data of the imaged data for detailed analysis is enormous, the image data obtained by photographing the situation of the entire work site is used as the higher-level system. The communication load when uploading to is very large.
 本発明の一態様は、前記の問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、作業工程に用いられる機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへの通信負荷を抑制しつつ、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データを効率的に利用することを目的としている。 One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the above-mentioned problems, and while suppressing the communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system in which the equipment used in the work process is a slave. The purpose is to efficiently use the imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes.
 上記の課題を解決するために、本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得部と、前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得部と、前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定部と、前記動作判定部により前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出部と、を備え、自装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、前記第2取得部は、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a first acquisition unit that acquires basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and the plurality of operations. The second acquisition unit that acquires the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device used for each execution of the process, and the operation performed by the device using the process information. An operation determination unit that determines whether or not meets a predetermined operation standard, and imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined by the operation determination unit to satisfy the predetermined operation standard. A device including an extraction unit that extracts data from the basic data, and a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system in which the device is a slave via an internal bus, or a slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master via a control network connected communicably, and the second acquisition unit acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
 上記の課題を解決するために、本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置の制御方法は、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得ステップと、前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得ステップと、前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定ステップと、前記動作判定ステップにて前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出ステップと、を含み、前記データ抽出装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、前記第2取得ステップは、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する。 In order to solve the above problems, the control method of the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a first acquisition step of acquiring basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and the above-mentioned. The second acquisition step of acquiring process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device used for each execution of the plurality of work processes, and the device performing the process using the process information. An imaging showing an operation determination step for determining whether the said operation satisfies a predetermined operation standard and an execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard in the operation determination step. The data extraction device includes an extraction step of extracting data as partial data from the basic data, and the data extraction device is a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system having the device as a slave via an internal bus, or the device. A device different from the device, which is connected to the master via a control network that communicably connects the slave and the master, and the second acquisition step obtains the information generated or collected by the master. Obtained as process information.
 本発明の一態様によれば、作業工程に用いられる機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへの通信負荷を抑制しつつ、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データを効率的に利用することができるという効果を奏する。 According to one aspect of the present invention, while suppressing the communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system in which the device used in the work process is a slave, the imaging of the implementation status of a plurality of work processes is captured. It has the effect of being able to use the data efficiently.
本発明の実施形態1に係る情報処理装置等の要部構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the main part structure of the information processing apparatus and the like which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 図1の情報処理装置を含む制御システム等の全体概要を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the whole outline of the control system including the information processing apparatus of FIG. 図1の情報処理装置が取得する基礎撮像データのイメージを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the image of the basic imaging data acquired by the information processing apparatus of FIG. 図1の情報処理装置が実行する処理の一例を説明するフロー図である。It is a flow diagram explaining an example of the process executed by the information processing apparatus of FIG. 図1の情報処理装置が基礎撮像データ(画像)を用いて、作業者と監視領域とを特定する方法を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the method which the information processing apparatus of FIG. 1 identifies a worker and a monitoring area using the basic imaging data (image). 作業工程ごとの、機器の動作期間と作業者の滞在期間との対応関係を示す情報の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the information which shows the correspondence relation between the operation period of an apparatus and the stay period of a worker for each work process. 複数の作業工程について、機器の動作期間と作業者の滞在期間との対応関係を一覧形式で示す画面例である。This is a screen example showing the correspondence between the operating period of the device and the staying period of the worker for a plurality of work processes in a list format. 複数の作業工程の実施順序に対応させて、複数の監視領域が配置されている作業現場の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the work site where a plurality of monitoring areas are arranged corresponding to the execution order of a plurality of work processes. 作業現場における作業者の移動経過を示す情報の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the information which shows the movement progress of a worker in a work site. 或る製品を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程ごとの滞在期間の、或る日における分布を示す箱ひげ図の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the box-and-whisker plot which shows the distribution in a certain day of the stay period for each work process required to produce one certain product. 或る作業者グループに属する複数の作業者の各々について、1回の滞在期間の或る日における分布を示す箱ひげ図の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the box-and-whisker plot which shows the distribution of one stay period in a certain day for each of a plurality of workers belonging to a certain worker group. 作業工程ごとに、作業工程に対応する滞在期間の合計が或る日の総時間に占める割合を示す棒グラフの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the bar graph which shows the ratio of the total stay period corresponding to a work process to the total time of a certain day for each work process. 本発明の実施形態2に係る情報処理装置等の要部構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the main part structure of the information processing apparatus and the like which concerns on Embodiment 2 of this invention. 図13の情報処理装置が基礎撮像データ(撮像画像)に対する補正を実行する際に利用する情報の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the information which the information processing apparatus of FIG. 13 uses when performing correction with respect to the basic image pickup data (captured image). 図13の情報処理装置が実行する補正処理の一例を説明するフロー図である。FIG. 5 is a flow chart illustrating an example of correction processing executed by the information processing apparatus of FIG. 13. 図15に例示した補正処理の実行前の動線解析結果の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the flow line analysis result before execution of the correction process illustrated in FIG. 図15に例示した補正処理の実行後の動線解析結果の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the flow line analysis result after execution of the correction process illustrated in FIG. 滞在期間と動作時間との組み合わせを用いた分析の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the analysis using the combination of the stay period and the operation time.
 〔実施形態1〕
 以下、本発明の一側面に係る実施の形態(以下、「本実施形態」とも表記する)を、図1から図12に基づいて説明する。なお、図中同一または相当部分には同一符号を付してその説明は繰返さない。本実施の形態においては、例えば情報処理装置10をデータ抽出装置の典型例として説明を行う。本発明の一態様に係る情報処理装置10についての理解を容易にするため、先ず、情報処理装置10を含む制御システム1等の概要を、図2を用いて説明する。以下の説明において、「n」は「1以上の整数」を示し、「m」は「1以上、n以下の整数」を示すものとする。
[Embodiment 1]
Hereinafter, embodiments according to one aspect of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “the present embodiment”) will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 12. The same or corresponding parts in the drawings are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated. In the present embodiment, for example, the information processing device 10 will be described as a typical example of the data extraction device. In order to facilitate understanding of the information processing device 10 according to one aspect of the present invention, first, an outline of the control system 1 and the like including the information processing device 10 will be described with reference to FIG. In the following description, "n" indicates "an integer of 1 or more", and "m" indicates "an integer of 1 or more and n or less".
 §1.適用例
 (作業現場および作業工程について)
 図2は、情報処理装置10を含む制御システム1等の全体概要を示す図である。図2に示す天井カメラ30は、作業現場WSの天井に設置され、作業現場WSの全体を撮像した撮像データである基礎撮像データBIを生成する。
§1. Application example (about work site and work process)
FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an overall outline of the control system 1 and the like including the information processing device 10. The ceiling camera 30 shown in FIG. 2 is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS and generates basic imaging data BI which is imaging data of the entire work site WS.
 作業現場WSは工場等の生産現場であり、作業現場WSにおいては、例えば、各種の製品が、複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)を経て生産される。作業現場WSにおいて実施される複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々は、例えば、「塗装」工程、「主要ワークの組み立て」工程、「主要ワークの本体への組み込み」工程、「検査」工程である。 The work site WS is a production site such as a factory, and in the work site WS, for example, various products have a plurality of work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n). ) To be produced. Each of the plurality of work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n) carried out at the work site WS is, for example, a "painting" process and a "main work assembly". The process, the process of "incorporating the main work into the main body", and the process of "inspection".
 作業工程Prについて、複数の作業工程Prの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別する。例えば、「作業工程Pr(1)」、「作業工程Pr(2)」、「作業工程Pr(3)」、・・・、「作業工程Pr(n)」と記載して区別する。複数の作業工程Prの各々を特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「作業工程Pr」と称する。 When it is necessary to distinguish each of the plurality of work process Prs for the work process Pr, the symbols are "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., "(N)". To distinguish by adding a subscript such as ". For example, "work process Pr (1)", "work process Pr (2)", "work process Pr (3)", ..., "Work process Pr (n)" are described to distinguish them. When it is not necessary to distinguish each of the plurality of work process Prs, it is simply referred to as "work process Pr".
 (監視領域について)
 作業現場WSは、複数の監視領域Ar(1)、Ar(2)、Ar(3)、・・・Ar(n)を含む。複数の監視領域Ar(1)、Ar(2)、Ar(3)、・・・Ar(n)の各々は、複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々に対応付けられている。すなわち、監視領域Ar(m)は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に係る作業Op(m)を、作業者Peが行う領域であり、例えば、機器40(m)が配置されている領域である。例えば、作業者Peは、監視領域Ar(m)において、作業工程Pr(m)に係る作業Op(m)を、機器40(m)を用いて行う。
(About the monitoring area)
The work site WS includes a plurality of monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n). Each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n) has a plurality of work steps Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... .. It is associated with each of Pr (n). That is, the monitoring area Ar (m) is an area in which the worker Pe performs the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work process Pr (m), for example, in the area where the device 40 (m) is arranged. is there. For example, the worker Pe performs the work Op (m) related to the work process Pr (m) in the monitoring area Ar (m) using the device 40 (m).
 作業工程Prと同様に、複数の監視領域Arの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「監視領域Ar」と称する。 Similar to the work process Pr, when it is necessary to distinguish each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar, the symbols are "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., "( It is distinguished by adding a subscript such as "n)", and when it is not necessary to distinguish it, it is simply referred to as "monitoring area Ar".
 (基礎撮像データについて)
 作業現場WSの天井には、広域撮像カメラである天井カメラ30が1台、設置される。ただし、天井カメラ30が作業現場WSの天井に設置されることは必須ではなく、天井カメラ30は、作業現場WSの全体を俯瞰できる位置に設置されればよい。天井カメラ30は、作業現場WSの全体を俯瞰し、作業現場WSの全体を撮像した撮像データである基礎撮像データBIを生成する。基礎撮像データBIには、各々が複数の監視領域Ar(1)、Ar(2)、Ar(3)、・・・Ar(n)に対応する複数の解析対象領域Aa(1)、Aa(2)、Aa(3)、・・・Aa(n)が予め設定されている。
(About basic imaging data)
A ceiling camera 30, which is a wide area imaging camera, is installed on the ceiling of the WS at the work site. However, it is not essential that the ceiling camera 30 is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS, and the ceiling camera 30 may be installed at a position where the entire work site WS can be overlooked. The ceiling camera 30 gives a bird's-eye view of the entire work site WS and generates basic imaging data BI which is imaging data of the entire work site WS. The basic imaging data BI includes a plurality of analysis target regions Aa (1), Aa (1), each of which corresponds to a plurality of monitoring regions Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n). 2), Aa (3), ... Aa (n) are preset.
 監視領域Arと同様に、複数の解析対象領域Aaの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「解析対象領域Aa」と称する。 Similar to the monitoring area Ar, when it is necessary to distinguish each of the plurality of analysis target areas Aa, the codes are "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., " (N) ”and other subscripts are added to distinguish them, and when it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as“ analysis target area Aa ”.
 解析対象領域Aaは、情報処理装置10による基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析の対象領域である。基礎撮像データBIに解析対象領域Aaを設定することにより、監視領域Arの状況を認識するための、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析を効率的に実行することができる。ただし、基礎撮像データBIに解析対象領域Aaを設定することは、必須ではない。解析対象領域Aaは、ユーザ操作に応じて、情報処理装置10によって基礎撮像データBIに対して設定されてもよい。 The analysis target area Aa is the target area for image analysis of the basic imaging data BI by the information processing device 10. By setting the analysis target area Aa in the basic imaging data BI, it is possible to efficiently execute the image analysis for the basic imaging data BI for recognizing the status of the monitoring area Ar. However, it is not essential to set the analysis target area Aa in the basic imaging data BI. The analysis target area Aa may be set for the basic imaging data BI by the information processing apparatus 10 according to the user operation.
 (作業および作業者について)
 複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々の実施に際しては、作業者Peによって、複数の作業Op(1)、Op(2)、Op(3)、・・・Op(n)の各々が行われる。複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々には、複数の標準的な作業Op(1)、Op(2)、Op(3)、・・・Op(n)の各々が、予め対応付けられている。ただし、作業者Peによって行われる作業Opの中には、「作業工程Prに予め対応付けられた標準的な作業Op」以外の作業Opもあり得、つまり、作業工程Prに予め対応付けることのできない、非標準的な作業Opもあり得る。複数の作業Opの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「作業Op」と称する。
(About work and workers)
When each of the plurality of work steps Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n) is carried out, a plurality of work Ops (1) and Op (2) are performed by the worker Pe. , Op (3), ... Op (n) are performed respectively. Each of the plurality of work steps Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n) includes a plurality of standard work Ops (1), Op (2), Op (3). ), ... Each of Op (n) is associated in advance. However, among the work Ops performed by the worker Pe, there may be work Ops other than the "standard work Op previously associated with the work process Pr", that is, the work op cannot be associated with the work process Pr in advance. , Non-standard work Op is also possible. When it is necessary to distinguish each of multiple work Ops, add subscripts such as "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., "(n)" to the code. When it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as "work Op".
 また、作業現場WSには、例えば作業工程Pr(m)の実施に係る作業Op(m)を実行する作業者Peが1人以上存在し、作業者Peは、例えば、作業者Peが被っている帽子の頭頂部などに付された作業者IDによって識別される。具体的には、作業現場WSに存在する作業者Pe(1)と作業者Pe(2)とは、作業者Pe(1)が被る帽子に付された作業者ID:Pe(1)と、作業者Pe(2)が被る帽子に付された作業者ID:Pe(2)とにより、各々が識別される。複数の作業者Peの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「作業者Pe」と称する。 Further, at the work site WS, for example, there is one or more worker Pe who executes the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work process Pr (m), and the worker Pe is covered by, for example, the worker Pe. It is identified by the worker ID attached to the crown of the hat. Specifically, the worker Pe (1) and the worker Pe (2) existing in the work site WS are the worker ID: Pe (1) attached to the hat worn by the worker Pe (1). Each is identified by the worker ID: Pe (2) attached to the hat worn by the worker Pe (2). When it is necessary to distinguish each of a plurality of worker Pes, subscripts such as "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., "(n)" are added to the code. When it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as "worker Pe".
 図3は、情報処理装置10が天井カメラ30から取得する基礎撮像データBIのイメージを示す図である。図3に示すように、情報処理装置10は基礎撮像データBIに対して画像解析を実行し、作業現場WSに作業者Peが存在するか否かを判定し、作業現場WSに作業者Peが存在すると判定すると、作業現場WSに存在する作業者Peの作業者IDを特定する。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an image of basic imaging data BI acquired by the information processing device 10 from the ceiling camera 30. As shown in FIG. 3, the information processing apparatus 10 executes image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the work site WS, and the worker Pe is in the work site WS. If it is determined that it exists, the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the work site WS is specified.
 (動作および機器について)
 複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々の実施に際しては、機器40によって、複数の動作Ac(1)、Ac(2)、Ac(3)、・・・Ac(n)の各々が実行される。つまり、複数の作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々には、複数の動作Ac(1)、Ac(2)、Ac(3)、・・・Ac(n)の各々が対応付けられている。複数の動作Acの各々を区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「動作Ac」と称する。
(About operation and equipment)
In carrying out each of the plurality of work steps Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n), a plurality of operations Ac (1), Ac (2), depending on the device 40. Each of Ac (3), ... Ac (n) is executed. That is, each of the plurality of work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n) has a plurality of operations Ac (1), Ac (2), Ac (3). , ... Each of Ac (n) is associated with each other. When it is necessary to distinguish each of the plurality of operation Acs, add subscripts such as "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., "(n)" to the code. When it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as "operation Ac".
 また、複数の作業工程Prの各々の実施には複数の機器40の各々が用いられ、つまり、作業工程Prと機器40とは予め対応付けられている。例えば、作業工程Pr(m)の実施には1台以上の機器40(m)が用いられる。すなわち、作業工程Pr(1)の実施には1台以上の機器40(1)が用いられ、具体的には、機器40(1-1)、40(1-2)、および、40(1-3)の3台の機器40(1)が用いられてもよい。同様に、作業工程Pr(2)の実施には1台以上の機器40(2)が用いられ、作業工程Pr(3)の実施には1台以上の機器40(3)が用いられる。各々が複数の作業工程Prの各々に対応付けられる、複数の機器40を相互に区別する必要がある場合には、符号に「(1)」、「(2)」、「(3)」、・・・、「(n)」等の添え字を付して区別し、特に区別する必要がない場合は単に「機器40」と称する。 Further, each of the plurality of devices 40 is used for each execution of the plurality of work process Pr, that is, the work process Pr and the device 40 are associated in advance. For example, one or more devices 40 (m) are used to carry out the work process Pr (m). That is, one or more devices 40 (1) are used to carry out the work process Pr (1), and specifically, the devices 40 (1-1), 40 (1-2), and 40 (1). The three devices 40 (1) of -3) may be used. Similarly, one or more devices 40 (2) are used to carry out the work process Pr (2), and one or more devices 40 (3) are used to carry out the work process Pr (3). When it is necessary to distinguish between the plurality of devices 40, each of which is associated with each of the plurality of work process Prs, the symbols "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", ..., A subscript such as "(n)" is added to distinguish them, and when it is not necessary to distinguish them, they are simply referred to as "device 40".
 ここで、1台の機器40が、複数の作業工程Prの実施に用いられてもよい。このことは、変数「p」、「q」、「x」、「y」が各々「1以上の整数」を示し、「q」は「p」と異なり、また、「y」は「x」と異なるとして、以下のように言い換えることができる。すなわち、作業工程Pr(p)の実施に用いられる機器40(p-x)と、作業工程Pr(q)の実施に用いられる機器40(q-y)とは、同じ機器40であってもよい。 Here, one device 40 may be used to carry out a plurality of work steps Pr. This means that the variables "p", "q", "x", and "y" each indicate an "integer of 1 or more", "q" is different from "p", and "y" is "x". It can be paraphrased as follows. That is, even if the device 40 (px) used to carry out the work process Pr (p) and the device 40 (qy) used to carry out the work process Pr (q) are the same device 40. Good.
 (マスタスレーブ制御システムについて)
 作業現場WSにおいて複数の作業工程Prを実施するのに用いられる複数の機器40は、ラインコントローラとしてのPLC(Programmable Logic Controller)20により制御される。すなわち、PLC20をマスタとし、複数の機器40の各々をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムとしての制御システム1が構築され、複数の機器40の各々はネットワーク(制御ネットワーク50)を介してPLC20に通信可能に接続されている。PLC20は、制御ネットワーク50を介したデータ伝送を管理しているという意味で「マスタ」と呼ばれる。「マスタ」および「スレーブ」は、制御ネットワーク50上のデータ伝送の制御機能に着目して定義されるものであり、各装置間でどのような情報が送受信されるかについては、特に限定されない。
(About master-slave control system)
The plurality of devices 40 used to carry out the plurality of work process Prs at the work site WS are controlled by the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) 20 as a line controller. That is, a control system 1 is constructed as a master-slave control system in which the PLC 20 is used as a master and each of the plurality of devices 40 is a slave, and each of the plurality of devices 40 can communicate with the PLC 20 via a network (control network 50). It is connected to the. The PLC 20 is called a "master" in the sense that it manages data transmission via the control network 50. The “master” and “slave” are defined by paying attention to the control function of data transmission on the control network 50, and what kind of information is transmitted and received between the devices is not particularly limited.
 PLC20は、制御システム1全体を制御する制御装置(コントローラ)であり、複数の機器40の各々と通信可能に接続されている。PLC20は、入力デバイス(計測デバイス)としての複数の機器40の各々からの情報を入力データとして取得する。PLC20は、予め組み込まれたユーザプログラムに従って、取得した入力データを用いた演算処理を実行する。PLC20は、前記演算処理を実行して、制御システム1に対する制御内容を決定し、例えば、アクチュエータなどの出力デバイスとしての複数の機器40の各々への制御内容を決定し、その制御内容に対応する制御データを、複数の機器40の各々へと出力する。PLC20は、複数の機器40の各々からの入力データの取得と、複数の機器40の各々への制御データの取得とを、所定の周期(制御周期)で繰り返し実行する。PLC20には、例えば、不図示の表示部および操作部が接続されてもよい。表示部は、画像を表示可能な液晶パネル等で構成され、また、操作部は、典型的には、タッチパネル、キーボード、マウス等で構成される。 The PLC 20 is a control device (controller) that controls the entire control system 1, and is communicably connected to each of a plurality of devices 40. The PLC 20 acquires information from each of the plurality of devices 40 as input devices (measurement devices) as input data. The PLC 20 executes arithmetic processing using the acquired input data according to a user program incorporated in advance. The PLC 20 executes the arithmetic processing to determine the control content for the control system 1, for example, determines the control content for each of the plurality of devices 40 as output devices such as actuators, and corresponds to the control content. The control data is output to each of the plurality of devices 40. The PLC 20 repeatedly executes the acquisition of input data from each of the plurality of devices 40 and the acquisition of control data to each of the plurality of devices 40 in a predetermined cycle (control cycle). For example, a display unit and an operation unit (not shown) may be connected to the PLC 20. The display unit is composed of a liquid crystal panel or the like capable of displaying an image, and the operation unit is typically composed of a touch panel, a keyboard, a mouse or the like.
 機器40は、PLC20をマスタとするマスタスレーブ制御システムとしての制御システム1におけるスレーブである。機器40は、所定の制御周期ごとに繰り返し入力データをPLC20へと送信する入力デバイスであり、または、所定の制御周期ごとに繰り返し制御データをPLC20から受信し、受信した制御データにしたがって動作する出力デバイスである。機器40は、例えば、入力データとして、PLC20に検知結果等を送信する入力デバイスとしてのセンサ(例えば、光電センサ)であってもよく、読み取り結果を送信するバーコードリーダであってもよく、検査結果を送信する検査機(テスター)であってもよい。また、機器40は、複数の入力デバイスが接続されたPT(Programmable Terminal)であってもよい。さらに、機器40は、ネジ締め、ピッキング等を実行する出力デバイスとしてのロボット等であってもよい。 The device 40 is a slave in the control system 1 as a master-slave control system with the PLC 20 as the master. The device 40 is an input device that repeatedly transmits input data to the PLC 20 at predetermined control cycles, or receives repeated control data from the PLC 20 at predetermined control cycles and operates according to the received control data. It is a device. The device 40 may be, for example, a sensor (for example, a photoelectric sensor) as an input device for transmitting a detection result or the like to the PLC 20 as input data, or a bar code reader for transmitting a reading result, and is inspected. It may be an inspection machine (tester) that transmits the results. Further, the device 40 may be a PT (Programmable Terminal) to which a plurality of input devices are connected. Further, the device 40 may be a robot or the like as an output device that executes screw tightening, picking, and the like.
 制御ネットワーク50は、PLC20が受信し、またはPLC20が送信する各種データを伝送し、典型的には、各種の産業用イーサネット(登録商標)を用いることができ、フィールドネットワークと称されることもある。産業用イーサネット(登録商標)としては、たとえば、EtherCAT(登録商標)、Profinet IRT、MECHATROLINK(登録商標)-III、Powerlink、SERCOS(登録商標)-III、CIP Motionなどが知られており、これらのうちのいずれを採用してもよい。さらに、産業用イーサネット(登録商標)以外のフィールドネットワークを用いてもよい。たとえば、モーション制御を行わない場合であれば、DeviceNet、CompoNet/IP(登録商標)などを用いてもよい。 The control network 50 transmits various data received by or transmitted by the PLC 20 and can typically use various Industrial Ethernet®, sometimes referred to as a field network. .. As industrial Ethernet (registered trademark), for example, EtherCAT (registered trademark), Profile IRT, MECHATROLINK (registered trademark) -III, Powerlink, SERCOS (registered trademark) -III, CIP Motion and the like are known. Any of these may be adopted. Further, a field network other than Industrial Ethernet (registered trademark) may be used. For example, if motion control is not performed, DeviceNet, CompoNet / IP (registered trademark), or the like may be used.
 以下では、制御ネットワーク50上をデータフレームが順次転送されることで、PLC20(マスタ)と機器40(スレーブ)との間でデータが送受信される制御システム1について説明を行う。すなわち、制御ネットワーク50上をデータフレームが所定の制御周期で順次転送されることで、PLC20と機器40との間でデータが制御周期ごとに繰り返し送受信される。制御ネットワーク50上をデータフレームが順次転送されることで、複数の機器40の間で、つまり、複数のスレーブ間で、データが送受信されてもよい。 In the following, the control system 1 in which data is transmitted and received between the PLC 20 (master) and the device 40 (slave) by sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50 will be described. That is, by sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50 in a predetermined control cycle, data is repeatedly transmitted and received between the PLC 20 and the device 40 in each control cycle. By sequentially transferring data frames on the control network 50, data may be transmitted and received between a plurality of devices 40, that is, between a plurality of slaves.
 (工程情報について)
 機器40をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムである制御システム1において、マスタであるPLC20は、例えば所定の制御周期ごとに繰り返し、スレーブである機器40から、機器40の実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを受信する。すなわち、機器40は、作業工程Prの実施に際して実際に実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを、所定の周期で繰り返し、PLC20へと送信する。例えば、機器40(m)は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施の際に実行した動作Ac(m)の内容および結果を示す動作結果La(m)を、制御周期で繰り返し、PLC20へと送信する。
(About process information)
In the control system 1 which is a master-slave control system in which the device 40 is a slave, the master PLC 20 is repeated, for example, at predetermined control cycles, and the content and result of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 from the slave device 40. The operation result La indicating the above is received. That is, the device 40 repeats the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed when the work process Pr is executed at a predetermined cycle, and transmits the operation result La to the PLC 20. For example, the device 40 (m) repeats the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the operation Ac (m) executed when the work process Pr (m) is executed in the control cycle, and transmits the operation result La (m) to the PLC 20. To do.
 PLC20は、例えば、入力デバイス(計測デバイス)としての機器40が実行した計測動作の結果である計測結果を、機器40の動作結果Laとして取得する。また、機器40が検査機である場合、PLC20は、機器40が実行した検査動作の結果を、例えば、「検査基準を満たした、または、満たさなかった」といった検査結果を、機器40の動作結果Laとして取得する。さらに、PLC20は、例えば、出力デバイスとしての機器40が実行した出力動作の結果を、機器40の動作結果Laとして取得する。機器40がネジ締め、ピッキング等を実行するロボットである場合、PLC20は、ネジ締め回数、ピッキング結果(ピッキングの成功またはピッキングエラー)等の動作結果Laを、機器40の動作結果Laとして取得する。 The PLC 20 acquires, for example, a measurement result that is the result of a measurement operation executed by the device 40 as an input device (measurement device) as an operation result La of the device 40. Further, when the device 40 is an inspection machine, the PLC 20 sets the result of the inspection operation executed by the device 40 as, for example, the inspection result such as "satisfied or did not meet the inspection standard" as the operation result of the device 40. Obtained as La. Further, the PLC 20 acquires, for example, the result of the output operation executed by the device 40 as the output device as the operation result La of the device 40. When the device 40 is a robot that executes screw tightening, picking, etc., the PLC 20 acquires an operation result La such as a screw tightening number and a picking result (picking success or picking error) as an operation result La of the device 40.
 PLC20は、作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実際に実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを、機器40から所定の周期で繰り返し受信し、受信した動作結果Laを、工程情報として情報処理装置10へと送信する(つまり、転送する)。また、PLC20は、機器40から所定の周期で繰り返し受信した動作結果Laを用いて生成した情報を、工程情報として情報処理装置10へ送信する。 The PLC 20 repeatedly receives an operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed by the device 40 from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle, and uses the received operation result La as process information. It transmits (that is, transfers) to the information processing device 10. Further, the PLC 20 transmits information generated by using the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle to the information processing apparatus 10 as process information.
 さらに、PLC20は、機器40から所定の周期で繰り返し受信した動作結果Laを、工程情報として、制御システム1の外部に送信してもよい。例えば、PLC20は、機器40から所定の周期で繰り返し受信した動作結果Laを、工程情報として、MES(Manufacturin g Execution System、製造実行システム)などに接続した、図2に示す社内LAN(Local Area Network)に送信してもよい。 Further, the PLC 20 may transmit the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 at a predetermined cycle to the outside of the control system 1 as process information. For example, the PLC 20 connects the operation result La repeatedly received from the device 40 in a predetermined cycle to a MES (Manufacturin g Execution System) or the like as process information, and is an in-house LAN (Local Area Network) shown in FIG. ) May be sent.
 以下の説明においては、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する判定(例えば、エラー発生の有無および標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内での実行完了の有無の判定)は、PLC20から工程情報を受信した情報処理装置10が実施する例を説明する。ここで、「標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内での実行完了の有無の判定」とは、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalから標準上限動作時間上限Ttahまでの間に動作Acの実行が完了しているか否かを判定するものである。 In the following description, the determination for the operation result La (particularly the operation Ac) included in the process information (for example, the presence / absence of an error and the determination of the presence / absence of execution completion within the range of the standard operation time Tta) is determined from the PLC 20. An example of the information processing apparatus 10 that has received the process information will be described. Here, "determination of whether or not execution is completed within the range of standard operating time Tta" means whether or not the execution of operation Ac is completed between the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah. Is to be determined.
 詳細は後述するが、以下に説明する例では、情報処理装置10は、工程情報から、特に、動作結果Laから、作業工程Prの実施に際し機器40が実行した動作Acの動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、動作期間Daを特定する。そして、情報処理装置10は、特定した動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、動作期間Da、および、動作Acに対応する所定の動作基準Saを用いて、動作Acに対する判定を実行する。 Details will be described later, but in the example described below, the information processing apparatus 10 operates from the process information, in particular, from the operation result La, the operation start time Tms of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed, and the operation. Specify the completion time Tme and the operation period Da. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 executes the determination for the operation Ac by using the specified operation start time Tms, the operation completion time Tme, the operation period Da, and the predetermined operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac.
 しかしながら、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する上述の判定は、PLC20が実行してもよく、PLC20は、上述の判定の結果を、工程情報に含めて、または、工程情報に代えて、情報処理装置10へと送信してもよい。 However, the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information may be executed by the PLC 20, and the PLC 20 includes the result of the above-mentioned determination in the process information or the process information. Instead of, the information may be transmitted to the information processing apparatus 10.
 上述の説明において、動作開始時刻Tmsとは、作業工程Prに用いられる機器40が、作業工程Prの実施に際して、動作Acの実行を開始した時点であり、動作完了時刻Tmeとは、動作Acの実行を完了した時点である。動作期間Daは、動作開始時刻Tmsから動作完了時刻Tmeまでの期間である。 In the above description, the operation start time Tms is the time when the device 40 used for the work process Pr starts the execution of the operation Ac when the work process Pr is executed, and the operation completion time Tme is the operation completion time Tmes of the operation Ac. It is the time when the execution is completed. The operation period Da is a period from the operation start time Tms to the operation completion time Tme.
 (マスタスレーブ制御システム以外のシステムおよび装置について)
 図2には、マスタスレーブ制御システムとしての制御システム1に加えて、社内LANシステム、他ネットワークシステム等が示されている。社内LANは、MESとも称される工程情報DB(Database)等に接続している。工程情報DBには、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行すべき標準的な動作」を示す情報が、動作基準Saとして格納されている。詳細は後述するが、動作基準Saは、実施順序情報Siと、エラー基準Teと、標準動作時間Tta(具体的には、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalおよび標準上限動作時間上限Ttah)と、を含む。以下の説明において、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行した実際の動作Ac」のうち、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行すべき標準的な動作」以外の動作を指して、「動作基準Saを満たす」動作Acと称する。言い換えれば、「動作基準Saを満たす」動作Acとは、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が通常は実行しない動作」である。
(About systems and devices other than master-slave control systems)
FIG. 2 shows an in-house LAN system, another network system, and the like, in addition to the control system 1 as a master-slave control system. The in-house LAN is connected to a process information DB (Database), which is also called MES. In the process information DB, information indicating "standard operation to be executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr" is stored as the operation reference Sa. Although the details will be described later, the operation reference Sa includes the execution order information Si, the error reference Te, and the standard operating time Tta (specifically, the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah). .. In the following description, among "actual operation Ac performed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr", operations other than "standard operation to be performed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr". Is referred to as an operation Ac that "satisfies the operation standard Sa". In other words, the operation Ac that "satisfies the operation standard Sa" is "an operation that the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr does not normally perform".
 また、図2に示す例では、MESとしての工程情報DBに、作業現場WSにおいて発生した各種のイベントを監視し、管理するイベント管理装置60が、社内LANを介して接続している。ただし、イベント管理装置60が社内LANを介して工程情報DBに接続していることは必須ではなく、イベント管理装置60は設けなくてもよい。 Further, in the example shown in FIG. 2, an event management device 60 that monitors and manages various events that occur at the work site WS is connected to the process information DB as the MES via the in-house LAN. However, it is not essential that the event management device 60 is connected to the process information DB via the in-house LAN, and the event management device 60 may not be provided.
 さらに、工程情報DBには、社内LANを介して、PLC20が接続している。図示はしていないが、工程情報DBと情報処理装置10とは接続されていてもよい。また、社内LANには、MESに加えて、不図示のERP(Enterprise Resources Planning)、WMS(Warehouse Management System)等が接続されていてもよい。 Further, the PLC 20 is connected to the process information DB via the in-house LAN. Although not shown, the process information DB and the information processing device 10 may be connected to each other. Further, in addition to the MES, an ERP (Enterprise Resources Planning), a WMS (Warehouse Management System), or the like (not shown) may be connected to the in-house LAN.
 図2において、工程情報DBには、制御ネットワーク50とも社内LANとも異なる「他ネットワーク」を介して、動画保存サーバ等が接続されている。動画保存サーバ等には、他ネットワークを介して情報処理装置10が接続されており、情報処理装置10から送信された部分撮像データODが動画保存サーバ等に格納される。また、動画保存サーバ等には、PC(Personal Computer)等によって実現される外部装置70が接続され、外部装置70は、例えば、部分撮像データODを表示し、工程情報等の可視化を実行する。すなわち、外部装置70は、作業工程Prの改善に必要な情報を一覧表示し、ボトルネックとなっている作業工程Pr、作業工程Prに発生したエラーの日時等を示す情報を、対応する部分撮像データODと対応付けて表示する。 In FIG. 2, a video storage server or the like is connected to the process information DB via an "other network" that is different from the control network 50 and the in-house LAN. The information processing device 10 is connected to the moving image storage server or the like via another network, and the partial imaging data OD transmitted from the information processing device 10 is stored in the moving image storage server or the like. Further, an external device 70 realized by a PC (Personal Computer) or the like is connected to the moving image storage server or the like, and the external device 70 displays, for example, partial imaging data OD and visualizes process information or the like. That is, the external device 70 displays a list of information necessary for improving the work process Pr, and performs partial imaging of information indicating the bottleneck work process Pr, the date and time of the error that occurred in the work process Pr, and the like. Displayed in association with data OD.
 天井カメラ30は、前述の通り、作業現場WSの全体を撮像して基礎撮像データBIを生成し、生成した基礎撮像データBIを、例えば例えばUSB(Universal Serial Bus)ケーブルである通信ケーブルを介して、情報処理装置10へと送信する。 As described above, the ceiling camera 30 captures the entire work site WS to generate basic imaging data BI, and the generated basic imaging data BI is, for example, via a communication cable such as a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable. , Is transmitted to the information processing device 10.
 情報処理装置10は、例えば、PC等によって実現され、PLC20から取得する工程情報と、天井カメラ30から取得する基礎撮像データBIとを組み合わせて、両者の効率的な利用を可能とするデータ抽出装置である。情報処理装置10は、「作業現場WSにおける複数の機器40の実際の動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果La」を含む工程情報を、基礎撮像データBIと組み合わせることによって可視化する装置ともいえる。 The information processing device 10 is a data extraction device realized by, for example, a PC or the like, which combines the process information acquired from the PLC 20 and the basic imaging data BI acquired from the ceiling camera 30 to enable efficient use of both. Is. The information processing device 10 can be said to be a device that visualizes process information including "operation result La indicating the contents and results of actual operation Acs of a plurality of devices 40 at the work site WS" by combining with the basic imaging data BI.
 従来の技術は、「作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの行った作業Op」を撮像した撮像データに対して画像解析を行うことはあっても、作業現場WSにおける複数の機器40の工程情報と対応付けることがなく、画像解析による作業Opに関する推定の精度が低い。また、複数の作業工程Prの各々にセンサを配置して機器40の工程情報を可視化する従来技術は、作業工程Prのボトルネックは可視化できるが、作業者Peの行った作業Opと関連付けてボトルネックの原因を把握することが困難である。さらに、「作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの行った作業Op」を撮像した撮像データと、機器40の工程情報とを、マスタスレーブ制御システムよりも上位のシステムで対応付ける場合、そのような上位システムは非常に大掛かりになり、実現が容易ではない。 In the conventional technique, although image analysis may be performed on the image data obtained by capturing the "work Op performed by the worker Pe at the work site WS", it is associated with the process information of a plurality of devices 40 at the work site WS. There is no such thing, and the accuracy of estimation regarding work Op by image analysis is low. Further, in the conventional technique of arranging sensors in each of a plurality of work process Prs to visualize the process information of the device 40, the bottleneck of the work process Pr can be visualized, but the bottleneck is associated with the work Op performed by the worker Pe. It is difficult to understand the cause of the neck. Further, when the image data obtained by imaging the "work Op performed by the worker Pe at the work site WS" and the process information of the device 40 are associated with each other by a system higher than the master-slave control system, such a higher system is used. It is very large and not easy to realize.
 これに対して、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40の動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを含む工程情報をPLC20から取得し、取得した工程情報を、1台の天井カメラ30から取得する基礎撮像データBIと組み合わせる。情報処理装置10は、複数の機器40の各々の動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを含む工程情報と、作業現場WSの全体を撮像した基礎撮像データBIと組み合わせることで、複数の作業工程Prの各々に係る分析を、効率的かつ精緻に実行できる。 On the other hand, the information processing apparatus 10 acquires process information including the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac of the device 40 used for carrying out the work process Pr from the PLC 20, and obtains the acquired process information as 1. It is combined with the basic imaging data BI acquired from the ceiling camera 30 of the table. The information processing device 10 combines the process information including the operation result La showing the contents and results of each operation Ac of the plurality of devices 40 with the basic imaging data BI that images the entire work site WS to perform a plurality of operations. The analysis related to each of the steps Pr can be performed efficiently and precisely.
 すなわち、情報処理装置10は、工程情報の可視化に加え、例えば、ボトルネックとなっている作業工程Prを抽出し、抽出した作業工程Prの実施状況を撮像した撮像データID(部分撮像データOD)と、抽出した作業工程Prの工程情報とを組み合わせる。したがって、ユーザは、例えば、ボトルネックとなっている作業工程Prについて、ボトルネックとなっている原因、不具合要因を特定するのが容易になり、作業工程Prの改善作業を効率的に行うことができるようになる。加えて、情報処理装置10は、不良発生時のトレイサビリティにも用いることができる。 That is, in addition to visualizing the process information, the information processing apparatus 10 extracts, for example, a bottleneck work process Pr, and captures an image of the implementation status of the extracted work process Pr (partial imaging data OD). And the process information of the extracted work process Pr are combined. Therefore, for example, the user can easily identify the cause of the bottleneck and the cause of the defect in the work process Pr that is the bottleneck, and can efficiently perform the improvement work of the work process Pr. become able to. In addition, the information processing device 10 can also be used for traceability when a defect occurs.
 また、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIと、複数の機器40の各々の工程情報とを組み合わせることにより、基礎撮像データBIに対する解析と工程情報に対する解析との両方の解析制度を向上させることができる。 Further, the information processing apparatus 10 improves the analysis system for both the analysis for the basic imaging data BI and the analysis for the process information by combining the basic imaging data BI and the process information of each of the plurality of devices 40. Can be done.
 ここで、情報処理装置10についての背景技術として挙げた特許文献1に記載されているような従来技術は、その実現に際しては、作業現場WSの全体に非常に高価な機器を導入する必要があった。これに対して、情報処理装置10は、作業現場WSで以前から用いられているPLC20と、作業現場WSの天井に1台設置する天井カメラ30とを利用するので、実現コストが少ない。また、情報処理装置10は、所望の作業工程Pr(つまり、所望の監視領域Ar)のみを撮像する天井カメラ30を利用してもよいし、情報処理装置10の利用する天井カメラ30を移設するのも容易である。 Here, in order to realize the conventional technique as described in Patent Document 1 mentioned as the background technique for the information processing apparatus 10, it is necessary to introduce a very expensive device into the entire work site WS. It was. On the other hand, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the PLC 20 that has been used in the work site WS for a long time and the ceiling camera 30 that is installed on the ceiling of the work site WS, so that the realization cost is low. Further, the information processing device 10 may use the ceiling camera 30 that captures only the desired work process Pr (that is, the desired monitoring area Ar), or the ceiling camera 30 used by the information processing device 10 may be relocated. Is also easy.
 また、特許文献1の技術は、複数のカメラで撮影した作業映像データを解析することにより、作業者が作業を行うことのできなかった時間である作業不能時間を算出する。そして、特許文献1の技術は、作業者に作業手順を示す作業指示端末に対する作業者の操作に基づいて計測した見かけ上の作業時間から、作業映像データの解析により算出した作業不能時間を差し引くことで、実際に作業が可能であった実作業時間を算出する。つまり、特許文献1の技術は、作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40の実際の動作Acと作業者Peとの対応関係を把握するのに、作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40に対する、具体的には作業指示端末に対する、作業者Peの操作指示を必要とする。 Further, the technique of Patent Document 1 calculates the incapacity time, which is the time when the worker could not perform the work, by analyzing the work video data taken by a plurality of cameras. The technique of Patent Document 1 is to subtract the incapacity time calculated by analyzing the work video data from the apparent work time measured based on the operator's operation on the work instruction terminal that indicates the work procedure to the worker. Then, the actual work time that was actually possible to work is calculated. That is, the technique of Patent Document 1 relates to the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr in order to grasp the correspondence between the actual operation Ac of the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr and the worker Pe. Specifically, an operation instruction of the worker Pe is required for the work instruction terminal.
 これに対して、情報処理装置10は、工程情報を用いて、具体的には、機器40の動作結果Laを用いて、機器40が動作Acを開始した動作開始時刻Tms、および、動作Acを完了した動作完了時刻Tmeを特定する。つまり、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peに作業手順を示す作業指示端末に対する、作業者Peの操作作業を必要とせずに、機器40の動作開始時刻Tmsおよび動作完了時刻Tmeを特定する。 On the other hand, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the process information, specifically, the operation result La of the device 40 to set the operation start time Tms at which the device 40 starts the operation Ac and the operation Ac. Specify the completed operation completion time Tme. That is, the information processing device 10 specifies the operation start time Tms and the operation completion time Tme of the device 40 without requiring the operation work of the worker Pe to the work instruction terminal that indicates the work procedure to the worker Pe.
 具体的には、情報処理装置10は、マスタであるPLC20とスレーブである機器40とを接続する制御ネットワーク50を介して、PLC20と通信可能に接続されている。情報処理装置10は、PLC20から、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行した実際の動作Ac」の内容および結果を示す動作結果Laを含む工程情報を受信する。ここで、情報処理装置10は、PLC20と、制御ネットワーク50を介して通信可能に接続されている必要があるが、情報処理装置10は、「PLC20をマスタとし、機器40をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システム」におけるスレーブでなくともよい。 Specifically, the information processing device 10 is communicably connected to the PLC 20 via a control network 50 that connects the master PLC 20 and the slave device 40. The information processing apparatus 10 receives process information from the PLC 20 including the content and the operation result La indicating the content and result of the “actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”. Here, the information processing device 10 needs to be communicably connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, but the information processing device 10 is "a master-slave whose master is the PLC 20 and whose slave is the device 40." It does not have to be a slave in the "control system".
 また、情報処理装置10は、例えばUSB(Universal Serial Bus)ケーブルを介して、天井カメラ30と通信可能に接続されている。情報処理装置10は、天井カメラ30から、作業現場WSの全体が撮像された基礎撮像データBIを取得する。 Further, the information processing device 10 is communicably connected to the ceiling camera 30 via, for example, a USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable. The information processing device 10 acquires the basic imaging data BI in which the entire work site WS is imaged from the ceiling camera 30.
 さらに、情報処理装置10は、工程情報DBから、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行すべき標準的な動作」を示す動作基準Saを取得する。そして、情報処理装置10は、取得した動作基準Saを用いて、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行した実際の動作Ac」に対する判定を実行する。情報処理装置10は、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」、つまり、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施の際に通常は実行されない」と判定した動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の実施状況を撮像した撮像データId(m)を、基礎撮像データBIから、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 Further, the information processing apparatus 10 acquires an operation standard Sa indicating "a standard operation to be executed by the device 40 used for executing the work process Pr" from the process information DB. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the acquired operation reference Sa to perform a determination on "the actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr". The information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to "satisfy the operation standard Sa (m)", that is, "usually not executed when the work process Pr (m) is executed". The imaging data Id (m) that images the implementation status of (m) is extracted from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、MESなどに接続する社内LANには基礎撮像データBIを送信しないため、社内LANにおける通信を、巨大なデータ量を有する基礎撮像データBIの送信によって圧迫することがない。 Therefore, since the information processing device 10 does not transmit the basic imaging data BI to the in-house LAN connected to the MES or the like, the communication in the in-house LAN is not overwhelmed by the transmission of the basic imaging data BI having a huge amount of data. ..
 §2.構成例
 これまで、図2および図3を用いて、制御システム1等の概要を説明してきた。図1等を用いて情報処理装置10の詳細を説明していく前に、情報処理装置10についての理解を容易にするため、情報処理装置10の概要を以下のように整理しておく。
§2. Configuration Example So far, the outline of the control system 1 and the like has been described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3. Before explaining the details of the information processing apparatus 10 with reference to FIG. 1 and the like, the outline of the information processing apparatus 10 is organized as follows in order to facilitate the understanding of the information processing apparatus 10.
 すなわち、情報処理装置10(データ抽出装置)は、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎撮像データBI(基礎データ)を取得する第1取得部110と、複数の作業工程Prの各々の実施に用いられる機器40が実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laから生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得部120と、前記工程情報を用いて、機器40が実行した動作Acが所定の動作基準Saを満たすかを判定する動作判定部130と、動作判定部130により所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データOD(部分データ)として基礎撮像データBIから抽出する抽出部150と、を備える。情報処理装置10は、機器40をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタであるPLC20に内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、機器40とPLC20とを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20に接続した、機器40とは異なる装置である。情報処理装置10において第2取得部120は、PLC20により生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する。 That is, the information processing device 10 (data extraction device) includes a first acquisition unit 110 that acquires basic imaging data BI (basic data), which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of working steps Pr, and a plurality of working steps. The second acquisition unit 120 that acquires the process information generated from the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 used for each execution of Pr, and the device 40 using the process information. The execution status of the operation determination unit 130 that determines whether the executed operation Ac satisfies the predetermined operation standard Sa, and the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac that is determined by the operation determination unit 130 to satisfy the predetermined operation standard Sa. An extraction unit 150 that extracts the indicated imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD (partial data) is provided. The information processing device 10 is connected to a PLC 20 which is a master in a master-slave control system in which the device 40 is a slave via an internal bus, or a control network 50 which connects the device 40 and the PLC 20 in a communicable manner. It is a device different from the device 40 connected to the PLC 20. In the information processing apparatus 10, the second acquisition unit 120 acquires the information generated or collected by the PLC 20 as the process information.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、PLC20に内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20に接続した、機器40とは異なる装置であって、以下の処理を実行する。すなわち、情報処理装置10は、PLC20により生成または収集された前記工程情報を用いて、基礎撮像データBIから、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを抽出する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing device 10 is a device connected to the PLC 20 via an internal bus or a device connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, which is different from the device 40, and has the following processing. To execute. That is, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the process information generated or collected by the PLC 20 to perform the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa from the basic imaging data BI. The imaging data Id indicating the above is extracted.
 つまり、情報処理装置10は、内部バスまたは制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20から前記工程情報を取得する。そして、情報処理装置10は、取得した前記工程情報を用いることにより、基礎撮像データBIをマスタスレーブ制御システムである制御システム1の外部に送信せずに、基礎撮像データBIから所望の撮像データIdを部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 That is, the information processing device 10 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 via the internal bus or the control network 50. Then, the information processing apparatus 10 uses the acquired process information to obtain the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the control system 1 which is the master-slave control system. Is extracted as partial imaging data OD.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システム(例えば、図2の社内LAN)へ通信負荷をかけることなく、部分撮像データODを基礎撮像データBIから抽出することで、基礎撮像データBIを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing device 10 extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. , The effect is that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
 情報処理装置10は、抽出部150により部分撮像データODとして抽出された撮像データIdを、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部へと送信する送信部160をさらに備えている。 The information processing device 10 further includes a transmission unit 160 that transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the master-slave control system.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODとして抽出した撮像データIdを、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部へと送信する。ここで、部分撮像データODとして抽出した撮像データIdのデータ量は、基礎撮像データBIのデータ量に比べて小さいことは明らかである。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the master-slave control system. Here, it is clear that the data amount of the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD is smaller than the data amount of the basic imaging data BI.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへの通信負荷を抑制しつつ、当該上位システムでの基礎撮像データBIの効率的な利用を可能とするとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing device 10 has the effect of enabling efficient use of the basic imaging data BI in the higher-level system while suppressing the communication load on the higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system. ..
 これまでに概要を説明した情報処理装置10について、次に、その構成の詳細について図1を参照しながら説明し、その後、情報処理装置10が実行する処理について、図4を参照しながら説明していく。 The information processing apparatus 10 whose outline has been described so far will be described next with reference to FIG. 1 for details of its configuration, and then the processing executed by the information processing apparatus 10 will be described with reference to FIG. To go.
 (情報処理装置の詳細)
 図1は、制御システム1に含まれる、情報処理装置10等の要部構成を示すブロック図である。図1に示すように、情報処理装置10は、機能ブロックとして、第1取得部110と、第2取得部120と、動作判定部130と、記憶部140と、抽出部150と、送信部160と、画像解析部170とを備えている。情報処理装置10は、上述の各機能ブロックに加えて、ユーザ操作を受け付ける操作受付部などを備えていてもよいが、記載の簡潔性を担保するため、本実施の形態に直接関係のない構成は、説明およびブロック図から省略している。ただし、実施の実情に則して、情報処理装置10は、当該省略された構成を備えてもよい。
(Details of information processing device)
FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a main configuration of an information processing device 10 and the like included in the control system 1. As shown in FIG. 1, the information processing apparatus 10 has a first acquisition unit 110, a second acquisition unit 120, an operation determination unit 130, a storage unit 140, an extraction unit 150, and a transmission unit 160 as functional blocks. And an image analysis unit 170. The information processing device 10 may include an operation reception unit or the like that accepts user operations in addition to the above-mentioned functional blocks, but in order to ensure the simplicity of the description, the information processing device 10 is not directly related to the present embodiment. Is omitted from the description and block diagram. However, the information processing apparatus 10 may have the omitted configuration in accordance with the actual situation of implementation.
 第1取得部110、第2取得部120、動作判定部130、抽出部150、送信部160、および、画像解析部170は、例えば、CPU(central processing unit)等が、ROM(read only memory)、NVRAM(non-Volatile random access memory)等で実現された記憶装置(記憶部140)に記憶されているプログラムを不図示のRAM(random access memory)等に読み出して実行することで実現できる。以下に先ず、情報処理装置10における第1取得部110、第2取得部120、動作判定部130、抽出部150、送信部160、および、画像解析部170について説明する。 In the first acquisition unit 110, the second acquisition unit 120, the operation determination unit 130, the extraction unit 150, the transmission unit 160, and the image analysis unit 170, for example, the CPU (central processing unit) or the like has a ROM (read only memory). , NVRAM (non-Volatile random access memory) or the like can be realized by reading a program stored in a storage device (storage unit 140) into a RAM (random access memory) or the like (not shown) and executing the program. First, the first acquisition unit 110, the second acquisition unit 120, the operation determination unit 130, the extraction unit 150, the transmission unit 160, and the image analysis unit 170 in the information processing apparatus 10 will be described.
 第1取得部110は、天井カメラ30から、天井カメラ30が作業現場WSの全体を撮像した撮像データである基礎撮像データBIを取得し、取得した基礎撮像データBIを、抽出部150へと出力する。 The first acquisition unit 110 acquires the basic imaging data BI, which is the imaging data obtained by the ceiling camera 30 capturing the entire work site WS, from the ceiling camera 30, and outputs the acquired basic imaging data BI to the extraction unit 150. To do.
 第2取得部120は、PLC20から工程情報を取得し、取得した工程情報を、動作判定部130へと出力する。工程情報は、「PLC20が機器40から取得した『機器40の動作結果La』」、および、「取得した『機器40の動作結果La』を用いてPLC20が生成した情報」である。すなわち、工程情報は動作結果Laを含み、動作結果Laは、作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実際に実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す情報である。PLC20が、「機器40(m)の動作結果La(m)」を用いて、機器40(m)の実行した動作Ac(m)に対して動作判定を実行する場合、工程情報は、PLC20による動作Ac(m)に対する動作判定の判定結果を含んでいてもよい。 The second acquisition unit 120 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 and outputs the acquired process information to the operation determination unit 130. The process information is "the" operation result La of the device 40 "acquired by the PLC 20 from the device 40" and "the information generated by the PLC 20 using the acquired" operation result La of the device 40 "". That is, the process information includes the operation result La, and the operation result La is information indicating the content and result of the operation Ac actually executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed. When the PLC 20 uses the "operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m)" to execute the operation determination for the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m), the process information is based on the PLC 20. The determination result of the operation determination for the operation Ac (m) may be included.
 動作判定部130は、第2取得部120から取得した工程情報を用いて、作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行した実際の動作Acについて、「所定の動作基準Saを満たすか」を判定する(動作判定)。すなわち、動作判定部130は、第2取得部120から工程情報(特に、動作結果La)を取得すると、工程情報に含まれる動作Acに対応する所定の動作基準Saを、記憶部140の動作基準テーブル141を参照して取得する。そして、動作判定部130は、工程情報に含まれる動作Acについて、動作基準テーブル141に格納されている所定の動作基準Saを満たすかを判定する。 Using the process information acquired from the second acquisition unit 120, the operation determination unit 130 asks "whether the predetermined operation standard Sa is satisfied" for the actual operation Ac executed by the device 40 used for executing the work process Pr. Judgment (operation judgment). That is, when the operation determination unit 130 acquires the process information (particularly, the operation result La) from the second acquisition unit 120, the operation reference unit 130 sets the predetermined operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac included in the process information as the operation reference of the storage unit 140. Obtained by referring to Table 141. Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines whether or not the operation Ac included in the process information satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa stored in the operation reference table 141.
 例えば、動作判定部130は、或る動作Acについて、「エラー(工程内エラーまたは工程間エラー)が発生した」、または「実行に要した動作期間Daが、標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内にない」のを確認すると、その或る動作Acは動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。具体的には、動作判定部130は、「動作期間Daが標準下限動作時間下限Ttal未満である」または「動作期間Daが標準上限動作時間上限Ttahを超過する」のを確認すると、その或る動作Acは動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。 For example, the operation determination unit 130 indicates that "an error (in-process error or inter-process error) has occurred" or "the operation period Da required for execution is not within the standard operation time Tta" for a certain operation Ac. ", It is determined that the certain operation Ac satisfies the operation reference Sa. Specifically, when the operation determination unit 130 confirms that "the operation period Da is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal" or "the operation period Da exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah", there is a certain amount. It is determined that the operation Ac satisfies the operation reference Sa.
 動作判定部130は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定した動作Ac(m)について、その動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を特定し、特定した作業工程Pr(m)を示す情報(抽出対象情報)を抽出部150に通知する。 The operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr (m). ) Is notified to the extraction unit 150 (extraction target information).
 動作判定部130は、例えば、「機器40(m)が、『動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定された動作Ac(m)』を開始した時刻」である動作開始時刻Tms(m)を、工程情報から、具体的には、機器40(m)の動作結果La(m)から、特定する。また、動作判定部130は、例えば、「機器40(m)が、『動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定された動作Ac(m)』を完了した時刻」である動作完了時刻Tme(m)を、工程情報から、具体的には、機器40(m)の動作結果La(m)から、特定する。動作判定部130は、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定した動作Ac(m)」について特定した動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)を、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定した動作Ac(m)」に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、抽出部150に通知する。「動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定された動作Ac(m)」の、動作開始時刻Tms(m)から動作完了時刻Tme(m)までの時間(期間)は、「切り取り時間」とも称し、つまり、「切り取り時間」を示す情報は、抽出対象情報の一例である。動作Ac(m)の動作開始時刻Tms(m)から動作完了時刻Tme(m)までの時間(期間)は、「動作Ac(m)が実行されている期間」という意味で、動作期間Da(m)とも称される。 The operation determination unit 130 sets, for example, an operation start time Tms (m) which is "a time when the device 40 (m) starts" an operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m) ". , Specifically, from the process information, from the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m). Further, the operation determination unit 130 is, for example, an operation completion time Tme (m) which is "a time when the device 40 (m) completes the" operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m) "". ) Is specified from the process information, specifically, from the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m). The operation determination unit 130 sets the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) specified for the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)” to the “operation reference Sa (m)”. ) Is notified to the extraction unit 150 as extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy. The time (period) from the operation start time Tms (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) of the "operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation standard Sa (m)" is also referred to as "cutting time". That is, the information indicating the "cutting time" is an example of the extraction target information. The time (period) from the operation start time Tms (m) of the operation Ac (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) means "the period during which the operation Ac (m) is executed", and the operation period Da ( Also called m).
 動作判定部130は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たさないと判定した動作Ac(m)について、その動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を特定し、特定した作業工程Pr(m)を示す情報(非抽出対象情報)を画像解析部170に通知する。つまり、動作判定部130は、「エラーが発生せず」、かつ「標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内に実行を完了した」動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す情報(非抽出対象情報)を画像解析部170に通知する。例えば、動作判定部130は、「動作期間Daが、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalから標準上限動作時間上限Ttahまでの範囲内にある」のを確認した動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す情報を画像解析部170に通知する。 The operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined not to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr ( The image analysis unit 170 is notified of the information (non-extraction target information) indicating m). That is, the operation determination unit 130 indicates the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that "no error occurred" and "execution was completed within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m)". The information (non-extracted target information) is notified to the image analysis unit 170. For example, the operation determination unit 130 confirms that "the operation period Da is within the range from the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal to the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah", and the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) ( The image analysis unit 170 is notified of the information indicating m).
 ここで、動作判定部130は、抽出対象情報を画像解析部170に通知することによって、画像解析部170に、「動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Ac」以外の動作Acに対応する作業工程Prを特定させてもよい。例えば、動作判定部130は、「切り取り時間」を示す情報を画像解析部170に通知することによって、画像解析部170に、「切り取り時間」以外の時間を特定させてもよい。 Here, the operation determination unit 130 notifies the image analysis unit 170 of the extraction target information, so that the image analysis unit 170 is subjected to operations corresponding to the operation Ac other than the “operation Ac determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa”. The process Pr may be specified. For example, the motion determination unit 130 may cause the image analysis unit 170 to specify a time other than the “cutting time” by notifying the image analysis unit 170 of information indicating the “cutting time”.
 動作判定部130は、動作結果La(m)を用いて特定した、動作Ac(m)の動作開始時刻Tms(m)、動作完了時刻Tme(m)、および、動作期間Da(m)を、画像解析部170に通信してもよい。また、動作判定部130は、動作結果La(m)を用いて、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを判定し、判定結果を、画像解析部170に通信してもよい。 The operation determination unit 130 determines the operation start time Tms (m), the operation completion time Tme (m), and the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) specified by using the operation result La (m). You may communicate with the image analysis unit 170. Further, the motion determination unit 130 determines whether or not the motion Ac (m) is an "automated motion" by using the motion result La (m), and communicates the determination result to the image analysis unit 170. You may.
 画像解析部170は、「動作判定部130によって『動作基準Saを満たす』と判定された動作Ac」以外の動作Acに対応する作業工程Prについて、その作業工程Prにおいて作業者Peが行った作業Opが、標準的な作業(標準作業)であるかを判定する。具体的には、画像解析部170は、先ず、「動作判定部130によって『動作基準Saを満たす』と判定された動作Ac」以外の動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を撮像した撮像データIDに対して、画像解析を実行する。そして、画像解析部170は、画像解析の結果と、工程情報とを用いて、作業者Peが行った作業Opが、標準作業であるかを判定する。 The image analysis unit 170 performs work performed by the worker Pe in the work process Pr for the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac other than "the operation Ac determined by the operation determination unit 130 to" satisfy the operation reference Sa "". It is determined whether the Op is a standard work (standard work). Specifically, the image analysis unit 170 first captures an image of the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac other than "the operation Ac determined by the operation determination unit 130 to" satisfy the operation reference Sa "". Image analysis is executed for the data ID. Then, the image analysis unit 170 uses the result of the image analysis and the process information to determine whether the work Op performed by the worker Pe is a standard work.
 画像解析部170は、撮像データID(基礎撮像データBI)に対する画像解析として、作業者Peの存在および動き等を精緻に把握することの可能な、動線解析を実行し、作業者Peの中心座標、作業者ID等を検出してもよい。 The image analysis unit 170 executes a flow line analysis capable of precisely grasping the existence and movement of the worker Pe as an image analysis for the image capture data ID (basic image data BI), and is the center of the worker Pe. Coordinates, worker ID, etc. may be detected.
 画像解析部170は、標準作業ではない(非標準作業である)と判定した作業Opについて、その作業Opに対応する作業工程Prを特定し、特定した作業工程Prを示す情報(抽出対象情報)を抽出部150に通知する。 The image analysis unit 170 identifies the work process Pr corresponding to the work Op corresponding to the work Op determined to be non-standard work (non-standard work), and information indicating the specified work process Pr (extraction target information). Is notified to the extraction unit 150.
 抽出部150は、「動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Ac」に対応する作業工程Prを示す抽出対象情報を、動作判定部130から取得し、取得した抽出対象情報を用いて、基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODを抽出する。すなわち、抽出部150は、動作判定部130から取得した抽出対象情報を用いて、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定された動作Ac(m)」に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の実施状況を撮像した撮像データId(m)を、基礎撮像データBIから、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。例えば、抽出部150は、動作判定部130から「動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定された動作Ac(m)」の、動作開始時刻Tms(m)から動作完了時刻Tme(m)までの時間(つまり、切り取り時間)を取得する。そして、抽出部150は、基礎撮像データBIのうち、取得した切り取り時間に相当する撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 The extraction unit 150 acquires the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr corresponding to the “operation Ac determined to satisfy the operation standard Sa” from the operation determination unit 130, and uses the acquired extraction target information to perform basic imaging. Partial imaging data OD is extracted from the data BI. That is, the extraction unit 150 uses the extraction target information acquired from the operation determination unit 130 to perform the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)”. The imaging data Id (m) that images the implementation status is extracted from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD. For example, the extraction unit 150 is from the operation start time Tms (m) to the operation completion time Tme (m) of the “operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m)” from the operation determination unit 130. Get the time (that is, the cut time). Then, the extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging data Id corresponding to the acquired cutting time from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD.
 また、抽出部150は、「標準作業ではない(非標準作業である)と判定された作業Op」に対応する作業工程Prを示す抽出対象情報を、画像解析部170から取得し、取得した抽出対象情報を用いて、基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODを抽出する。 Further, the extraction unit 150 acquires the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr corresponding to the “work Op determined to be non-standard work (non-standard work)” from the image analysis unit 170, and extracts the acquired information. Partial imaging data OD is extracted from the basic imaging data BI using the target information.
 抽出部150は、基礎撮像データBIから抽出した部分撮像データODを、つまり、基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODとして抽出した撮像データIdを、送信部160に出力する。 The extraction unit 150 outputs the partial imaging data OD extracted from the basic imaging data BI, that is, the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI to the transmission unit 160.
 送信部160は、抽出部150によって基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODとして抽出された撮像データIdを、制御システム1の外部に送信し、例えば、図2に示す動画保存サーバ等に送信する。 The transmission unit 160 transmits the imaging data Id extracted as the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the control system 1, and transmits it to, for example, the moving image storage server shown in FIG.
 送信部160は、また、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方の、所定期間における分布等を示すデータを、例えば外部の表示装置(例えば、図2の外部装置70等)に送信してもよい。そして、送信部160は、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方の、所定期間における分布等を、外部の表示装置に表示させてもよい。詳細については、図10~図12を用いて後述する。 The transmission unit 160 may also transmit data indicating the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period to, for example, an external display device (for example, the external device 70 in FIG. 2). Good. Then, the transmission unit 160 may display the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period on an external display device. Details will be described later with reference to FIGS. 10 to 12.
 記憶部140は、情報処理装置10が使用する各種データを格納する記憶装置である。なお、記憶部140は、情報処理装置10が実行する(1)制御プログラム、(2)OSプログラム、(3)情報処理装置10が有する各種機能を実行するためのアプリケーションプログラム、および、(4)該アプリケーションプログラムを実行するときに読み出す各種データを非一時的に記憶してもよい。上記の(1)~(4)のデータは、例えば、ROM(read only memory)、フラッシュメモリ、EPROM(Erasable Programmable ROM)、EEPROM(登録商標)(Electrically EPROM)、HDD(Hard Disc Drive)等の不揮発性記憶装置に記憶される。情報処理装置10は、図示しない一時記憶部を備えていてもよい。一時記憶部は、情報処理装置10が実行する各種処理の過程で、演算に使用するデータおよび演算結果等を一時的に記憶するいわゆるワーキングメモリであり、RAM(Random Access Memory)等の揮発性記憶装置で構成される。どのデータをどの記憶装置に記憶するのかについては、情報処理装置10の使用目的、利便性、コスト、または、物理的な制約等から適宜決定される。記憶部140はさらに、動作基準テーブル141および解析対象領域テーブル142を格納している。 The storage unit 140 is a storage device that stores various data used by the information processing device 10. The storage unit 140 includes (1) a control program, (2) an OS program, (3) an application program for executing various functions of the information processing device 10, and (4). Various data to be read when the application program is executed may be stored non-temporarily. The data (1) to (4) above may be, for example, ROM (read only memory), flash memory, EPROM (Erasable Programmable ROM), EEPROM (registered trademark) (Electrically EPROM), HDD (Hard Disc Drive), or the like. It is stored in a non-volatile storage device. The information processing device 10 may include a temporary storage unit (not shown). The temporary storage unit is a so-called working memory that temporarily stores data used for calculation and calculation results in the process of various processes executed by the information processing device 10, and is volatile storage such as RAM (Random Access Memory). It consists of devices. Which data is stored in which storage device is appropriately determined from the purpose of use, convenience, cost, physical restrictions, and the like of the information processing device 10. The storage unit 140 further stores the operation reference table 141 and the analysis target area table 142.
 動作基準テーブル141には、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行する動作Ac」に対応する動作基準Saが格納されている。例えば、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)が実行する動作Ac(m)には、動作基準Sa(m)が予め対応付けられており、動作基準テーブル141には、動作Ac(m)に対応付けられた動作基準Sa(m)が格納されている。 The operation standard table 141 stores the operation standard Sa corresponding to the "operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr". For example, the operation reference Sa (m) is associated with the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m) in advance, and the operation reference table 141 shows. The operation reference Sa (m) associated with the operation Ac (m) is stored.
 動作基準テーブル141に格納されている動作基準Saは、図2に示す工程情報DB等から取得されてもよく、また、ユーザによって設定され、格納されてもよい。例えば、情報処理装置10は、図2に示す工程情報DBから直接、または、PLC20を介して工程情報DBから、動作基準Saを取得し、取得した動作基準Saを動作基準テーブル141に格納してもよい。動作基準テーブル141に格納されている動作基準Saは、実施順序情報Siと、エラー基準Teと、標準動作時間Tta(具体的には、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalおよび標準上限動作時間上限Ttah)と、を含む。 The operation standard Sa stored in the operation standard table 141 may be acquired from the process information DB or the like shown in FIG. 2, or may be set and stored by the user. For example, the information processing apparatus 10 acquires the operation reference Sa directly from the process information DB shown in FIG. 2 or from the process information DB via the PLC 20, and stores the acquired operation reference Sa in the operation reference table 141. May be good. The operation reference Sa stored in the operation reference table 141 includes the execution order information Si, the error reference Te, and the standard operation time Tta (specifically, the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal and the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah). ,including.
 実施順序情報Siとは、複数の作業工程Prについて、それら複数の作業工程Prがどのような順序で実施されるべきかを示す情報であり、つまり、複数の作業工程Prに対応する複数の動作Acがどのような順序で実行されるべきかを示す情報である。 The execution order information Si is information indicating in what order the plurality of work process Prs should be executed for the plurality of work process Prs, that is, a plurality of operations corresponding to the plurality of work process Prs. Information indicating the order in which Ac should be executed.
 実施順序情報Si(m)は、例えば、「作業工程Pr(m)は、作業工程Pr(m-1)の実施完了後、作業工程Pr(m+1)の実施開始前に実施されるべきである」との内容を示す。ここで、作業工程Prと動作Acとは対応付けられているから、実施順序情報Si(m)は、「動作Ac(m)は、動作Ac(m-1)の実行完了後、動作Ac(m+1)の実行開始前に実行されるべきである」との内容を示しているともいえる。 The execution order information Si (m) is, for example, "The work process Pr (m) should be executed after the execution of the work process Pr (m-1) is completed and before the start of the implementation of the work process Pr (m + 1). ". Here, since the work process Pr and the operation Ac are associated with each other, the execution order information Si (m) states that "the operation Ac (m) is the operation Ac (m) after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed. It can be said that it should be executed before the start of execution of m + 1). "
 エラー基準Teとは、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行する動作Ac」ごとに予め設定された基準であり、具体的には、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が実行すべき標準的な動作の内容および結果」を示す情報である。例えば、「作業工程Pr(m):検査工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):検査機が実行する動作Ac(m):検査動作」には、「エラー基準Te:検査結果-良好」が予め設定されている。また、「作業工程Pr(m):ピッキング工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):ピッキング機が実行する動作Ac(m):ピッキング動作」には、「エラー基準Te:ピッキング成功」が予め設定されている。さらに、「作業工程Pr(m):ネジ締め工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):ネジ締め機が実行する動作Ac(m):ネジ締め動作」には、「エラー基準Te:回転数がpからq(>p)回」が予め設定されている。 The error standard Te is a standard set in advance for each "operation Ac executed by the device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr", and specifically, the "device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr" is used. Information indicating "contents and results of standard operations to be performed". For example, "work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the inspection process: operation Ac (m) performed by the inspection machine: inspection operation" includes "error criterion Te: inspection result-good". Is preset. Further, in "work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used for performing the picking process: operation Ac (m) executed by the picking machine: picking operation", "error criterion Te: picking success" is set in advance. It is set. Further, "Work process Pr (m): Equipment used for carrying out the screw tightening process 40 (m): Operation executed by the screw tightening machine Ac (m): Screw tightening operation" includes "Error reference Te: Rotation speed". Is from p to q (> p) times ”is preset.
 つまり、エラー基準Teは、或る作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40が異常を検出したとの動作結果La、および、或る作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40の動作Acに異常があったとの動作結果La、の少なくとも一方を検出するための基準である。 That is, in the error reference Te, there is an abnormality in the operation result La that the device 40 used for carrying out a certain work process Pr detects an abnormality and the operation Ac of the device 40 used for carrying out a certain work process Pr. This is a standard for detecting at least one of the operation result La, which is the result of the operation.
 標準動作時間Ttaとは、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる際に機器40が実行すべき動作Acの、開始から完了までに通常要する期間」を示す情報である。より詳細には、標準動作時間Ttaは、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalから標準上限動作時間上限Ttahまでの期間である。標準下限動作時間下限Ttalは、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる際に機器40が実行すべき動作Acの、開始から完了までに通常要する期間」の下限である。また、標準上限動作時間上限Ttahは、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる際に機器40が実行すべき動作Acの、開始から完了までに通常要する期間」の上限である。 The standard operation time Tta is information indicating "a period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr". More specifically, the standard operating time Tta is the period from the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal to the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah. The standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal is the lower limit of "the period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr". Further, the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah is an upper limit of "a period normally required from the start to the completion of the operation Ac to be executed by the device 40 when used to carry out the work process Pr".
 例えば、作業工程Pr(m)に対して、つまり、作業工程Pr(m)に対応する動作Ac(m)に対して、標準動作時間Tta(m)が対応付けられている。具体的には、動作Ac(m)に対して、標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)および標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)が対応付けられている。 For example, the standard operation time Tta (m) is associated with the work process Pr (m), that is, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m). Specifically, the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal (m) and the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah (m) are associated with the operation Ac (m).
 これは、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して、動作Ac(m)の実行を、標準動作時間Tta(m)内に完了すべきである」ことを示している。つまり、機器40(m)は、動作Ac(m)の実行を、標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)から標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)までの範囲内で完了すべきことが示されている。 This is because "the device 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m) executes the operation Ac (m) within the standard operation time Tta (m) when the work process Pr (m) is carried out. It should be completed. " That is, it is shown that the device 40 (m) should complete the execution of the operation Ac (m) within the range from the standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal (m) to the standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah (m). There is.
 動作基準Saである、上述の実施順序情報Siと、エラー基準Teと、標準動作時間Tta(具体的には、標準下限動作時間下限Ttalおよび標準上限動作時間上限Ttah)とは、MESである工程情報DBに格納されていてもよい。その場合、情報処理装置10は、工程情報DBから取得した動作基準Saを動作基準テーブル141に格納してもよい。 The above-mentioned execution order information Si, error reference Te, and standard operating time Tta (specifically, standard lower limit operating time lower limit Ttal and standard upper limit operating time upper limit Ttah), which are operation reference Sa, are steps that are MES. It may be stored in the information DB. In that case, the information processing apparatus 10 may store the operation reference Sa acquired from the process information DB in the operation reference table 141.
 解析対象領域テーブル142には、各々が複数の監視領域Arの各々に対応する、複数の解析対象領域Aaが格納されている。例えば、作業工程Pr(m)に対応する監視領域Ar(m)の状況を確認するための解析対象領域Aaが基礎撮像データBIについて設定されており、解析対象領域テーブル142には、作業工程Pr(m)に対応付けられた監視領域Ar(m)が格納されている。解析対象領域テーブル142に格納されている複数の解析対象領域Aaの各々は、ユーザ操作に応じて更新されてもよい。 The analysis target area table 142 stores a plurality of analysis target areas Aa, each of which corresponds to each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar. For example, an analysis target area Aa for confirming the status of the monitoring area Ar (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) is set for the basic imaging data BI, and the analysis target area table 142 shows the work process Pr. The monitoring area Ar (m) associated with (m) is stored. Each of the plurality of analysis target areas Aa stored in the analysis target area table 142 may be updated according to the user operation.
 §3.動作例
 図4は、情報処理装置10が実行する処理(言い換えれば、情報処理装置10が実行する制御方法)の一例を示すフロー図である。図4に示す処理について、その理解を容易にするために、最初に概要を説明しておけば、以下の通りである。すなわち、情報処理装置10が実行する処理(制御方法)は、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎撮像データBI(基礎データ)を取得する第1取得ステップ(S120)と、複数の作業工程Prの各々の実施に用いられる機器40が実行した動作Acの内容および結果を示す動作結果Laから生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得ステップ(S110)と、前記工程情報を用いて、機器40が実行した動作Acが所定の動作基準Saを満たすかを判定する動作判定ステップ(S130、S140、および、S190)と、動作判定ステップにて所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして基礎撮像データBIから抽出する抽出ステップ(S170)と、を含んでいる。ここで、情報処理装置10は、機器40をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタであるPLC20に内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、機器40とPLC20とを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20に接続した、機器40とは異なる装置である。そして、前記第2取得ステップにおいて、PLC20により生成または収集された情報が、前記工程情報として取得される。
§3. Operation Example FIG. 4 is a flow diagram showing an example of a process executed by the information processing device 10 (in other words, a control method executed by the information processing device 10). In order to facilitate the understanding of the processing shown in FIG. 4, the outline is as follows. That is, the processing (control method) executed by the information processing apparatus 10 includes the first acquisition step (S120) of acquiring the basic imaging data BI (basic data) which is the imaging data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work steps Pr. The second acquisition step (S110) for acquiring the process information generated from the operation result La indicating the content and result of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 used for each execution of the plurality of work process Pr, and the process information. When the operation determination step (S130, S140, and S190) for determining whether the operation Ac executed by the device 40 satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa and the operation determination step Satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa are satisfied. The extraction step (S170) of extracting the imaging data Id indicating the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the determined operation Ac from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD is included. Here, the information processing device 10 is a device connected to the PLC 20 which is a master in a master-slave control system in which the device 40 is a slave via an internal bus, or a control network 50 which connects the device 40 and the PLC 20 so as to be communicable. It is a device different from the device 40, which is connected to the PLC 20 via the device 40. Then, in the second acquisition step, the information generated or collected by the PLC 20 is acquired as the process information.
 前記の構成によれば、前記制御方法は、PLC20に内部バスを介して接続した情報処理装置10、または、制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20に接続した、機器40とは異なる情報処理装置10の制御方法であって、以下の処理を実行する。すなわち、前記制御方法は、PLC20により生成または収集された前記工程情報を用いて、基礎撮像データBIから、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定された動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを抽出する。 According to the above configuration, the control method controls the information processing device 10 connected to the PLC 20 via the internal bus, or the information processing device 10 connected to the PLC 20 via the control network 50, which is different from the device 40. It is a method and executes the following processing. That is, the control method uses the process information generated or collected by the PLC 20 to determine the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa from the basic imaging data BI. The imaged data Id shown is extracted.
 つまり、前記制御方法は、内部バスまたは制御ネットワーク50を介してPLC20から前記工程情報を取得する情報処理装置10により実行される。そして、前記制御方法は、取得した前記工程情報を用いることにより、基礎撮像データBIをマスタスレーブ制御システムである制御システム1の外部に送信せずに、基礎撮像データBIから所望の撮像データIdを部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 That is, the control method is executed by the information processing device 10 that acquires the process information from the PLC 20 via the internal bus or the control network 50. Then, the control method uses the acquired process information to obtain the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the control system 1 which is a master-slave control system. It is extracted as partial imaging data OD.
 したがって、前記制御方法は、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システム(例えば、図2の社内LAN)へ通信負荷をかけることなく、部分撮像データODを基礎撮像データBIから抽出することで、基礎撮像データBIを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the control method extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
 以上に概要を説明した情報処理装置10が実行する処理について、次に、その詳細を、図4を参照しながら説明していく。図4に示すように、先ず、第2取得部120は、PLC20から工程情報を取得する(S110)。具体的には、第2取得部120は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)が、作業工程Pr(m)の実施の際に実行した実際の動作Ac(m)の内容および結果を示す動作結果La(m)を、PLC20から工程情報として取得する。また、第1取得部110は、天井カメラ30から基礎撮像データを取得する(S120)。 Next, the details of the processing executed by the information processing apparatus 10 whose outline has been described above will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 4, first, the second acquisition unit 120 acquires the process information from the PLC 20 (S110). Specifically, the second acquisition unit 120 is the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) during the execution of the work process Pr (m). The operation result La (m) indicating the content and the result of the above is acquired from the PLC 20 as process information. Further, the first acquisition unit 110 acquires basic imaging data from the ceiling camera 30 (S120).
 (工程情報に対する判定)
 動作判定部130は、第2取得部120がPLC20から取得した工程情報を用いて、作業工程Prの実施の際に機器40が実行した動作Acについて、「所定の動作基準Saを満たすか」を判定する。具体的には、動作判定部130は、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(m)を用いて、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実際に実行した動作Ac(m)が、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすか」を判定する。
(Judgment for process information)
The operation determination unit 130 uses the process information acquired from the PLC 20 by the second acquisition unit 120 to ask "whether the predetermined operation standard Sa is satisfied" for the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed. judge. Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) included in the process information to perform the operation Ac (m) actually executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed. ) Satisfies the operation standard Sa (m). "
 (S130:工程エラーの有無)
 「動作Ac(m)が、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすか」の判定として、動作判定部130は、動作結果La(m)を用いて、先ず、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)に、工程エラーがあるか」を判定する(S130)。すなわち、動作判定部130は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実際に実行した動作Ac(m)について、工程内エラーまたは工程間エラーがあるか」を判定する。
(S130: Presence or absence of process error)
As a determination of "whether the operation Ac (m) satisfies the operation reference Sa (m)", the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to first perform the "work process Pr (m)". Is there a process error in the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m)? ”(S130). That is, the operation determination unit 130 determines "whether there is an in-process error or an inter-process error in the operation Ac (m) actually executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed".
  (S130-1:工程内エラーの判定)
 動作判定部130は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)の内容および結果を示す動作結果La(m)を用いて、「動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生したか」を判定する。
(S130-1: Judgment of in-process error)
The operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and uses the operation result La (m) to perform "operation Ac (m). Whether an in-process error occurred in m) ”is determined.
 前述の通り、動作Ac(m)には予めエラー基準Te(m)が設定されている。動作判定部130は、記憶部140に格納されている動作基準テーブル141を参照して、エラー基準Te(m)を取得する。そして、動作判定部130は、取得したエラー基準Te(m)と、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)とを比較して、「動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生したか」を判定する。動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)について「工程内エラーが発生した」と判定すると、「動作Ac(m)は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」と判定する。 As described above, the error reference Te (m) is set in advance for the operation Ac (m). The operation determination unit 130 acquires the error reference Te (m) by referring to the operation reference table 141 stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the operation determination unit 130 compares the acquired error reference Te (m) with the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and "operates". Whether an in-process error has occurred in Ac (m) ”is determined. When the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred" for the operation Ac (m), it determines that "the operation Ac (m) satisfies the operation reference Sa (m)".
 作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して、複数の動作Ac(m)(1)、Ac(m)(2)、Ac(m)(3)、・・・、Ac(m)(x)が実行される場合も同様である。例えば、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)(1)、40(m)(2)、および、40(m)(3)の各々が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)(1)、Ac(m)(2)、および、Ac(m)(3)の各々について、動作判定部130は、以下の判定を実行する。すなわち、動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)(1)、Ac(m)(2)、および、Ac(m)(3)の各々と、エラー基準Te(m)(1)、Te(m)(2)、Te(m)(3)の各々とを比較する。エラー基準Te(m)(1)は、動作Ac(m)(1)に予め設定されているエラー基準Teであり、エラー基準Te(m)(2)は動作Ac(m)(2)に、エラー基準Te(m)(3)は動作Ac(m)(3)に、予め設定されているエラー基準Teである。 In carrying out the work process Pr (m), a plurality of operations Ac (m) (1), Ac (m) (2), Ac (m) (3), ..., Ac (m) (x) are executed. The same applies when it is done. For example, the actual operations Ac (m) performed by each of the devices 40 (m) (1), 40 (m) (2), and 40 (m) (3) used to carry out the work process Pr (m). ) (1), Ac (m) (2), and Ac (m) (3), the operation determination unit 130 executes the following determination. That is, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation Ac (m) (1), Ac (m) (2), and Ac (m) (3), and the error criteria Te (m) (1), Te ( Compare each of m) (2) and Te (m) (3). The error reference Te (m) (1) is an error reference Te preset in the operation Ac (m) (1), and the error reference Te (m) (2) is set in the operation Ac (m) (2). , The error reference Te (m) (3) is an error reference Te preset in the operation Ac (m) (3).
 「動作Ac(m)(1)がエラー基準Te(m)(1)を満たす」と判定すると、動作判定部130は、「動作Ac(m)(1)は、動作基準Sa(m)(1)を満たす」と判定する。また、「動作Ac(m)(2)がエラー基準Te(m)(2)を満たす」と判定すると、動作判定部130は、「動作Ac(m)(2)は、動作基準Sa(m)(2)を満たす」と判定する。さらに、「動作Ac(m)(3)がエラー基準Te(m)(3)を満たす」と判定すると、動作判定部130は、「動作Ac(m)(3)は、動作基準Sa(m)(3)を満たす」と判定する。 When it is determined that "the operation Ac (m) (1) satisfies the error reference Te (m) (1)", the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (1) is the operation reference Sa (m) (1). 1) is satisfied. " Further, when it is determined that "the operation Ac (m) (2) satisfies the error reference Te (m) (2)", the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (2) is the operation reference Sa (m)". ) (2) is satisfied. " Further, when it is determined that "the operation Ac (m) (3) satisfies the error reference Te (m) (3)", the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) (3) is the operation reference Sa (m)". ) (3) is satisfied. "
 例えば、「作業工程Pr(m):検査工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):検査機が実行する動作Ac(m):検査動作」には、「エラー基準Te(m):検査結果-良好」が予め設定されている。したがって、検査工程における、検査機の「検査結果-不良」との検査動作(検査動作結果)に対して、動作判定部130は、「検査動作に、工程内エラーが発生した」と判定し、「動作基準Saを満たす」と判定する。 For example, "work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the inspection process: operation Ac (m) executed by the inspection machine: inspection operation" includes "error standard Te (m): inspection result". -Good" is preset. Therefore, in response to the inspection operation (inspection operation result) of the inspection machine as "inspection result-defective" in the inspection process, the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred in the inspection operation". It is determined that "the operation standard Sa is satisfied".
 また、例えば、「作業工程Pr(m):ピッキング工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):ピッキング機が実行する動作Ac(m):ピッキング動作」には、「エラー基準Te(m):ピッキング成功」が予め設定されている。したがって、ピッキング工程における、ピッキング機の「ピッキング失敗」とのピッキング動作(ピッキング動作結果)に対して、動作判定部130は、「ピッキング動作に、工程内エラーが発生した」と判定し、「動作基準Saを満たす」と判定する。 Further, for example, "work process Pr (m): device 40 (m) used for carrying out the picking process: operation Ac (m) executed by the picking machine: picking operation" includes "error reference Te (m): "Successful picking" is preset. Therefore, in response to the picking operation (picking operation result) with the "picking failure" of the picking machine in the picking process, the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred in the picking operation" and "operations". It is determined that "the standard Sa is satisfied".
 さらに、例えば、「作業工程Pr(m):ネジ締め工程の実施に用いられる機器40(m):ネジ締め機が実行する動作Ac(m):ネジ締め動作」には、「エラー基準Te(m):回転数がpからq(>p)回」が予め設定されている。したがって、ネジ締め工程における、ネジ締め機の「回転数がr(>q)回」とのネジ締め動作(ネジ締め動作結果)に対して、動作判定部130は、「ネジ締め動作に、工程内エラーが発生した」と判定し、「動作基準Saを満たす」と判定する。 Further, for example, "work process Pr (m): equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the screw tightening process: operation executed by the screw tightening machine Ac (m): screw tightening operation" includes "error reference Te ( m): The number of rotations is from p to q (> p) times ”is preset. Therefore, in contrast to the screw tightening operation (screw tightening operation result) when the screw tightening machine "rotates r (> q) times" in the screw tightening process, the operation determination unit 130 "sets the screw tightening operation. It is determined that "an internal error has occurred" and "the operation standard Sa is satisfied".
 つまり、動作判定部130は、機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)を実行して異常を検出したこと、および、機器40(m)の動作Ac(m)に異常があったことの少なくとも一方を検出すると、動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生したと判定する。そして、動作判定部130は、工程内エラーが発生したと判定した動作Ac(m)について、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」と判定する。 That is, at least that the operation determination unit 130 detects an abnormality by executing the operation Ac (m) by the device 40 (m) and that the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 (m) has an abnormality. When one of them is detected, it is determined that an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m). Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which the in-process error has occurred is "satisfied with the operation reference Sa (m)".
 以上の通り、動作判定部130は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)」と、この動作Ac(m)に対応付けられたエラー基準Te(m)とを比較し、動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生したかを判定する。動作判定部130は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生した」と判定すると、その動作Ac(m)は動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。 As described above, the operation determination unit 130 includes "the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed" and the error associated with this operation Ac (m). It is compared with the reference Te (m) to determine whether an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m). When the operation determination unit 130 determines that "an in-process error has occurred in the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed", the operation Ac (m) is determined. It is determined that the operation standard Sa (m) is satisfied.
  (S130-2:工程間エラーの判定)
 動作判定部130は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した実際の動作Ac(m)の内容および結果を示す動作結果La(m)を用いて、「動作Ac(m)にについて、工程飛ばし(工程間エラー)が発生したか」を判定する。
(S130-2: Judgment of inter-process error)
The operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the actual operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is executed, and uses the operation result La (m) to perform "operation Ac (m). For m), it is determined whether a process skip (inter-process error) has occurred.
 例えば、複数の作業工程Prの中には、予め決められた順序で実施されるべき作業工程Prがある。具体的には、「作業工程Pr(m)は、作業工程Pr(m-1)の実施後、作業工程Pr(m+1)の実施前に実施されるべきである」といった事態が想定される。この場合、作業工程Pr(m)に対応する動作Ac(m)は、作業工程Pr(m-1)に対応する動作Ac(m-1)の実行完了後、作業工程Pr(m+1)に対応する動作Ac(m+1)の実行開始前に、実行されなくてはならない。 For example, among the plurality of work process Prs, there is a work process Pr that should be carried out in a predetermined order. Specifically, a situation such as "the work process Pr (m) should be performed after the work process Pr (m-1) is performed and before the work process Pr (m + 1) is performed" is assumed. In this case, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) corresponds to the work process Pr (m + 1) after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) corresponding to the work process Pr (m-1) is completed. Action to be performed Before the start of execution of Ac (m + 1), it must be executed.
 そのような「所定の順序で実行されるべき動作Ac(m)が、所定の順序で実行されていない」と判定すると、動作判定部130は、予め決められた順序で実行されなかった動作Ac(m)について、工程間エラー(工程飛ばし)が発生したと判定する。 When it is determined that such "operations Ac (m) to be executed in a predetermined order are not executed in a predetermined order", the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) is not executed in a predetermined order. Regarding (m), it is determined that an inter-process error (process skipping) has occurred.
 工程間エラーの1つの典型例は、「後続する動作Ac(m+1)の実行開始前に実行されるべき動作Ac(m)が、動作Ac(m+1)の実行開始前に実行されなかった」場合である。また、「先行する動作Ac(m-1)の実行完了後に実行されるべき動作Ac(m)が、動作Ac(m-1)の実行完了後に実行されなかった」場合も、工程間エラーの典型例として挙げることができる。これらの工程間エラーは、「実行されるべき動作Ac(m)が実行されていない」という点から、特に「予め決められた順序で実行されるべき動作Ac(m)が、予め決められた順序で実行されていない」という点から、「工程飛ばし」とも称される。 One typical example of an inter-process error is when "the operation Ac (m) that should be executed before the execution of the subsequent operation Ac (m + 1) is not executed before the execution of the operation Ac (m + 1) is started". Is. In addition, when "the operation Ac (m) that should be executed after the execution of the preceding operation Ac (m-1) is completed is not executed after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed", an inter-process error occurs. It can be mentioned as a typical example. In these inter-process errors, "the operation Ac (m) to be executed is not executed", and in particular, "the operation Ac (m) to be executed in a predetermined order is predetermined". It is also called "process skipping" because it is not executed in order.
 ここで、前述の通り、動作基準テーブル141には、動作基準Saとして、「複数の作業工程Prについて、それら複数の作業工程Prがどのような順序で実施されるべきかを示す、実施順序情報Si」が格納されている。つまり、動作基準テーブル141には、複数の作業工程Prの各々に対応する複数の動作Acの各々がどのような順序で実行されるべきかを示す実施順序情報Siが格納されている。 Here, as described above, in the operation reference table 141, as the operation reference Sa, "execution order information indicating in what order the plurality of work process Prs should be executed for a plurality of work process Prs". "Si" is stored. That is, the operation reference table 141 stores the execution order information Si indicating in what order each of the plurality of operation Acs corresponding to each of the plurality of work process Prs should be executed.
 動作判定部130は、動作基準テーブル141を参照して、実施順序情報Si(m)を取得し、例えば、「動作Ac(m)は、動作Ac(m-1)の実行完了後、動作Ac(m+1)の実行開始前に実行されるべきである」との実施順序情報Si(m)を取得する。そして、動作判定部130は、取得した実施順序情報Si(m)と、工程情報とを用いて、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)が実行すべき動作Ac(m)について、工程間エラーが発生したか否かを判定する。 The operation determination unit 130 refers to the operation reference table 141 and acquires the execution order information Si (m). For example, "the operation Ac (m) is the operation Ac after the execution of the operation Ac (m-1) is completed. It should be executed before the start of execution of (m + 1). ”The execution order information Si (m) is acquired. Then, the operation determination unit 130 uses the acquired execution order information Si (m) and the process information to perform the operation Ac (m) to be executed by the device 40 (m) used to execute the work process Pr (m). ), It is determined whether or not an inter-process error has occurred.
 具体的には、動作判定部130は、作業工程Pr(m-1)の実施に用いられる機器40(m-1)の動作結果La(m-1)から、機器40(m-1)が実行した動作Ac(m-1)の動作完了時刻Tme(m-1)を特定する。また、動作判定部130は、作業工程Pr(m+1)の実施に用いられる機器40(m+1)の動作結果La(m+1)から、機器40(m+1)が実行した動作Ac(m+1)の動作開始時刻Tms(m+1)を特定する。さらに、動作判定部130は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)の動作結果La(m)から、機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)を特定し、言い換えれば、動作Ac(m)を実行していなかった期間を特定する。 Specifically, in the operation determination unit 130, the device 40 (m-1) is based on the operation result La (m-1) of the device 40 (m-1) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m-1). The operation completion time Tme (m-1) of the executed operation Ac (m-1) is specified. Further, the operation determination unit 130 starts the operation start time of the operation Ac (m + 1) executed by the device 40 (m + 1) from the operation result La (m + 1) of the device 40 (m + 1) used for executing the work process Pr (m + 1). Identify Tms (m + 1). Further, the operation determination unit 130 is based on the operation result La (m) of the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m), and the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m). (M) is specified, in other words, the period during which the operation Ac (m) is not executed is specified.
 動作判定部130は、動作完了時刻Tme(m-1)から動作開始時刻Tms(m+1)までの間に、動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)が存在しないことを確認すると、「動作Ac(m)について、工程間エラー(工程飛ばし)が発生した」と判定する。また、動作判定部130は、動作完了時刻Tme(m-1)から所定の時間内に動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)が存在しないことを確認すると、「動作Ac(m)について、工程間エラー(工程飛ばし)が発生した」と判定する。さらに、動作判定部130は、動作開始時刻Tms(m+1)の前に動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)が存在しないことを確認すると、「動作Ac(m)について、工程間エラー(工程飛ばし)が発生した」と判定する。そして、動作判定部130は、「工程間エラーが発生した」と判定した動作Ac(m)について、「動作Ac(m)は、所定の動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」と判定する。 When the operation determination unit 130 confirms that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) does not exist between the operation completion time Tme (m-1) and the operation start time Tms (m + 1), the operation determination unit 130 “operates”. For Ac (m), an inter-process error (process skipping) has occurred. " Further, when the operation determination unit 130 confirms that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) does not exist within a predetermined time from the operation completion time Tme (m-1), the operation determination unit 130 confirms that “the operation Ac (m)”. , An inter-process error (process skipping) has occurred. " Further, when the operation determination unit 130 confirms that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) does not exist before the operation start time Tms (m + 1), “an inter-process error (for the operation Ac (m)) Process skipping) has occurred. " Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines that "the operation Ac (m) satisfies a predetermined operation reference Sa (m)" with respect to the operation Ac (m) that has been determined that "an error between processes has occurred".
 上述の通り、動作判定部130は、動作結果La(m)を用いて、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)」について、工程エラー(工程内エラーおよび工程間エラーの少なくとも一方)の有無を判定する(S130)。 As described above, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to perform a process error (process) for "the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed". It is determined whether or not there is an internal error and an inter-process error) (S130).
 (S140でYes:工程間エラーが発生した場合)
 動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)に工程エラーがあると判定すると(S130でYes)、動作Ac(m)に発生した工程エラーが、「工程間エラー」であるかを判定する(S140)。動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)に発生した工程エラーが、「工程間エラー」であると判定すると(S140でYes)、「工程間エラー」が発生した、つまり、「工程飛ばし」が発生したと判定した動作Ac(m)を特定する(S150)。
(Yes in S140: When an error between processes occurs)
When the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) has a process error (Yes in S130), the operation determination unit 130 determines whether the process error generated in the operation Ac (m) is an "inter-process error" (S140). ). When the operation determination unit 130 determines that the process error generated in the operation Ac (m) is an "inter-process error" (Yes in S140), an "inter-process error" occurs, that is, "process skipping" occurs. The operation Ac (m) determined to have occurred is specified (S150).
 動作判定部130は、「工程飛ばし」が発生したと判定した、つまり、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定した動作Ac(m)について、その動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、例えば、以下の情報を生成する。すなわち、動作判定部130は、実際には実行されなかった動作Ac(m)が本来実行されるべきであった時点を、「フラグ時点」として特定する。例えば、動作判定部130は、「動作Ac(m)の直前の順番で実行されるべき動作Ac(m-1)」の動作完了時刻Tme(m-1)から、所定の猶予時間を経過した時点を、「フラグ時点」として特定する。動作判定部130は、特定したフラグ時点から所定期間(例えば、30秒)を遡った時点からフラグ時点までを「切り取り時間」として、つまり、動作基準Sa(m)を満たす動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、決定する(S160)。動作判定部130は、決定した「切り取り時間」を抽出部150に通知する。 The operation determination unit 130 determines that the “process skipping” has occurred, that is, with respect to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), the work process Pr (corresponding to the operation Ac (m)). For example, the following information is generated as the extraction target information indicating m). That is, the operation determination unit 130 specifies the time point at which the action Ac (m) that was not actually executed should have been originally executed as the "flag time point". For example, the operation determination unit 130 has elapsed a predetermined grace time from the operation completion time Tme (m-1) of the “operation Ac (m-1) to be executed in the order immediately before the operation Ac (m)”. The time point is specified as the "flag time point". The operation determination unit 130 sets the “cutting time” from the time when a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds) is traced back from the specified flag time to the flag time, that is, the operation Ac (m) which satisfies the operation reference Sa (m). It is determined as the extraction target information indicating the corresponding work process Pr (m) (S160). The operation determination unit 130 notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determined “cutting time”.
 抽出部150は、S160において決定された「切り取り時間」に対応する撮像動画(撮像データId)を、部分撮像データODとして基礎撮像データBIから抽出する(S170)。送信部160は、抽出部150によって基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODとして抽出された撮像データIdを、制御システム1の外部に送信してもよい。 The extraction unit 150 extracts an imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the "cutting time" determined in S160 from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD (S170). The transmission unit 160 may transmit the image pickup data Id extracted as the partial image pickup data OD from the basic image pickup data BI by the extraction unit 150 to the outside of the control system 1.
 つまり、動作判定部130は、「実行されるべき順序において実行されなかったとの動作結果La(m)に対応する動作Ac(m)」は、つまり、「工程飛ばしが発生した動作Ac(m)」は、「所定の動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」と判定する。 That is, the operation determination unit 130 states that "the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the operation result La (m) that the process was not executed in the order in which it should be executed" is, that is, "the operation Ac (m) in which the process skip occurs". "Satisfies the predetermined operation standard Sa (m)".
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかったとの動作結果Laに対応する動作Acは、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac corresponding to the operation result La that is not executed in the order in which it should be executed satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。例えば、情報処理装置10は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の、直前に実施された作業工程Pr(m-1)の実施状況を示す撮像データId(m-1)を、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。また、例えば、情報処理装置10は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の、直後に実施された作業工程Pr(m+1)の実施状況を示す撮像データId(m+1)を、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 10 extracts from the basic imaging data BI the imaging data Id indicating the execution status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac that was not executed in the order to be executed as the partial imaging data OD. It has the effect of being able to. For example, in the information processing apparatus 10, the implementation status of the work process Pr (m-1) executed immediately before the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that was not executed in the order to be executed. The imaging data Id (m-1) indicating the above is extracted as the partial imaging data OD. Further, for example, in the information processing apparatus 10, the implementation status of the work process Pr (m + 1) executed immediately after the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) that was not executed in the order to be executed. The imaging data Id (m + 1) indicating the above is extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
 (S140でNo:工程内エラーが発生した場合)
 動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)に発生した工程エラーが、「工程間エラー」でないと判定すると(S140でNo)、動作Ac(m)に「工程内エラー」が発生したとして、「工程内エラー」の発生した動作Ac(m)を特定する(S220)。動作判定部130は、S220において特定した動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の開始(つまり、動作開始時刻Tms(m))および完了(つまり、動作完了時刻Tme(m))から、「切り取り時間」を決定する(S200)。動作判定部130は、「切り取り時間」を、つまり、「工程内エラー」の発生した動作Ac(m)の動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)を、動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、抽出部150に通知する。抽出部150は、S220において決定された「切り取り時間」に対応する撮像動画(撮像データId)を、部分撮像データODとして基礎撮像データBIから抽出する(S170)。
(No in S140: When an in-process error occurs)
When the operation determination unit 130 determines that the process error generated in the operation Ac (m) is not an "inter-process error" (No in S140), it is assumed that an "in-process error" has occurred in the operation Ac (m). The operation Ac (m) in which the “in-process error” has occurred is specified (S220). The operation determination unit 130 starts (that is, operation start time Tms (m)) and completes (that is, operation completion time Tme (m)) of the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) specified in S220. Therefore, the "cutting time" is determined (S200). The operation determination unit 130 sets the "cutting time", that is, the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) of the operation Ac (m) in which the "in-process error" occurs, to the operation Ac (m). The extraction unit 150 is notified as the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the above. The extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
 つまり、動作判定部130は、動作結果La(m)を用いて、機器40の動作Ac(m)が異常を検出したこと、および、機器40の動作Ac(m)に異常があったことの少なくとも一方を検出すると、動作Ac(m)に工程内エラーが発生したと判定する。そして、動作判定部130は、工程内エラーが発生したと判定した動作Ac(m)について、「動作基準Sa(m)を満たす」と判定し、この判定結果を抽出部150に通知する。言い換えれば、動作判定部130は、(A)機器40が異常を検出したとの動作結果La、および、(B)機器40が実行した動作Acに異常があったとの動作結果La、の少なくとも一方に対応する動作Acは、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。 That is, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to detect an abnormality in the operation Ac (m) of the device 40, and indicates that the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 has an abnormality. When at least one is detected, it is determined that an in-process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m). Then, the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which the in-process error has occurred is "satisfied with the operation reference Sa (m)", and notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determination result. In other words, the operation determination unit 130 has at least one of (A) the operation result La that the device 40 has detected an abnormality and (B) the operation result La that the operation Ac executed by the device 40 has an abnormality. It is determined that the operation Ac corresponding to the above satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、(A)異常を検出したとの動作結果La、および、(B)実行した動作Acに異常があったとの動作結果La、の少なくとも一方に対応する動作Acは、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to at least one of (A) the operation result La when an abnormality is detected and (B) the operation result La when the executed operation Ac has an abnormality. It is determined that the operation Ac to be performed satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから、(A)異常を検出したとの動作結果La、および、(B)実行した動作Acに異常があったとの動作結果Laの少なくとも一方に対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 10 corresponds to at least one of (A) the operation result La that the abnormality is detected and (B) the operation result La that the executed operation Ac has an abnormality from the basic imaging data BI. It is effective that the imaging data Id indicating the implementation status of the work step Pr can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
 (S130でNo:工程エラーが発生していな場合-標準動作時間の判定)
 動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)には工程エラーが発生していないと判定すると(S130でNo)、工程エラーが発生していないと判定した動作Ac(m)を特定し、特定した動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)を算出する(S180)。具体的には、動作判定部130は、工程エラーが発生していないと判定した動作Ac(m)について、動作Ac(m)の動作結果La(m)から、動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)を特定する。動作判定部130は、特定した動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)から、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Ac(m)について、その動作期間Da(m)を算出する。
(No in S130: When no process error has occurred-Judgment of standard operating time)
When the operation determination unit 130 determines that no process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m) (No in S130), the operation determination unit 130 identifies and identifies the operation Ac (m) determined that no process error has occurred. The operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) is calculated (S180). Specifically, for the operation Ac (m) determined that no process error has occurred, the operation determination unit 130 starts the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation start time Tms (m) from the operation result La (m) of the operation Ac (m). The operation completion time Tme (m) is specified. From the specified operation start time Tms (m) and operation completion time Tme (m), the operation determination unit 130 sets the operation period Da for the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr (m) is executed. (M) is calculated.
 また、動作判定部130は、動作基準テーブル141を参照して、動作Ac(m)に対応する標準動作時間Tta(m)(具体的には、標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)および標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m))を取得する。動作判定部130は、取得した標準動作時間Tta(m)を、S180で算出した動作期間Da(m)と比較し、動作期間Da(m)が標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲外にあるか(つまり、範囲内にないか)を判定する(S190)。すなわち、動作判定部130は、「機器40(m)が実際に動作Ac(m)を実行するのに要した動作期間Da(m)」が、「機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)を実行するのに通常要するとされる標準動作時間Tta(m)」の範囲外にあるかを判定する。具体的には、動作判定部130は、「動作期間Da(m)が標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)未満であるか」を判定し、また、「動作期間Da(m)が標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)を超過するか」を判定する。 Further, the operation determination unit 130 refers to the operation reference table 141 and refers to the standard operation time Tta (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) (specifically, the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m) and the standard upper limit. The operating time upper limit Ttah (m)) is acquired. The operation determination unit 130 compares the acquired standard operation time Tta (m) with the operation period Da (m) calculated in S180, and the operation period Da (m) is outside the range of the standard operation time Tta (m). (That is, whether it is within the range) is determined (S190). That is, in the operation determination unit 130, the "operation period Da (m) required for the device 40 (m) to actually execute the operation Ac (m)" is set to "the operation Ac (m) of the device 40 (m)". It is determined whether or not it is out of the range of "standard operating time Tta (m)" which is normally required to execute. Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 determines "whether the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)", and "the operation period Da (m) is the standard upper limit operation". Whether the time upper limit Ttah (m) is exceeded "is determined.
 動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)が、動作Ac(m)についてあらかじめ設定されている標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にない(つまり、範囲外にある)と判定すると(S190でYes)、動作Ac(m)は、所定の動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。具体的には、動作判定部130は、「動作期間Da(m)が標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)未満である」または「動作期間Da(m)が標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)を超過する」のを確認すると、動作Ac(m)は動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。 In the operation determination unit 130, the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) is not within (that is, outside the range) of the standard operation time Tta (m) preset for the operation Ac (m). ) (Yes in S190), it is determined that the operation Ac (m) satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa (m). Specifically, the operation determination unit 130 states that "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)" or "the operation period Da (m) is the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)". When it is confirmed that "exceeds", it is determined that the operation Ac (m) satisfies the operation reference Sa (m).
 動作判定部130は、所定の動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定した動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の開始(つまり、動作開始時刻Tms(m))および完了(つまり、動作完了時刻Tme(m))から、「切り取り時間」を決定する(S200)。動作判定部130は、「切り取り時間」を、つまり、動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)を、動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、抽出部150に通知する。抽出部150は、S220において決定された「切り取り時間」に対応する撮像動画(撮像データId)を、部分撮像データODとして基礎撮像データBIから抽出する(S170)。 The operation determination unit 130 starts (that is, operation start time Tms (m)) and completes (that is, operation start time Tms (m)) of the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) determined to satisfy the predetermined operation reference Sa (m). , The "cutting time" is determined from the operation completion time Tme (m) (S200). The operation determination unit 130 sets the "cutting time", that is, the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m), and the extraction target information indicating the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m). To notify the extraction unit 150. The extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
 つまり、動作判定部130は、機器40が実行した動作Acについて、実行を完了するまでに要した動作期間Daが、実行を完了するまでに要する時間として予め設定されている標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内にないと、動作Acは所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。言い換えれば、動作判定部130は、実際に実行を完了するまでに要した動作期間Da(m)が、標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にないと、動作Ac(m)は動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。 That is, the operation determination unit 130 has a range of standard operation time Tta in which the operation period Da required to complete the execution of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 is preset as the time required to complete the execution. If it is not inside, the operation Ac determines that the predetermined operation reference Sa is satisfied. In other words, if the operation period Da (m) required for the operation determination unit 130 to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m), the operation Ac (m) is the operation reference Sa. It is determined that (m) is satisfied.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、実行を完了するまでに実際に要した動作期間Daが、標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内にない動作Acは、所定の動作基準Saを満たすと判定する。具体的には、情報処理装置10は、「動作期間Da(m)が、標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)未満である」動作Ac(m)は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。また、情報処理装置10は、「動作期間Da(m)が、標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)を超過する」動作Ac(m)は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac in which the operation period Da actually required to complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta satisfies the predetermined operation reference Sa. To do. Specifically, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)" satisfies the operation reference Sa (m). To do. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the operation Ac (m) for which "the operation period Da (m) exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)" satisfies the operation reference Sa (m).
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから、実際に実行を完了するまでに要した動作期間Daが標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内にない動作Acに対応する作業工程Prの実施状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。具体的には、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから、「動作期間Da(m)が、標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)未満である」動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の実施状況を示す撮像データId(m)を、部分撮像データODとして抽出することができる。また、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIから、「動作期間Da(m)が、標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)を超過する」動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の実施状況を示す撮像データId(m)を、部分撮像データODとして抽出することができる。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 10 indicates from the basic imaging data BI the implementation status of the work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac in which the operation period Da required to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time Tta. It has the effect that the imaging data Id can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD. Specifically, the information processing apparatus 10 has a work process Pr corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the operation period Da (m) is less than the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m)" from the basic imaging data BI. The imaging data Id (m) indicating the implementation status of (m) can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 has a work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the operation period Da (m) exceeds the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m)" from the basic imaging data BI. The imaging data Id (m) indicating the implementation status of the above can be extracted as the partial imaging data OD.
 (S190でNo:標準動作時間超過が発生していな場合-画像解析)
 動作判定部130は、工程エラーが発生していないと判定した動作Ac(m)の動作期間Daが標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にあると判定すると(S190でNo)、「動作Ac(m)は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たさない」と判定する。前述の通り、動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)の動作期間Daが標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)から標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)までの範囲内にあると、動作期間Daは標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にあると判定する。
(No in S190: When the standard operating time is not exceeded-Image analysis)
When the operation determination unit 130 determines that the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) that has determined that no process error has occurred is within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m) (No in S190), "Operation Ac" is determined. (M) does not satisfy the operation standard Sa (m). " As described above, when the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) is within the range from the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m) to the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m), the operation determination unit 130 has an operation period Da. Is determined to be within the standard operating time Tta (m).
 動作判定部130は、動作Ac(m)について、工程エラーが発生しておらず、かつ、動作期間Da(m)が標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にあることを確認すると、「動作Ac(m)は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たさない」と判定する。動作判定部130は、動作基準Sa(m)を満たさないと判定した動作Ac(m)について、動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を特定し、特定した作業工程Pr(m)を示す情報(非抽出対象情報)を画像解析部170に通知する。 When the operation determination unit 130 confirms that no process error has occurred in the operation Ac (m) and the operation period Da (m) is within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m), the operation determination unit 130 "operates". Ac (m) does not satisfy the operation standard Sa (m). " The operation determination unit 130 specifies the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) for the operation Ac (m) determined not to satisfy the operation reference Sa (m), and the specified work process Pr (m). ) Is notified to the image analysis unit 170 of the information (non-extraction target information).
 画像解析部170は、「工程エラーが発生しておらず、かつ、動作期間Da(m)が標準動作時間Tta(m)の範囲内にある」動作Ac(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)の実施状況を撮像した撮像データID(m)について、画像解析により、以下の判定を行う。すなわち、画像解析部170は、撮像データID(m)に対する画像解析によって、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して作業者Pe(x)が行った作業Op(m)を特定し、作業Op(m)が非標準作業であるかを判定する(S210)。 The image analysis unit 170 describes the work process Pr (m) corresponding to the operation Ac (m) in which "the process error has not occurred and the operation period Da (m) is within the range of the standard operation time Tta (m)". The following determination is made by image analysis with respect to the image pickup data ID (m) obtained by imaging the implementation status of m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 identifies the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe (x) at the time of executing the work step Pr (m) by image analysis on the image pickup data ID (m), and the work Op (m). ) Is a non-standard operation (S210).
 撮像データId(m)に対する画像解析によって特定した作業Op(m)が、非標準作業ではない(つまり、標準作業である)と判定すると(S210でNo)、情報処理装置10は処理を終了する。作業Op(m)が非標準作業であると判定すると(S210でYes)、画像解析部170は、作業Op(m)について、「切り取り時間」を決定する(S200)。すなわち、画像解析部170は、作業Op(m)の開始(つまり、滞在開始時点Tos(m))および完了(つまり、滞在終了時点Toe(m))から、作業Op(m)について「切り取り時間」を決定する。詳細は後述するが、滞在開始時点Tos(m)は、「作業Op(m)を行った作業者Peが、監視領域Ar(m)に存在するようになったのを、画像解析部170が画像解析によって確認した」時点である。また、滞在終了時点Toe(m)は、「作業Op(m)を行った作業者Peが、監視領域Ar(m)に存在しなくなったのを、画像解析部170が画像解析によって確認した」時点である。 When it is determined that the work Op (m) specified by the image analysis on the imaged data Id (m) is not a non-standard work (that is, a standard work) (No in S210), the information processing apparatus 10 ends the process. .. When it is determined that the work Op (m) is a non-standard work (Yes in S210), the image analysis unit 170 determines the "cutting time" for the work Op (m) (S200). That is, the image analysis unit 170 "cuts time" for the work Op (m) from the start (that is, the stay start time Tos (m)) and the completion (that is, the stay end time Toe (m)) of the work Op (m). To decide. The details will be described later, but at the start of the stay, Tos (m) states that "the worker Pe who performed the work Op (m) has come to exist in the monitoring area Ar (m). It was confirmed by image analysis. " Further, at the end of the stay, Toe (m) stated, "The image analysis unit 170 confirmed by image analysis that the worker Pe who performed the work Op (m) no longer exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)." At the time.
 画像解析部170は、決定した「切り取り時間」を、つまり、滞在開始時点Tos(m)および滞在終了時点Toe(m)を、作業Op(m)を示す抽出対象情報として、抽出部150に通知する。抽出部150は、S220において決定された「切り取り時間」に対応する撮像動画(撮像データId)を、部分撮像データODとして基礎撮像データBIから抽出する(S170)。 The image analysis unit 170 notifies the extraction unit 150 of the determined "cutting time", that is, the stay start time Tos (m) and the stay end time Toe (m) as extraction target information indicating the work Op (m). To do. The extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging moving image (imaging data Id) corresponding to the “cutting time” determined in S220 from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD (S170).
 つまり、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBI、特に、基礎撮像データBI中の撮像データId(m)に対する画像解析によって、作業工程Pr(m)の実施の際に作業者Pe(x)が行った作業Op(m)が、作業工程Pr(m)の実施の際に行われる標準的作業であるかを判定する。抽出部150は、画像解析部170によって標準的な作業(標準作業)ではないと判定された作業Op(m)が行われた状況についての撮像データId(m)を、部分撮像データODとして、基礎撮像データBIから抽出する。画像解析部170が実行する画像解析、および、標準作業であるか否かの判定処理について、その一例を以下に説明する。 That is, the image analysis unit 170 is subjected to image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, particularly the imaging data Id (m) in the basic imaging data BI, so that the worker Pe (x) can perform the work step Pr (m). It is determined whether the work Op (m) performed is the standard work performed when the work step Pr (m) is carried out. The extraction unit 150 uses the imaging data Id (m) for the situation in which the work Op (m) determined by the image analysis unit 170 to be non-standard work (standard work) is performed as the partial imaging data OD. Extracted from the basic imaging data BI. An example of the image analysis executed by the image analysis unit 170 and the determination process of whether or not it is a standard operation will be described below.
 (画像解析処理(1):作業者の存在判定等)
 画像解析部170は、天井カメラ30による作業現場WS全体の撮像データである基礎撮像データBIを解析して、監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在するか否かを判定する。画像解析部170は、作業現場WSの監視領域Ar(m)を撮像した、基礎撮像データBIの解析対象領域Aa(m)に対する画像解析によって、監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在するか否かを判定する。
(Image analysis processing (1): determination of the presence of workers, etc.)
The image analysis unit 170 analyzes the basic imaging data BI, which is the imaging data of the entire work site WS by the ceiling camera 30, and determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar. The image analysis unit 170 has an image analysis of the monitoring area Ar (m) of the work site WS with respect to the analysis target area Aa (m) of the basic imaging data BI, and the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m). Judge whether or not.
 すなわち、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、作業現場WSに作業者Peが存在するか否かを判定し、作業現場WSに作業者Peが存在すると判定すると、さらに、作業者Peが存在する監視領域Arを特定する。 That is, the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the work site WS by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, and if it determines that the worker Pe exists in the work site WS, further work. The monitoring area Ar in which the person Pe exists is specified.
  (作業者の識別情報の特定)
 画像解析部170は、「監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在する」と判定すると、解析対象領域Aa(m)に対する画像解析によってさらに、監視領域Ar(m)に存在する作業者Peの作業者IDを特定してもよい。すなわち、画像解析部170は、帽子の頭頂部などに付された作業者IDが撮像された基礎撮像データBIに対して画像解析を行うことにより、作業現場WSに存在する作業者Peの作業者IDを特定する。画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析により、「作業現場WSに作業者Peが存在するか」、「作業者Peが存在する監視領域Arはどこか」、および、「監視領域Arに存在する作業者Peの作業者ID」を特定することができる。
(Identification of worker identification information)
When the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)", the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) is further analyzed by image analysis on the analysis target area Aa (m). Worker ID may be specified. That is, the image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI in which the worker ID attached to the crown of the hat or the like is imaged, so that the worker Pe of the worker Pe existing at the work site WS Identify the ID. The image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI to "whether the worker Pe exists in the work site WS", "where is the monitoring area Ar where the worker Pe exists", and "the monitoring area Ar". The worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the above can be specified.
  (滞在期間の特定)
 画像解析部170は、解析対象領域Aaに対する画像解析によって、それ以前には作業者Peが存在していないと判定していた監視領域Arについて、作業者Peが存在すると判定するようになった時点を、滞在開始時点Tosとして特定する。また、画像解析部170は、解析対象領域Aaに対する画像解析によって、それ以前には作業者Peが存在していると判定していた監視領域Arについて、作業者Peが存在していないと判定するようになった時点を、滞在終了時点Toeとして特定する。
(Specification of stay period)
When the image analysis unit 170 determines that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar that was previously determined by the image analysis for the analysis target area Aa that the worker Pe does not exist. Is specified as Tos at the start of stay. Further, the image analysis unit 170 determines that the worker Pe does not exist in the monitoring area Ar which was previously determined to have the worker Pe by the image analysis for the analysis target area Aa. The time when this happens is specified as the Toe at the end of the stay.
 画像解析部170は、作業工程Pr(m)に対応付けられている監視領域Ar(m)について、滞在開始時点Tos(m)から滞在終了時点Toe(m)までの時間を、作業者Peが存在していた時間として特定する。以下の説明において、監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Pe(x)が存在していた時間である「滞在開始時点Tos(m)(x)から滞在終了時点Toe(m)(x)までの時間」は、滞在期間Do(m)(x)とも称する。 In the image analysis unit 170, the worker Pe determines the time from the stay start time Tos (m) to the stay end time Toe (m) for the monitoring area Ar (m) associated with the work process Pr (m). Identify as the time that existed. In the following description, the time from the start time of stay Tos (m) (x) to the end time of stay Toe (m) (x), which is the time when the worker Pe (x) was present in the monitoring area Ar (m). "Time" is also referred to as stay period Do (m) (x).
  (滞在期間の頻度の算出)
 画像解析部170は、作業工程Prごと(つまり、監視領域Arごと)の滞在期間Doの特定(計測)に加えて、さらに、作業工程Prごと(つまり、監視領域Arごと)の滞在期間Doの頻度を算出してもよい。
(Calculation of frequency of stay)
In addition to specifying (measuring) the stay period Do for each work process Pr (that is, for each monitoring area Ar), the image analysis unit 170 further determines the stay period Do for each work process Pr (that is, for each monitoring area Ar). The frequency may be calculated.
 画像解析部170は、監視領域Ar(m)について、滞在開始時点Tos(m)から滞在終了時点Toe(m)までの時間を、「1回の滞在期間Do(m)」として把握する。「監視領域Ar(m)にそれまで存在していなかった作業者Pe(1)が、監視領域Ar(m)に存在するのを確認した時点(=滞在開始時点Tos(m)(1))」から、「監視領域Ar(m)にそれまで存在していた作業者Pe(1)が、監視領域Ar(m)に存在しなくなったのを確認した時点(=滞在終了時点Toe(m)(1))」までの時間が、「1回の滞在期間Do(m)(1)」である。 The image analysis unit 170 grasps the time from the stay start time Tos (m) to the stay end time Toe (m) for the monitoring area Ar (m) as "one stay period Do (m)". "When it is confirmed that the worker Pe (1), which has not existed in the monitoring area Ar (m), exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) (= Tos (m) (1) at the start of stay) From ", when it is confirmed that the worker Pe (1) that had existed in the monitoring area Ar (m) no longer exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) (= Toe (m) at the end of the stay). The time until "(1))" is "one stay period Do (m) (1)".
 画像解析部170は、「x+y+・・・+z=n」として、作業者Pe(1)の「n」回の滞在期間Do(m)(1)について、所定の時間間隔ごとに、或る時間間隔の滞在期間Do(m)(1)が、「n」回のうち何回あったのかを算出してもよい。例えば、画像解析部170は、「n」回の滞在期間Do(m)(1)のうち、0分から4分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)が「x」回あったのを確認する。また、画像解析部170は、5分から9分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)が「y」回あったのを確認する。同様に、「p」を「1」以上の整数として、画像解析部170は、「5(p-1)」分から「5p-1」分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)が「z」回であったのを確認する。 The image analysis unit 170 sets “x + y + ... + z = n” and sets the stay period Do (m) (1) of the worker Pe (1) “n” times for a certain time at predetermined time intervals. You may calculate how many times the interval stay period Do (m) (1) was out of "n" times. For example, the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the stay period Do (m) (1) of 0 to 4 minutes was "x" times out of the stay period Do (m) (1) of "n" times. .. Further, the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the stay period Do (m) (1) of 5 to 9 minutes has been "y" times. Similarly, with "p" as an integer of "1" or more, the image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) (1) of "5 (p-1)" to "5p-1" of "z". Confirm that it was a time.
 そして、画像解析部170は、作業者Pe(1)の「n」回の滞在期間Do(m)(1)について、0分から4分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)の頻度、5分から9分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)の頻度、・・・、「5(p-1)」分から「5p-1」分の滞在期間Do(m)(1)の頻度を算出してもよい。 Then, the image analysis unit 170 describes the frequency of the stay period Do (m) (1) of 0 to 4 minutes for the "n" stay period Do (m) (1) of the worker Pe (1) from 5 minutes. Frequency of stay period Do (m) (1) for 9 minutes, ..., Calculate the frequency of stay period Do (m) (1) for "5p-1" from "5 (p-1)" May be good.
 画像解析部170は、「n」回の滞在期間Do(m)について、所定の基準よりも低い頻度の滞在期間Do(m)を「非標準的」な滞在期間Do(m)として抽出してもよい。画像解析部170は、抽出した「非標準的」な滞在期間Do(m)に対応する撮像データId(m)を、基礎撮像データBIから、部分撮像データODとして抽出してもよい。 The image analysis unit 170 extracts the stay period Do (m) having a frequency lower than the predetermined standard as the "non-standard" stay period Do (m) for the "n" stay period Do (m). May be good. The image analysis unit 170 may extract the imaging data Id (m) corresponding to the extracted “non-standard” stay period Do (m) from the basic imaging data BI as partial imaging data OD.
  (作業工程の特定)
 前述の通り、監視領域Arと作業工程Prとは予め対応付けられており、すなわち、監視領域Ar(1)、Ar(2)、Ar(3)、・・・Ar(n)の各々は、作業工程Pr(1)、Pr(2)、Pr(3)、・・・Pr(n)の各々に対応付けられている。
(Specification of work process)
As described above, the monitoring area Ar and the work process Pr are associated in advance, that is, each of the monitoring areas Ar (1), Ar (2), Ar (3), ... Ar (n) is It is associated with each of the work processes Pr (1), Pr (2), Pr (3), ... Pr (n).
 したがって、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIを解析して、例えば、監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Pe(1)が存在するのを確認すると、作業者Pe(1)が存在する監視領域Ar(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を特定することができる。 Therefore, when the image analysis unit 170 analyzes the basic imaging data BI and confirms that the worker Pe (1) exists in the monitoring area Ar (m), for example, the monitoring in which the worker Pe (1) exists. The work process Pr (m) corresponding to the region Ar (m) can be specified.
 (画像解析処理(2):滞在期間と動作期間との対応付け)
 画像解析部170は、工程情報を用いて、「作業工程Prに対応付けられている監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do」と、「作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Acの動作期間Da」とを対応付けた情報を生成する。
(Image analysis processing (2): Correspondence between stay period and operation period)
The image analysis unit 170 uses the process information to perform "a stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr" and "the device 40 executes the work process Pr." Information associated with the operation period Da of the operation Ac is generated.
 具体的には、画像解析部170は、画像解析により、例えば、作業者Pe(1)が監視領域Ar(m)に存在するのを確認すると、監視領域Ar(m)に対応する作業工程Pr(m)を特定し、さらに、作業工程Pr(m)に対応する動作Ac(m)を特定する。そして、画像解析部170は、動作判定部130が動作結果La(m)から特定した動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)を利用して、監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do(m)と動作期間Da(m)とを対応付けた情報を生成してもよい。 Specifically, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe (1) exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) by image analysis, for example, the work process Pr corresponding to the monitoring area Ar (m). (M) is specified, and further, the operation Ac (m) corresponding to the work process Pr (m) is specified. Then, in the image analysis unit 170, the worker Pe is placed in the monitoring area Ar (m) by using the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m) specified by the operation determination unit 130 from the operation result La (m). Information may be generated in which the existing stay period Do (m) and the operation period Da (m) are associated with each other.
 (画像解析処理(3):作業の推定および判定)
 画像解析部170は、工程情報を用いて、「作業工程Prに対応付けられている監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do」において作業者Peが行った作業Opを推定し、具体的には、作業者Peがどのような作業Opを実行したかを推定する。特に、画像解析部170は、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40」の動作結果Laを用いて、「作業工程Prに対応付けられている監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do」において作業者Peが行った作業Opを推定する。そして、画像解析部170は、推定した作業Opが、作業工程Prの実施に際して行う標準的な作業(標準作業)であるか否かを判定する。
(Image analysis process (3): work estimation and judgment)
Using the process information, the image analysis unit 170 estimates the work Op performed by the worker Pe in the “stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr”, and concretely. First, it is estimated what kind of work Op the worker Pe has executed. In particular, the image analysis unit 170 uses the operation result La of the “equipment 40 used to carry out the work process Pr” and uses the “stay period in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr”. The work Op performed by the worker Pe in "Do" is estimated. Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the estimated work Op is a standard work (standard work) to be performed when the work process Pr is performed.
 (3-1.動作開始時点で行われる作業について)
 「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)」が動作Ac(m)の実行を開始する前には、機器40(m)に動作Ac(m)を開始させるための、作業者Peによる機器40(m)への開始指示作業等が必要となるのが一般的である。つまり、機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)の実行を開始する動作開始時刻Tms(m)において、一般的には、作業工程Pr(m)に対応付けられている監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在している必要がある。
(3-1. Work performed at the start of operation)
Before the "equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m)" starts the execution of the operation Ac (m), the device 40 (m) is to start the operation Ac (m). In general, it is necessary for the worker Pe to perform a start instruction work to the device 40 (m). That is, at the operation start time Tms (m) at which the device 40 (m) starts executing the operation Ac (m), the monitoring area Ar (m) generally associated with the work process Pr (m). Worker Pe needs to be present in.
 そこで、画像解析部170は、動作開始時刻Tms(m)に作業者Peが監視領域Ar(m)に存在していたのを確認すると、「動作開始時刻Tms(m)において作業者Peは、機器40(m)への、動作Ac(m)の開始指示作業等を実行した」と推定する。動作開始時刻Tms(m)に監視領域Ar(m)に存在した作業者Peが実行する作業Op(m)は、例えば、作業工程Pr(m)の実施のための準備作業、開始ボタン押下等の開始指示作業、機器40(m)がスムーズに動作Ac(m)を開始したかの確認作業などである。機器40(m)へのワークのセット等の投入作業は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施のための準備作業の一例である。これらの作業は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)の実行を開始する時点の前後で、作業者Peによって行われる通常の作業」であり、「標準作業」とも称される。 Therefore, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation start time Tms (m), the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m). It is estimated that the start instruction work of the operation Ac (m) was executed on the device 40 (m). " The work Op (m) executed by the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation start time Tms (m) includes, for example, preparatory work for carrying out the work process Pr (m), pressing the start button, and the like. The work of instructing the start of the operation, the work of confirming whether the device 40 (m) has started the operation Ac (m) smoothly, and the like. The work of putting the work into the device 40 (m), such as setting the work, is an example of the preparatory work for carrying out the work process Pr (m). These operations are "normal operations performed by the worker Pe before and after the time when the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) starts executing the operation Ac (m)". , Also called "standard work".
 つまり、画像解析部170は、作業者Peが監視領域Ar(m)に存在していた滞在期間Do(m)が動作開始時刻Tms(m)に重複するのを確認すると、「その滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、開始指示作業等である」と推定する。そして、画像解析部170は、「動作開始時刻Tms(m)に重複する滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った開始指示作業等は、標準作業である」と判定する。 That is, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the stay period Do (m) existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) overlaps with the operation start time Tms (m), the worker Pe confirms that the stay period Do The work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during (m) is a start instruction work or the like. " Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the start instruction work or the like performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation start time Tms (m) is a standard work".
 (3-2.動作完了時点で行われる作業について)
 「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)」が動作Ac(m)の実行を完了した後には、機器40(m)に動作Ac(m)を完了させるための、作業者Peによる機器40(m)への完了指示作業等が必要となるのが一般的である。つまり、機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)の実行を完了する動作完了時刻Tme(m)において、一般的には、作業工程Pr(m)に対応付けられている監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在している必要がある。
(3-2. About the work to be done when the operation is completed)
After the "equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m)" completes the execution of the operation Ac (m), the work for causing the device 40 (m) to complete the operation Ac (m). In general, it is necessary for the person Pe to perform the completion instruction work to the device 40 (m). That is, at the operation completion time Tme (m) in which the device 40 (m) completes the execution of the operation Ac (m), the monitoring area Ar (m) generally associated with the work process Pr (m). Worker Pe needs to be present in.
 そこで、画像解析部170は、動作完了時刻Tme(m)に作業者Peが監視領域Ar(m)に存在していたのを確認すると、「動作完了時刻Tme(m)において作業者Peは、機器40(m)への、動作Ac(m)の完了指示作業等を実行した」と推定する。動作完了時刻Tme(m)に監視領域Ar(m)に存在した作業者Peが実行する作業Op(m)は、例えば、終了ボタン押下等の完了指示作業、作業工程Pr(m)の完了後の事後作業、機器40(m)がスムーズに動作Ac(m)を完了したかの確認作業などである。作業工程Pr(m)が完了したワーク、つまり、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)による動作Ac(m)が完了したワークの回収作業は、作業工程Pr(m)の完了後の事後作業の一例である。これらの作業は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)の実行を完了する時点の前後で、作業者Peによって行われる通常の作業」であり、「標準作業」とも称される。 Therefore, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation completion time Tme (m), the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the worker Pe exists at the operation completion time Tme (m). It is estimated that the completion instruction work of the operation Ac (m) was executed to the device 40 (m). " The work Op (m) executed by the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) at the operation completion time Tme (m) is, for example, after the completion instruction work such as pressing the end button and the completion of the work process Pr (m). Post-work, confirmation work of whether the device 40 (m) has completed the smooth operation Ac (m), and the like. The work for which the work process Pr (m) has been completed, that is, the work for collecting the work for which the operation Ac (m) by the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) has been completed is the work process Pr (m). This is an example of post-work after the completion of. These operations are "normal operations performed by the worker Pe before and after the time when the device 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m) completes the execution of the operation Ac (m)". , Also called "standard work".
 つまり、画像解析部170は、作業者Peが監視領域Ar(m)に存在していた滞在期間Do(m)が動作完了時刻Tme(m)に重複するのを確認すると、「その滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、完了指示作業等である」と推定する。そして、画像解析部170は、「動作完了時刻Tme(m)に重複する滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った完了指示作業等は、標準作業である」と判定する。 That is, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the stay period Do (m) existing in the monitoring area Ar (m) overlaps with the operation completion time Tme (m), the worker Pe confirms that the stay period Do The work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during (m) is a completion instruction work or the like. " Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines that "the completion instruction work or the like performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation completion time Tme (m) is a standard work".
 (3-3.動作が実行されていない時点で行われる作業について)
 「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)」が動作Ac(m)の「p」回目の実行を完了した後、「p+1」回目の実行を開始する前までの間に、作業者Peが以下のように行動することが考えられる。すなわち、作業者Peが、監視領域Ar(m)に立ち寄り、「p+1」回目の実行開始のための段取り作業等を行い、その作業後に監視領域Ar(m)から一旦離れた後、暫くして監視領域Ar(m)に戻って、「p+1」回目の実行を開始させることが考えられる。
(3-3. Work performed when the operation is not executed)
After the "equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m)" completes the "p" th execution of the operation Ac (m) and before the "p + 1" th execution is started. , It is conceivable that the worker Pe behaves as follows. That is, the worker Pe stops at the monitoring area Ar (m), performs the setup work for starting the "p + 1" th execution, and after that work, once leaves the monitoring area Ar (m), and then for a while. It is conceivable to return to the monitoring area Ar (m) and start the "p + 1" th execution.
 そこで、画像解析部170は、「p」回目の動作Ac(m)の動作完了時刻Tme(m)(p)から、「p+1」回目の動作Ac(m)の動作開始時刻Tms(m)(p+1)までの間に滞在期間Do(m)が存在するのを確認すると、以下の推定を実行する。すなわち、画像解析部170は、「動作完了時刻Tme(m)(p)から動作開始時刻Tms(m)(p+1)までの間の滞在期間Do(m)において、作業者Peは段取り作業等を実行していた」と推定する。そして、段取り作業等は、「動作完了時刻Tme(m)(p)から動作開始時刻Tms(m)(p+1)までの間に作業者Peによって行われる通常の作業」であるから、画像解析部170は、「段取り作業等は、標準作業である」と判定する。 Therefore, the image analysis unit 170 starts the operation start time Tms (m) (m) of the "p + 1" th operation Ac (m) from the operation completion time Tme (m) (p) of the "p" th operation Ac (m). After confirming that the period of stay Do (m) exists before p + 1), the following estimation is performed. That is, the image analysis unit 170 states that the worker Pe performs setup work and the like during the stay period Do (m) between the operation completion time Tme (m) (p) and the operation start time Tms (m) (p + 1). It was running. " Since the setup work and the like are "normal work performed by the worker Pe between the operation completion time Tme (m) (p) and the operation start time Tms (m) (p + 1)", the image analysis unit. 170 determines that "setup work and the like are standard work".
 言い換えれば、画像解析部170は、機器40(m)の動作期間Da(m)に重複していない滞在期間Do(m)であって、滞在期間Do(m)の終了後、所定時間内に動作期間Da(m)が出現する滞在期間Do(m)について、以下の推定を実行する。すなわち、画像解析部170は、「そのような滞在期間Do(m)において作業者Peは段取り作業等を実行していた」と推定し、また、「そのような滞在期間Do(m)において作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は標準作業である」と判定する。 In other words, the image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m) of the device 40 (m), and is within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m). The following estimation is performed for the stay period Do (m) in which the operation period Da (m) appears. That is, the image analysis unit 170 presumes that "the worker Pe was performing the setup work or the like during such a stay period Do (m)", and "work during such a stay period Do (m)". The work Op (m) performed by the person Pe is a standard work. "
 (3-4.動作が実行されている間に行われる作業について)
 画像解析部170は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)」が動作Ac(m)の実行中に、監視領域Ar(m)に存在した作業者Peの行った作業Op(m)について、標準作業であるか否かを判定する。特に、画像解析部170は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に用いられる機器40(m)」が実行した動作Ac(m)の内容を用いて、「動作Ac(m)が実行されている間に、監視領域Ar(m)に存在した」作業者Peの作業Op(m)を判定する。
(3-4. Work performed while the operation is being executed)
The image analysis unit 170 was performed by the worker Pe who was present in the monitoring area Ar (m) while the "equipment 40 (m) used for carrying out the work process Pr (m)" was executing the operation Ac (m). It is determined whether or not the work Op (m) is a standard work. In particular, the image analysis unit 170 uses the content of the operation Ac (m) executed by the “equipment 40 (m) used to carry out the work process Pr (m)” to execute the “operation Ac (m)”. While there, the work Op (m) of the worker Pe who "exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)" is determined.
 (3-4-1.自動化された動作か否かの判定)
 先ず、画像解析部170は、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)の内容および結果を示す動作結果La(m)」を用いて、動作Ac(m)が、「自動化された動作」であるか否かを判定する。
(3-4-1. Judgment of whether or not the operation is automated)
First, the image analysis unit 170 uses the “operation result La (m) indicating the content and result of the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) in carrying out the work process Pr (m)” to perform the operation Ac. It is determined whether or not (m) is an "automated operation".
 ここで、「自動化された動作」とは、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)によって実行される動作Ac(m)であって、以下のような性質を備える動作Ac(m)である。すなわち、「自動化された動作」とは、「機器40(m)による動作(m)の実行中に、つまり、動作期間Da(m)中に、作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要としない」動作Ac(m)である。 Here, the "automated operation" is an operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed, and is an operation Ac (m) having the following properties. ). That is, "automated operation" means "additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the execution of the operation (m) by the device 40 (m), that is, during the operation period Da (m). Is not normally required. ”Operation Ac (m).
 例えば、「自動化された検査動作」は、自動検査機である機器40(m)が「自動化された検査動作」を開始してから、「自動化された検査動作」を完了させるまでの間、作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要としない。つまり、「自動化された検査動作」は、実行開始から実行完了までの間に作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要とせず、つまり、「自動化された検査動作」の動作期間Da(m)中の作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要としない。したがって、「自動化された検査動作」は、「自動化された動作」である。 For example, the "automated inspection operation" is a work from the start of the "automated inspection operation" by the device 40 (m), which is an automatic inspection machine, to the completion of the "automated inspection operation". No additional work Op (m) by the person Pe is usually required. That is, the "automated inspection operation" usually does not require an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe from the start of the execution to the completion of the execution, that is, the operation of the "automated inspection operation". No additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the period Da (m) is usually required. Therefore, the "automated inspection operation" is an "automated operation".
 これに対して、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)によって実行される動作Ac(m)」であって、「自動化された動作」ではない動作Ac(m)は、「非自動動作」または「手動動作」とも称され、つまり、「自動化されていない動作」である。「自動化されていない動作」とは、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)によって実行される動作Ac(m)であって、以下のような性質を備える動作Ac(m)である。すなわち、「自動化されていない動作」とは、「機器40(m)による動作(m)の実行中に、つまり、動作期間Da(m)中に、作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を必要とするのが通常である」動作Ac(m)である。 On the other hand, the operation Ac (m) that is the "operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed" and is not the "automated operation" is ". Also referred to as "non-automated operation" or "manual operation", that is, "non-automated operation". The "non-automated operation" is an operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) when the work process Pr (m) is performed, and is an operation Ac (m) having the following properties. is there. That is, "non-automated operation" means "additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the execution of the operation (m) by the device 40 (m), that is, during the operation period Da (m). ) Is usually required. ”Operation Ac (m).
 例えば、「組み立て補助動作」は、作業者Peによる組み立て作業Op(m)を補助する動作Ac(m)であり、機器40(m)が「組み立て補助動作」を開始してから、「組み立て補助動作」を完了させるまでの間、作業者Peによる組み立て作業Op(m)を必要とする。つまり、「組み立て補助動作」は、実行開始から実行完了までの間に作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要とし、つまり、「組み立て補助動作」の動作期間Da(m)中の作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要とする。したがって、「組み立て補助動作」は、「自動化されていない動作」である。 For example, the "assembly assisting operation" is an operation Ac (m) that assists the assembly work Op (m) by the worker Pe, and after the device 40 (m) starts the "assembly assisting operation", the "assembly assisting operation" is performed. The assembly work Op (m) by the worker Pe is required until the "operation" is completed. That is, the "assembly auxiliary operation" usually requires an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe from the start of execution to the completion of execution, that is, the operation period Da (m) of the "assembly auxiliary operation". Additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe in the middle is usually required. Therefore, the "assembly auxiliary operation" is a "non-automated operation".
 ここで、画像解析部170は、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを把握できればよく、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かの判定を、画像解析部170が実施することは必須ではない。例えば、動作判定部130が、動作結果La(m)を用いて、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを判定し、判定結果を、画像解析部170に通知してもよい。また、PLC20が、動作結果La(m)を用いて、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを判定し、判定結果を、画像解析部170に通知してもよい。 Here, the image analysis unit 170 only needs to be able to grasp whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", and determines whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation". It is not essential for the image analysis unit 170 to carry out the above. For example, the operation determination unit 130 uses the operation result La (m) to determine whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", and notifies the image analysis unit 170 of the determination result. You may. Further, the PLC 20 may use the operation result La (m) to determine whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", and notify the image analysis unit 170 of the determination result. ..
 (3-4-2.自動化された動作の実行中に行われる作業について)
 画像解析部170は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)が、「自動化された動作」であると判定すると、動作期間Da(m)と滞在期間Do(m)とが所定の時間以上重複していないかを確認する。
(3-4-2. Work performed during the execution of automated operations)
When the image analysis unit 170 determines that the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) during the execution of the work process Pr (m) is an "automated operation", the image analysis unit 170 stays with the operation period Da (m). It is confirmed whether the period Do (m) overlaps with the predetermined time or more.
 前述の通り、「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)は、「動作期間Da(m)中に、作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要としない」から、動作期間Da(m)と滞在期間Do(m)とは所定の時間以上重複しないのが通常である。 As described above, the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", "usually does not require an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the operation period Da (m)". The operating period Da (m) and the stay period Do (m) usually do not overlap for a predetermined time or longer.
 したがって、画像解析部170は、動作期間Da(m)と滞在期間Do(m)とが所定の時間以上重複しているのを確認すると、「作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して、通常ではない状況が発生した」と判定する。つまり、画像解析部170は、滞在期間Do(m)が、「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)に所定の時間以上重複していると、「滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、非標準作業である」と判定する。 Therefore, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the operation period Da (m) and the stay period Do (m) overlap for a predetermined time or more, it is not normal when the work process Pr (m) is performed. A situation has occurred. " That is, if the stay period Do (m) overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", the image analysis unit 170 will "stay period". The work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during Do (m) is a non-standard work. "
 例えば、「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)に、所定の時間以上で、かつ、短時間の滞在期間Do(m)が重複していると、滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)について、画像解析部170は以下の判定を行う。すなわち、画像解析部170は、「作業者Peは、機器40(m)のメンテナンス作業を行ったり、修理作業を行なったりしている」と推定し、「滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、非標準作業である」と判定する。 For example, if the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of a predetermined time or longer and a short stay period Do (m), the stay period The image analysis unit 170 makes the following determinations regarding the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe on the Do (m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 estimates that "the worker Pe is performing maintenance work or repair work on the device 40 (m)", and "the worker during the stay period Do (m)". The work Op (m) performed by Pe is a non-standard work. "
 例えば、「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)に、所定の時間以上で、かつ、長時間の滞在期間Do(m)が重複していると、滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)について、画像解析部170は以下の判定を行う。すなわち、画像解析部170は、「作業者Peは、『自動化された動作』である動作Ac(m)の完了まで、時間を無駄に消費している可能性がある」と推定し、「滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、非標準作業である」と判定する。 For example, if the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of a predetermined time or longer and a long stay period Do (m), the stay period The image analysis unit 170 makes the following determinations regarding the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe on the Do (m). That is, the image analysis unit 170 presumes that "the worker Pe may be wasting time until the operation Ac (m), which is the" automated operation ", is completed." The work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the period Do (m) is a non-standard work. "
 (3-4-3.自動化されていない動作の実行中に行われる作業について)
 画像解析部170は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に際して機器40(m)が実行した動作Ac(m)が、「自動化されていない動作」であると判定すると、動作期間Da(m)が常に滞在期間Do(m)と重複しているかを確認する。
(3-4-3. Work performed during execution of non-automated operations)
When the image analysis unit 170 determines that the operation Ac (m) executed by the device 40 (m) during the execution of the work process Pr (m) is an "non-automated operation", the operation period Da (m) is set. Always check if it overlaps with the length of stay Do (m).
 前述の通り、「自動化されていない動作」である動作Ac(m)は、「動作期間Da(m)中に、作業者Peによる追加的な作業Op(m)を通常は必要とする」から、動作期間Da(m)は常に滞在期間Do(m)と重複しているのが通常である。 As described above, the operation Ac (m), which is an "unautomated operation", is "usually requires an additional work Op (m) by the worker Pe during the operation period Da (m)". , The operation period Da (m) always overlaps with the stay period Do (m).
 したがって、画像解析部170は、滞在期間Do(m)に重複していない動作期間Da(m)が存在しているのを確認すると、「滞在期間Do(m)に重複していない動作期間Da(m)において、通常ではない状況が発生した」と判定する。つまり、画像解析部170は、滞在期間Do(m)に重複していない動作期間Da(m)が存在しているのを確認すると、「その動作期間Da(m)の前後の滞在期間Do(m)中に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、非標準作業である」と判定する。 Therefore, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the non-overlapping operating period Da (m) exists in the staying period Do (m), the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the non-overlapping operating period Da (m) exists. In (m), an unusual situation has occurred. " That is, when the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the operation period Da (m) that does not overlap with the stay period Do (m) exists, the image analysis unit 170 "requires the stay period Do before and after the operation period Da (m). The work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during m) is a non-standard work. "
 例えば、「自動化されていない動作」である動作Ac(m)の、滞在期間Do(m)に重複していない動作期間Da(m)においては、本来は実行中のはずの動作Ac(m)が、何らかの原因で中断している可能性がある。 For example, in the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an “unautomated operation”, which does not overlap with the stay period Do (m), the operation Ac (m) that should have been executed originally. However, it may be interrupted for some reason.
 (3-5.作業の推定と判定についての整理)
 これまでに説明してきたように、画像解析部170は、工程情報を用いて、特に、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40」の機器40の動作結果Laを用いて、「滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peがどのような作業Opを実行したか」を推定する。そして、画像解析部170は、推定した作業Opが、作業工程Prの実施に際して行う標準的な作業(標準作業)であるか否かを判定する。
(3-5. Arrangement of work estimation and judgment)
As described above, the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information, and in particular, using the operation result La of the device 40 of the “device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”, “stay period Do”. What kind of work Op was executed by the worker Pe in the above? ”Is estimated. Then, the image analysis unit 170 determines whether or not the estimated work Op is a standard work (standard work) to be performed when the work process Pr is performed.
 すなわち、画像解析部170は、工程情報を用いて、特に、「作業工程Prの実施に用いられる機器40」の機器40の動作結果Laを用いて、機器40の動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、および、動作期間Daを特定する。そして、画像解析部170は、特定した動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、および、動作期間Daの各々と滞在期間Doとが重複しているかを確認し、確認結果に基づいて、滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peが行った作業Opの推定および判定を実行する。 That is, the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information, in particular, using the operation result La of the device 40 of the “device 40 used to carry out the work process Pr”, the operation start time Tms and the operation completion time of the device 40. The Tme and the operation period Da are specified. Then, the image analysis unit 170 confirms whether each of the specified operation start time Tms, operation completion time Tme, and operation period Da and the stay period Do overlap, and based on the confirmation result, the stay period Do In, the estimation and determination of the work Op performed by the worker Pe is executed.
 また、画像解析部170は、動作期間Daにおける機器40の動作Acの内容を、具体的には、動作期間Daにおいて機器40が実行した動作Acが「自動化された動作」であるのか否かを、機器40の動作結果Laを用いて、判定する。前述の通り、画像解析部170は、動作期間Daにおいて機器40が実行した動作Acが「自動化された動作」であるのか否かの判定結果を、動作判定部130から取得してもよい。 Further, the image analysis unit 170 determines the content of the operation Ac of the device 40 during the operation period Da, specifically, whether or not the operation Ac executed by the device 40 during the operation period Da is an “automated operation”. , The operation result La of the device 40 is used for determination. As described above, the image analysis unit 170 may acquire the determination result of whether or not the operation Ac executed by the device 40 during the operation period Da is an “automated operation” from the operation determination unit 130.
 画像解析部170は、動作期間Daに所定の時間以上重複している滞在期間Doが存在したのを確認すると、その動作期間Daにおける機器40の動作Acの内容を用いて、その滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peが行った作業Opの推定および判定を実行する。すなわち、画像解析部170は、動作Acの内容(動作Acが「自動化された動作」であるのか否かの判定結果)を用いて、「動作期間Daに所定の時間以上重複している滞在期間Do」における作業Opの作業内容を推定し、作業Opが標準作業であるかを判定する。 When the image analysis unit 170 confirms that the operation period Da has a stay period Do that overlaps for a predetermined time or more, the image analysis unit 170 uses the contents of the operation Ac of the device 40 in the operation period Da to make the stay period Do. The estimation and determination of the work Op performed by the worker Pe is executed. That is, the image analysis unit 170 uses the content of the operation Ac (the result of determining whether or not the operation Ac is an "automated operation") to "residerate the operation period Da for a predetermined time or more." The work content of the work Op in "Do" is estimated, and it is determined whether the work Op is a standard work.
 ここで、「滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peが行った作業Op」について、上述までの推定方法、判定方法によっては、作業Opの内容を推定し、「標準作業」であるのか「非標準作業」であるのかを判定することができない作業Opも考えられる。画像解析部170は、上述までの判定方法では「標準作業」であるのか「非標準作業」であるのかを判定することができなかった作業Opを、「非標準作業」と判定してもよい。 Here, regarding the "work Op performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do", the content of the work Op is estimated depending on the estimation method and the determination method described above, and whether it is "standard work" or "non-standard work". It is also conceivable that the work Op cannot determine whether or not. The image analysis unit 170 may determine the work Op, for which the determination method described above could not determine whether the work is "standard work" or "non-standard work", as "non-standard work". ..
 これまでに説明してきたように、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、作業工程Prの実施の際に作業者Peが行った作業Opが、作業工程Prの実施の際に行われる標準的な作業であるか否かを判定する。抽出部150は、基礎撮像データBIから、画像解析部170により標準的な作業ではないと判定された作業Opが行われた状況を示す撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 As described above, in the image analysis unit 170, the work Op performed by the worker Pe during the execution of the work process Pr is performed by the image analysis of the basic imaging data BI when the work process Pr is performed. Determine if it is a standard task to be performed. The extraction unit 150 extracts the imaging data Id indicating the situation in which the work Op determined to be non-standard work by the image analysis unit 170 is performed from the basic imaging data BI as the partial imaging data OD.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、作業工程Prの実施の際に作業者Peが行った作業Opが、作業工程Prの実施の際に行われる標準的な作業であるか否かを判定する。そして、情報処理装置10は、作業Opが標準的な作業ではないと判定すると、標準的な作業ではないと判定した作業Opが行われた状況を示す撮像データIdを、基礎撮像データBIから抽出する。つまり、情報処理装置10は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析により、基礎撮像データBIをPLC20スレーブ制御システムの外部に送信することなく、基礎撮像データBIから所望の撮像データIdを、部分撮像データODとして抽出する。 According to the above configuration, in the information processing apparatus 10, the work Op performed by the worker Pe at the time of executing the work process Pr is performed at the time of executing the work process Pr by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI. Determine if it is a standard task. Then, when the information processing apparatus 10 determines that the work Op is not a standard work, the information processing apparatus 10 extracts the imaging data Id indicating the situation in which the work Op determined to be non-standard work is performed from the basic imaging data BI. To do. That is, the information processing apparatus 10 obtains the desired imaging data Id from the basic imaging data BI by performing image analysis on the basic imaging data BI without transmitting the basic imaging data BI to the outside of the PLC20 slave control system. Extract as.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システム(例えば、図2の社内LAN)へ通信負荷をかけることなく、部分撮像データODを基礎撮像データBIから抽出することで、基礎撮像データBIを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing device 10 extracts the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI without imposing a communication load on the host system (for example, the in-house LAN in FIG. 2) located outside the master-slave control system. , The effect is that the basic imaging data BI can be used efficiently.
 (画像解析処理の具体例)
 図5は、画像解析部170が、基礎撮像データBIを用いて、作業者Peと監視領域Arとを特定する方法を示す図である。図5に示すように、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、複数の作業工程Prの各々に対応する、複数の監視領域Arの各々について、作業者Peが存在しているかを判定する。そして、作業者Peが存在していると判定した監視領域Arについて、その監視領域Arに存在する作業者Peの作業者IDを特定する。
(Specific example of image analysis processing)
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a method in which the image analysis unit 170 identifies the worker Pe and the monitoring area Ar by using the basic imaging data BI. As shown in FIG. 5, the image analysis unit 170 performs image analysis on the basic imaging data BI to determine whether a worker Pe exists for each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar corresponding to each of the plurality of work process Prs. To judge. Then, with respect to the monitoring area Ar determined that the worker Pe exists, the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar is specified.
 図5に示す例において、画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、特に、複数の解析対象領域Aaに対する画像解析によって、以下の判定を実行する。すなわち、画像解析部170は、監視領域Ar(1)から監視領域Ar(5)のうち、監視領域Ar(2)および監視領域Ar(4)に作業者Peが存在していると判定する。画像解析部170は、さらに、監視領域Ar(2)に存在する作業者Peの作業者IDが「作業者Pe(2)」であり、監視領域Ar(4)に存在する作業者Peの作業者IDが「作業者Pe(1)」であることを特定する。 In the example shown in FIG. 5, the image analysis unit 170 executes the following determination by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, particularly by image analysis on a plurality of analysis target regions Aa. That is, the image analysis unit 170 determines that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (2) and the monitoring area Ar (4) from the monitoring area Ar (1) to the monitoring area Ar (5). In the image analysis unit 170, the worker ID of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (2) is "worker Pe (2)", and the work of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar (4) It is specified that the person ID is "worker Pe (1)".
 図6は、画像解析部170が生成する、「作業工程Prごとに、動作期間Daと滞在期間Doとを対応付けた情報」の一例を示す図である。前述の通り、画像解析部170は、工程情報を用いて、「作業工程Prに対応付けられている監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do」と、「作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Acの動作期間Da」とを対応付けた情報を生成する。例えば、画像解析部170は、「監視領域Ar(m)に作業者Peが存在した滞在期間Do(m)」と、動作判定部130が動作結果La(m)を用いて特定した、「動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)」とを対応付けた情報を生成してもよい。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of "information in which the operation period Da and the stay period Do are associated with each work process Pr" generated by the image analysis unit 170. As described above, the image analysis unit 170 uses the process information to perform "a stay period Do in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr" and "a device for carrying out the work process Pr". The information associated with the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by 40 is generated. For example, the image analysis unit 170 identifies the “stay period Do (m) in which the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar (m)” and the operation determination unit 130 using the operation result La (m). Information associated with "the operation period Da (m) of Ac (m)" may be generated.
 画像解析部170は、動作期間Da(m)に実行された動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを区別して、滞在期間Do(m)と動作期間Da(m)とを対応付けた情報を生成してもよい。前述の通り、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」であるか否かを区別することにより、画像解析部170は、滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)が「標準作業」であるのか否かを、より精緻に判定することができる。 The image analysis unit 170 distinguishes whether or not the operation Ac (m) executed during the operation period Da (m) is an "automated operation", and distinguishes between the stay period Do (m) and the operation period Da (m). You may generate the information associated with. As described above, by distinguishing whether or not the operation Ac (m) is an "automated operation", the image analysis unit 170 performs the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m). ) Is a "standard work" or not can be determined more precisely.
 図6の(A)は、動作Ac(m)が「自動化された動作」である場合に、「滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)」について、画像解析部170が実行した推定の結果の一例を示している。 FIG. 6A shows an image analysis unit for “work Op (m) performed by worker Pe during the stay period Do (m)” when the movement Ac (m) is “automated movement”. An example of the result of the estimation performed by 170 is shown.
 図6の(A)について、画像解析部170は、動作開始時刻Tms(m)に重複する滞在期間Do(m)において作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、開始指示作業等の「標準作業」であると判定する。画像解析部170は、動作完了時刻Tme(m)に重複する滞在期間Do(m)において作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、完了指示作業等の「標準作業」であると判定する。画像解析部170は、動作期間Da(m)に重複しない滞在期間Do(m)であって、滞在期間Do(m)の終了後、所定時間内に動作期間Da(m)が出現する滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Opは、段取り作業等の「標準作業」であると判定する。 Regarding (A) of FIG. 6, the image analysis unit 170 indicates that the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation start time Tms (m) is the start instruction work or the like. Judged as "standard work". The image analysis unit 170 determines that the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping the operation completion time Tme (m) is a "standard work" such as a completion instruction work. .. The image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m), and the stay period Da (m) appears within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m). It is determined that the work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a "standard work" such as a setup work.
 「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)に、所定の時間以上で、かつ、短時間の滞在期間Do(m)が重複していると、画像解析部170は、「作業Op(m)は、修理作業等の非標準作業である」と判定する。 If the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of a predetermined time or longer and a short stay period Do (m), the image analysis unit 170 Determines that "work Op (m) is non-standard work such as repair work".
 「自動化された動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)に、所定の時間以上で、かつ、長時間の滞在期間Do(m)が重複していると、画像解析部170は、「作業Op(m)は、検査待ち等の非標準作業である」と判定する。 If the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "automated operation", overlaps with the operation period Da (m) of a predetermined time or longer and a long stay period Do (m), the image analysis unit 170 Determines that "work Op (m) is a non-standard work such as waiting for inspection".
 図6の(B)は、動作Ac(m)が「自動化されていない動作(つまり、手動動作)」である場合に、「滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)」について、画像解析部170が実行した推定の結果の一例を示している。 FIG. 6B shows an operation Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) when the operation Ac (m) is an “unautomated operation (that is, a manual operation)”. ) ”, An example of the result of estimation executed by the image analysis unit 170 is shown.
 画像解析部170は、動作開始時刻Tms(m)および動作完了時刻Tme(m)の少なくとも一方に重複する滞在期間Do(m)において作業者Peが行った作業Op(m)は、開始指示作業等または完了指示作業等の「標準作業」であると判定する。画像解析部170は、動作期間Da(m)に重複しない滞在期間Do(m)であって、滞在期間Do(m)の終了後、所定時間内に動作期間Da(m)が出現する滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Opは、段取り作業等の「標準作業」であると判定する。 In the image analysis unit 170, the work Op (m) performed by the worker Pe during the stay period Do (m) overlapping at least one of the operation start time Tms (m) and the operation completion time Tme (m) is the start instruction work. Etc. or it is judged to be "standard work" such as completion instruction work. The image analysis unit 170 has a stay period Do (m) that does not overlap with the operation period Da (m), and the stay period Da (m) appears within a predetermined time after the end of the stay period Do (m). It is determined that the work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a "standard work" such as a setup work.
 滞在期間Do(m)中に「自動化されていない動作」である動作Ac(m)の動作期間Da(m)の中断が発生しているのを確認すると、画像解析部170は、「滞在期間Do(m)に作業者Peが行った作業Opは、非標準作業である」と判定する。 When it is confirmed that the operation period Da (m) of the operation Ac (m), which is an "unautomated operation", is interrupted during the stay period Do (m), the image analysis unit 170 indicates the "stay period". The work Op performed by the worker Pe on Do (m) is a non-standard work. "
 図7は、複数の作業工程Prについて、動作期間Daと滞在期間Doとの対応関係を一覧形式で示した画面例を示している。情報処理装置10は、図7に例示するように、複数の作業工程Prについて、動作期間Daと滞在期間Doとの対応関係を、例えば外部の表示装置(図2の外部装置70等)に、一覧形式で表示させてもよい。複数の作業工程Prについて、動作期間Daと滞在期間Doとの対応関係を一覧形式で表示させることにより、情報処理装置10は、ユーザが、ボトルネックとなっている作業工程Prを発見し、改善を検討するのを容易にすることができる。 FIG. 7 shows a screen example showing the correspondence between the operation period Da and the stay period Do in a list format for a plurality of work process Prs. As illustrated in FIG. 7, the information processing device 10 displays the correspondence between the operation period Da and the stay period Do, for example, on an external display device (external device 70, etc. in FIG. 2) for a plurality of work process Prs. It may be displayed in a list format. By displaying the correspondence between the operation period Da and the stay period Do in a list format for a plurality of work process Prs, the information processing apparatus 10 allows the user to discover the work process Pr that is a bottleneck and improve it. Can be facilitated to consider.
 図8は、複数の作業工程Prの実施順序に対応させて、複数の監視領域Arが配置されている作業現場WSの一例を示す図である。画像解析部170は、基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって、特に、複数の作業工程Prに対応する、複数の解析対象領域Aaの各々に対する画像解析によって、作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報を生成してもよい。このような作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報は、特に、複数の作業工程Prの実施順序に対応させて、複数の監視領域Arが配置されている作業現場WSについて、ボトルネックとなっている作業工程Prを発見し、改善を検討するのに有用である。 FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an example of a work site WS in which a plurality of monitoring areas Ar are arranged in correspondence with the execution order of a plurality of work process Prs. The image analysis unit 170 changes the movement process of the worker Pe at the work site WS by performing image analysis on the basic imaging data BI, and particularly by performing image analysis on each of the plurality of analysis target areas Aa corresponding to the plurality of work steps Pr. The information shown may be generated. Such information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe is a bottleneck especially for the work site WS in which a plurality of monitoring areas Ar are arranged in correspondence with the execution order of the plurality of work processes Pr. It is useful for discovering work process Pr and considering improvement.
 図9は、画像解析部170が基礎撮像データBIに対する画像解析によって生成した、作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報の一例を示す図である。図9に例示するような、「作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報」によって、ユーザは、例えば、以下に示すような検討を行うことができる。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS, which is generated by the image analysis unit 170 by image analysis on the basic imaging data BI. With the "information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS" as illustrated in FIG. 9, the user can perform the following examination, for example.
 すなわち、ユーザは、作業者Peが、監視領域Ar(6)から監視領域Ar(7)、監視領域Ar(7)から監視領域Ar(8)、監視領域Ar(8)から監視領域Ar(7)、監視領域Ar(7)から監視領域Ar(6)への移動を繰り返しているのを確認する。監視領域Ar(6)が作業工程Pr(6):検査工程に対応する場合、ユーザは、図9に例示する「作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報」から、例えば、以下の事態を推定することができる。すなわち、検査工程等で発生した待ち時間等において、作業者Peが、検査工程における作業Op(6):検査作業と並行して、作業工程Pr(7)および作業工程Pr(8)における作業Op(7)および作業Op(8)を行っているとの事態を推定することができる。 That is, the user can use the worker Pe from the monitoring area Ar (6) to the monitoring area Ar (7), from the monitoring area Ar (7) to the monitoring area Ar (8), and from the monitoring area Ar (8) to the monitoring area Ar (7). ), Confirm that the movement from the monitoring area Ar (7) to the monitoring area Ar (6) is repeated. When the monitoring area Ar (6) corresponds to the work process Pr (6): inspection process, the user can use the following, for example, from the “information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS” illustrated in FIG. The situation can be estimated. That is, in the waiting time generated in the inspection process or the like, the worker Pe performs the work Op (6) in the inspection process: the work Op in the work process Pr (7) and the work process Pr (8) in parallel with the inspection work. It can be estimated that (7) and work Op (8) are being performed.
 また、ユーザは、「作業現場WSにおける作業者Peの移動経過を示す情報」から、図9に例示するように、例えば、同様の移動経過が繰り返し発生している場合、「1サイクル」を構成する、複数の作業工程Prを特定することができる。同様に、ユーザは、サイクル間における作業者Peの移動経過から、「(サイクルの)切り替え工程」を特定することができる。 Further, as illustrated in FIG. 9, the user configures "1 cycle" from "information indicating the movement progress of the worker Pe at the work site WS" when, for example, the same movement progress occurs repeatedly. It is possible to specify a plurality of work process Prs. Similarly, the user can identify the "(cycle) switching step" from the movement progress of the worker Pe between cycles.
 (滞在期間および動作期間に係る分析結果の表示)
 情報処理装置10は、図10、図11、および、図12に例示するように、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方の、所定期間における分布等を示す情報を、外部の表示装置等(例えば、図2の外部装置70)に表示させてもよい。例えば、送信部160は、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方の、所定期間における分布等を示すデータを、外部の表示装置等に送信し、そのデータを、箱ひげ図、ヒストグラム等の形式で、外部の表示装置等に表示させてもよい。
(Display of analysis results related to stay period and operation period)
As illustrated in FIGS. 10, 11, and 12, the information processing device 10 displays information indicating the distribution or the like of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period on an external display device or the like ( For example, it may be displayed on the external device 70) of FIG. For example, the transmission unit 160 transmits data indicating the distribution of at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in a predetermined period to an external display device or the like, and transmits the data in the form of a box plot, a histogram, or the like. Then, it may be displayed on an external display device or the like.
  (1-1.「作業工程ごとの滞在期間」の、所定期間における分布および合計値)
 図10は、ユーザによって選択された製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、或る日における分布を示す箱ひげ図である。例えば、ユーザが任意の製品P(x)を選択すると、情報処理装置10は表示装置等に、選択された製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doについて、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す箱ひげ図を表示させる。
(1-1. Distribution and total value of "stay period for each work process" in a predetermined period)
FIG. 10 is a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) selected by the user on a certain day. For example, when the user selects an arbitrary product P (x), the information processing device 10 requires a period of stay for each work process Pr required to produce one selected product P (x) on a display device or the like. For Do, a boxplot showing the distribution in the period selected by the user is displayed.
 図10に示す例では、「製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、ユーザの選択する期間における分布」を示すのに箱ひげ図が用いられているが、情報処理装置10は、ヒストグラムを用いて上述の分布を示してもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 10, a boxplot is used to show "the distribution of the stay period Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) in the period selected by the user". However, the information processing apparatus 10 may show the above-mentioned distribution using a histogram.
 前述の通り、情報処理装置10は、解析対象領域Aaに対する画像解析によって、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doを、つまり、作業工程Prに対応付けられている監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在していた期間を示す滞在期間Doを、算出する。 As described above, in the information processing apparatus 10, the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar associated with the work process Pr, that is, the stay period Do for each work process Pr is determined by the image analysis for the analysis target area Aa. The period of stay Do, which indicates the period of stay, is calculated.
 例えば、或る製品P(x)が、「ネジ締め」、「はんだ付け」、「組み付け1」、「組み付け2」、「梱包」という5つの作業工程Pr(1)~Pr(5)を経て生産されるとする。情報処理装置10は、上述の5つの作業工程Prの各々について、製品P(x)を1つ生産する都度、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した滞在期間Doを算出する。つまり、情報処理装置10は、製品P(x)を1つ生産する都度、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した作業工程Pr(1)~Pr(5)の各々に対応する滞在期間Do(1)~Do(5)の各々を算出する。 For example, a certain product P (x) goes through five work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) of "screw tightening", "soldering", "assembly 1", "assembly 2", and "packing". Suppose it is produced. The information processing apparatus 10 calculates the stay period Do required to produce one product P (x) each time one product P (x) is produced for each of the above-mentioned five work process Prs. That is, each time the information processing apparatus 10 produces one product P (x), it corresponds to each of the work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) required to produce one product P (x). Each of the length of stay Do (1) to Do (5) is calculated.
 そして、情報処理装置10は、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した滞在期間Do(1)~Do(5)が、或る日においてどのように分布したのかを示す情報を、図10に例示するように箱ひげ図の形式を用いて、外部の表示装置等に表示させる。 Then, the information processing device 10 provides information indicating how the stay periods Do (1) to Do (5) required to produce one product P (x) are distributed on a certain day. As illustrated in FIG. 10, the boxplot format is used to display the information on an external display device or the like.
 図10に示す箱ひげ図において、或る日に、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した「ネジ締め」工程(=作業工程Pr(1))について、滞在期間Do(1)の最大は「66秒」、滞在期間Do(1)の最小は「49秒」であることが示されている。同様に、その或る日に、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した「はんだ付け」工程(=作業工程Pr(2))について、滞在期間Do(2)の最大は「74秒」、滞在期間Do(2)の最小は「50秒」であることが示されている。 In the box-and-whisker plot shown in FIG. 10, the period of stay Do (1) for the "screw tightening" process (= work process Pr (1)) required to produce one product P (x) on a certain day. It is shown that the maximum of is "66 seconds" and the minimum of the period of stay Do (1) is "49 seconds". Similarly, for the "soldering" process (= work process Pr (2)) required to produce one product P (x) on that one day, the maximum stay period Do (2) is "74". It is shown that the minimum of "seconds" and the length of stay Do (2) is "50 seconds".
 また、上述の5つの作業工程Prの各々に対応する滞在期間Do(1)~Do(5)のうち、滞在期間Doの最大が最も大きいのは、滞在期間Do(4)、つまり、「組み付け2」に要した滞在期間Do(4)の最大である「90秒」である。したがって、「90秒」が、いわゆる「製品P(x)を1つ生産するためのタクトタイム」となる。 Further, among the stay period Do (1) to Do (5) corresponding to each of the above-mentioned five work steps Pr, the maximum stay period Do is the stay period Do (4), that is, "assembly". It is "90 seconds" which is the maximum of the stay period Do (4) required for "2". Therefore, "90 seconds" is the so-called "tact time for producing one product P (x)".
 さらに、図10において、情報処理装置10は、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した滞在期間Do(1)~Do(5)の各々の、その或る日における合計値を表示させている。例えば、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した「ネジ締め」工程(=作業工程Pr(1))について、その或る日における滞在期間Do(1)の合計値が「12000秒」であることが示されている。同様に、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した「はんだ付け」工程(=作業工程Pr(2))について、その或る日における滞在期間Do(2)の合計値が「13000秒」であることが示されている。 Further, in FIG. 10, the information processing apparatus 10 displays the total value of each of the stay periods Do (1) to Do (5) required to produce one product P (x) on a certain day. I'm letting you. For example, for the "screw tightening" process (= work process Pr (1)) required to produce one product P (x), the total value of the stay period Do (1) on a certain day is "12000 seconds". Is shown to be. Similarly, for the "soldering" process (= work process Pr (2)) required to produce one product P (x), the total value of the stay period Do (2) on that one day is "13000". It is shown to be "seconds".
 図10に示す例では、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る日における」分布、および、(2)「或る日における」合計値が示されている。 In the example shown in FIG. 10, the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) is (1) “on a certain day”, and (2). The total value "on a certain day" is shown.
 しかしながら、情報処理装置10は、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、(1)「ユーザの選択する期間における」分布、および、(2)「ユーザの選択する期間における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。例えば、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る週における」分布、および、(2)「或る週における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。また、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る月における」分布、および、(2)「或る月における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。 However, the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) the distribution of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x), and (1) the distribution "in the period selected by the user", and (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user" may be displayed. For example, the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain week" of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's choice. , And (2) the total value "in a certain week" may be displayed. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain month" of the period of stay Do for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's selection. , And (2) the total value "in a certain month" may be displayed.
  (1-2.「作業工程ごとの動作期間」の、所定期間における分布および合計値)
 情報処理装置10は、ユーザによって選択された製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの「動作期間Da」の、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す箱ひげ図を、表示装置等に表示させてもよい。
(1-2. Distribution and total value of "operation period for each work process" in a predetermined period)
The information processing apparatus 10 is a boxplot showing the distribution of the "operating period Da" for each work process Pr required for producing one product P (x) selected by the user in the period selected by the user. May be displayed on a display device or the like.
 前述の通り、情報処理装置10は、工程情報から、特に、動作結果Laから、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daを、つまり、作業工程Prの実施に際し機器40が実行した動作Acの動作期間Daを、算出する。 As described above, the information processing apparatus 10 determines the operation period Da for each work process Pr from the process information, particularly from the operation result La, that is, the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed. Is calculated.
 例えば、或る製品P(x)が上述の5つの作業工程Pr(1)~Pr(5)を経て生産されるとすると、情報処理装置10は、上述の5つの作業工程Prの各々について、その製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した動作期間Daを算出する。つまり、情報処理装置10は、製品P(x)を1つ生産する都度、製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した作業工程Pr(1)~Pr(5)の各々に対応する動作期間Da(1)~Da(5)の各々を算出する。 For example, assuming that a certain product P (x) is produced through the above-mentioned five work steps Pr (1) to Pr (5), the information processing apparatus 10 has the information processing apparatus 10 for each of the above-mentioned five work steps Pr. The operating period Da required to produce one product P (x) is calculated. That is, each time the information processing apparatus 10 produces one product P (x), it corresponds to each of the work processes Pr (1) to Pr (5) required to produce one product P (x). Each of the operation periods Da (1) to Da (5) is calculated.
 そして、情報処理装置10は、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daの、(1)「或る日における」分布、および、(2)「或る日における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。 Then, the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) "on a certain day" distribution of the operating period Da for each work process Pr, which is required to produce one product P (x), and (2). ) The total value "on a certain day" may be displayed.
 すなわち、情報処理装置10は、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daの、(1)「ユーザの選択する期間における」分布、および、(2)「ユーザの選択する期間における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。例えば、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daの、(1)「或る週における」分布、および、(2)「或る週における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。また、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、或る製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daの、(1)「或る月における」分布、および、(2)「或る月における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。 That is, the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) the distribution of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x), and (1) the distribution “in the period selected by the user”, and (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user" may be displayed. For example, the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain week" of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's choice. , And (2) the total value "in a certain week" may be displayed. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 distributes (1) "in a certain month" of the operation period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) according to the user's selection. , And (2) the total value "in a certain month" may be displayed.
 情報処理装置10は、「製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの動作期間Daの、ユーザの選択する期間における分布」を、箱ひげ図を用いて表現させてもよいし、、ヒストグラムを用いて表現させてもよい。 The information processing apparatus 10 uses a box plot to express "the distribution of the operating period Da for each work process Pr required to produce one product P (x) in the period selected by the user". It may be expressed using a histogram.
 また、情報処理装置10は、「製品P(x)を1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程Prごとの滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの、ユーザの選択する期間における分布」を、1画面中に同時に表示させてもよい。 Further, the information processing apparatus 10 displays "distribution of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr required for producing one product P (x) in the period selected by the user" on one screen. It may be displayed at the same time inside.
 これまで図10を用いて説明してきたように、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prごとに、(1)作業工程Prの実施に係る作業Opを行う領域(監視領域Ar)に作業者Peが滞在していた期間(つまり、滞在期間Do)、および、(2)作業工程Prの実施に係る動作Acが機器40により実行された期間(つまり、動作期間Da)の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 As described above with reference to FIG. 10, in the information processing apparatus 10, the worker Pe is placed in the area (monitoring area Ar) for performing the work Op related to the execution of (1) the work process Pr for each work process Pr. A predetermined period for at least one of the period of stay (that is, the period of stay Do) and (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr is executed by the device 40 (that is, the operation period Da). The external device is displayed with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prごとに、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 displays on the external device information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr. Let me.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prごとに、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 10 can provide the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process Pr. Play the effect of.
 ここで、情報処理装置10は、前記所定の期間における分布を示す情報を、箱ひげ図またはヒストグラムの形式で、外部装置に表示させてもよい。また、情報処理装置10は、所定の製品Pを1つ生産するのに要した、作業工程PrPrごとの滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、外部装置に表示させてもよい。前述の「所定の期間」および「所定の製品P」の少なくとも一方は、ユーザによって選択されてもよい。 Here, the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on an external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 has at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do and the operation period Da for each work process PrPr required to produce one predetermined product P. The information indicating the above may be displayed on the external device. At least one of the above-mentioned "predetermined period" and "predetermined product P" may be selected by the user.
  (2-1.「作業者ごとの滞在期間」の、所定期間における分布および合計値)
 図11は、ユーザによって選択された作業者グループGP(x)に属する複数の作業者Peの各々について、いずれの作業工程Prについての滞在期間Doであるかは問わずに、1回の滞在期間Doの或る日における分布を示す箱ひげ図である。図11に示す例では、作業者グループGP(x)に属する作業者1~5(つまり、作業者Pe(1)~Pe(5))の各々について、或る日において、1回の滞在期間Doがどのように分布しているのかが、箱ひげ図を用いて示されている。
(2-1. Distribution and total value of "stay period for each worker" in a predetermined period)
FIG. 11 shows one stay period for each of the plurality of worker Pes belonging to the worker group GP (x) selected by the user, regardless of which work process Pr the stay period Do is. It is a box plot showing the distribution of Do in a certain day. In the example shown in FIG. 11, for each of the workers 1 to 5 (that is, the workers Pe (1) to Pe (5)) belonging to the worker group GP (x), one stay period in a certain day. How the Do is distributed is shown using a box plot.
 例えば、ユーザが任意の作業者グループGP(x)を選択すると、情報処理装置10は表示装置等に、以下の情報を表示させる。すなわち、情報処理装置10は、選択された作業者グループGP(x)に属する複数の作業者Peの各々の1回の滞在期間Doについて、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す箱ひげ図を表示させる。つまり、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peごとに、1回の滞在期間の、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す情報を、外部の表示装置に表示させる。 For example, when the user selects an arbitrary worker group GP (x), the information processing device 10 causes the display device or the like to display the following information. That is, the information processing device 10 displays a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one stay period Do of each of the plurality of worker Pes belonging to the selected worker group GP (x) in the period selected by the user. Let me. That is, the information processing device 10 causes an external display device to display information indicating the distribution of one stay period in the period selected by the user for each worker Pe.
 図11に示す例では、「ユーザの選択する期間における、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの分布」を示すのに箱ひげ図が用いられているが、情報処理装置10は、ヒストグラムを用いて上述の分布を示してもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 11, a boxplot is used to show "a distribution of one stay period Do for each worker Pe in a period selected by the user", but the information processing apparatus 10 has a histogram. May be used to indicate the above distribution.
 図11に示す箱ひげ図において、或る日の、作業者1(つまり、作業者Pe(1))の1回の滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(1))の最大は「66秒」、滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(1))の最小は「49秒」であることが示されている。同様に、その或る日の、作業者2(つまり、作業者Pe(2))の1回の滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(2))の最大は「74秒」、滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(2))の最小は「50秒」であることが示されている。 In the box-and-whisker plot shown in FIG. 11, the maximum period of one stay of the worker 1 (that is, the worker Pe (1)) Do (worker Pe (1)) on a certain day is "66 seconds". It is shown that the minimum stay period Do (worker Pe (1)) is "49 seconds". Similarly, the maximum of one stay period Do (worker Pe (2)) of the worker 2 (that is, the worker Pe (2)) on that one day is "74 seconds", and the stay period Do (work). The minimum of person Pe (2)) is shown to be "50 seconds".
 さらに、図11において、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの、その或る日における合計値を表示させている。例えば、或る日における作業者1の1回の滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(1))の合計値が「12000秒」であることが示されている。同様に、その或る日における作業者2の1回の滞在期間Do(作業者Pe(2))の合計値が「13000秒」であることが示されている。 Further, in FIG. 11, the information processing device 10 displays the total value of one stay period Do for each worker Pe on a certain day. For example, it is shown that the total value of one stay period Do (worker Pe (1)) of the worker 1 on a certain day is "12000 seconds". Similarly, it is shown that the total value of one stay period Do (worker Pe (2)) of the worker 2 on that one day is "13000 seconds".
 図11に示す例では、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る日における」分布、および、(2)「或る日における」合計値が示されている。しかしながら、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの、(1)「ユーザの選択する期間における」分布、および、(2)「ユーザの選択する期間における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。例えば、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る週における」分布、および、(2)「或る週における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。また、情報処理装置10は、ユーザの選択に従って、作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Doの、(1)「或る月における」分布、および、(2)「或る月における」合計値を、表示させてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 11, the distribution of (1) "on a certain day" and (2) the total value of (2) "on a certain day" of one stay period Do for each worker Pe is shown. However, the information processing device 10 calculates the total value of (1) the distribution of the one-time stay period Do for each worker Pe, "in the period selected by the user", and (2) "in the period selected by the user". , May be displayed. For example, the information processing apparatus 10 has a distribution of (1) "in a certain week" and (2) a total value of "in a certain week" of one stay period Do for each worker Pe according to the user's choice. May be displayed. Further, the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) a distribution of "in a certain month" and (2) a total value of "in a certain month" of one stay period Do for each worker Pe according to the user's selection. May be displayed.
  (2-2.「機器ごとの動作期間」の、所定期間における分布および合計値)
 情報処理装置10は、ユーザによって選択された機器グループGM(x)に属する複数の機器40の各々について、1回の動作期間Daの、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す箱ひげ図を、表示装置等に表示させてもよい。つまり、情報処理装置10は、機器40ごとの1回の動作期間Daについて、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す情報を、表示装置等に表示させてもよい。
(2-2. Distribution and total value of "operating period for each device" in a predetermined period)
The information processing device 10 displays a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one operation period Da in the period selected by the user for each of the plurality of devices 40 belonging to the device group GM (x) selected by the user. It may be displayed on a device or the like. That is, the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution of one operation period Da for each device 40 in the period selected by the user on a display device or the like.
 例えば、機器40(1)~40(5)の5台の機器40が機器グループGM(x)に属している場合、ユーザによって機器グループGM(x)が選択されると、情報処理装置10は、以下の情報を表示装置等に表示させる。すなわち、情報処理装置10は、機器40(1)~40(5)の各々について、1回の動作期間Daの、ユーザの選択する期間における分布を示す箱ひげ図を、表示装置等に表示させる。 For example, when the five devices 40 of the devices 40 (1) to 40 (5) belong to the device group GM (x), when the device group GM (x) is selected by the user, the information processing device 10 causes the information processing device 10. , Display the following information on a display device or the like. That is, the information processing device 10 causes the display device or the like to display a box-and-whisker plot showing the distribution of one operation period Da in the period selected by the user for each of the devices 40 (1) to 40 (5). ..
 具体的には、情報処理装置10は、機器40(1)が動作Ac(1)を1回実行するのに要した動作期間Da(1)が、ユーザの選択する期間においてどのように分布するのかを、箱ひげ図を用いて表示装置等に表示させる。同様に、情報処理装置10は、機器40(2)が動作Ac(2)を1回実行するのに要した動作期間Da(2)が、ユーザの選択する期間においてどのように分布するのかを、箱ひげ図を用いて表示装置等に表示させる。情報処理装置10は、機器40(m)が動作Ac(m)を1回実行するのに要した動作期間Da(m)が、ユーザの選択する期間においてどのように分布するのかを、箱ひげ図に代えてヒストグラムを用いて表示装置等に表示させてもよい。 Specifically, in the information processing device 10, how the operation period Da (1) required for the device 40 (1) to execute the operation Ac (1) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. Is displayed on a display device or the like using a box plot. Similarly, the information processing apparatus 10 determines how the operation period Da (2) required for the device 40 (2) to execute the operation Ac (2) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. , Display on a display device or the like using a box plot. The information processing device 10 shows how the operation period Da (m) required for the device 40 (m) to execute the operation Ac (m) once is distributed in the period selected by the user. Instead of the figure, a histogram may be used for display on a display device or the like.
 また、情報処理装置10は、機器40(1)が動作Ac(1)を1回実行するのに要した動作期間Da(1)の、ユーザの選択する期間における合計を、例えば、或る日の合計を、或る週の合計を、または、或る月の合計を、表示装置等に表示させてもよい。 Further, the information processing apparatus 10 sets the total of the operation period Da (1) required for the device 40 (1) to execute the operation Ac (1) once in the period selected by the user, for example, on a certain day. The total of a certain week, the total of a certain month, or the total of a certain month may be displayed on a display device or the like.
 さらに、情報処理装置10は、「作業者Peごとの1回の滞在期間Do」および「機器40ごとの1回の動作期間Da」について、(1)「ユーザの選択する期間における」分布、および、(2)「ユーザの選択する期間における」合計値を、1画面中に同時に表示させてもよい。 Further, the information processing apparatus 10 has (1) distribution of "one stay period Do for each worker Pe" and "one operation period Da for each device 40" and "in a period selected by the user". , (2) The total value "in the period selected by the user" may be displayed simultaneously on one screen.
 これまで図11を用いて説明してきたように、情報処理装置10は、(1)作業者Peごとの、作業工程Prの実施に係る作業Opを行う領域(監視領域Ar)に滞在していた期間(つまり、滞在期間Do)、および、(2)機器40ごとの、作業工程Prの実施に係る動作Acを実行していた期間(つまり、動作期間Da)の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 As described with reference to FIG. 11 so far, the information processing apparatus 10 stays in (1) an area (monitoring area Ar) for each worker Pe to perform work Op related to the execution of the work process Pr. For at least one of the period (that is, the period of stay Do) and (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr is being executed (that is, the operation period Da) for each device 40, in a predetermined period. Display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value on the external device.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peごとの滞在期間Do、および、機器40ごとの動作期間Daの少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 10 has information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do for each worker Pe and the operation period Da for each device 40. Is displayed on the external device.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、作業者Peごとの滞在期間Do、および、機器40ごとの動作期間Daの少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing device 10 provides the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period Do for each worker Pe and the operation period Da for each device 40. It has the effect of being able to.
 ここで、情報処理装置10は、前記所定の期間における分布を示す情報を、箱ひげ図またはヒストグラムの形式で、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。また、情報処理装置10は、複数の作業者Peが属する作業者グループGPであって、ユーザによって選択された作業者グループGPに属する複数の作業者Peの各々について、滞在期間Doの、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。さらに、情報処理装置10は、複数の機器40が属する機器グループGMであって、ユーザによって選択された機器グループGMに属する複数の機器40の各々について、動作期間Daの、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。 Here, the information processing device 10 may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the information processing device 10 is a worker group GP to which a plurality of worker Pes belong, and for each of the plurality of worker groups Pe belonging to the worker group GP selected by the user, a predetermined period of stay Do is set. Information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the period may be displayed on the external device. Further, the information processing device 10 is a device group GM to which the plurality of devices 40 belong, and for each of the plurality of devices 40 belonging to the device group GM selected by the user, the distribution of the operation period Da in a predetermined period and Information indicating at least one of the total values may be displayed on the external device.
  (3.所定期間における、滞在期間・動作期間と空き時間との対比)
 図12は、作業工程Prごとに、作業工程Prに対応する滞在期間Doの合計が或る日の総時間に占める割合を示す棒グラフの一例を示す図である。図12において、「空き時間」は、「滞在期間Do」以外の時間を指している。
(3. Comparison between stay period / operation period and free time in the specified period)
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of a bar graph showing the ratio of the total stay period Do corresponding to the work process Pr to the total time of a certain day for each work process Pr. In FIG. 12, "free time" refers to a time other than "stay period Do".
 情報処理装置10は、「ユーザの選択する期間」について、作業工程Prごとに、作業工程Prに対応する滞在期間Doの合計を算出する。そして、情報処理装置10は、算出した「ユーザの選択する期間における、滞在期間Doの合計」が「ユーザの選択する期間の総時間」に占める割合を示す情報を、作業工程Prごとに、表示装置等に表示させる。 The information processing device 10 calculates the total stay period Do corresponding to the work process Pr for each work process Pr for the "period selected by the user". Then, the information processing apparatus 10 displays information indicating the ratio of the calculated "total stay period Do in the period selected by the user" to the "total time of the period selected by the user" for each work process Pr. Display on the device etc.
 図12に示す例では、「ユーザの選択する期間」として「或る1日」が選択されている。情報処理装置10は、その或る日における、滞在期間Doの合計が、その或る1日の総時間(例、8時間)に占める割合を、作業工程Prごとに、棒グラフの形式で表示装置等に表示させている。ただし、情報処理装置10にとって、作業工程Prごとの上述の割合を、棒グラフの形式で表示させることは必須ではなく、情報処理装置10は任意の表示形式で、作業工程Prごとの上述の割合を表示させればよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 12, "a certain day" is selected as the "period selected by the user". The information processing device 10 displays the ratio of the total stay period Do to the total time (eg, 8 hours) of a certain day in the form of a bar graph for each work process Pr. Etc. are displayed. However, it is not essential for the information processing device 10 to display the above-mentioned ratio for each work process Pr in the form of a bar graph, and the information processing device 10 displays the above-mentioned ratio for each work process Pr in an arbitrary display format. It should be displayed.
 図12において、「ネジ締め」工程(=作業工程Pr(1))の滞在期間Do(1)の合計は、「或る1日」の総時間の6割ほどを占めていることが示されている。同様に、「電気検査」工程(=作業工程Pr(4))の滞在期間Do(4)の合計は、「或る1日」の総時間の9割ほどを占めていることが示されている。 In FIG. 12, it is shown that the total stay period Do (1) of the “screw tightening” process (= work process Pr (1)) occupies about 60% of the total time of “a certain day”. ing. Similarly, it is shown that the total stay period Do (4) of the "electrical inspection" process (= work process Pr (4)) occupies about 90% of the total time of "a certain day". There is.
 情報処理装置10は、「ユーザの選択する期間における、動作期間Daの合計」が「ユーザの選択する期間の総時間」に占める割合を示す情報を、作業工程Prごとに、表示装置等に表示させてもよい。例えば、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prごとに、「作業工程Prに対応する動作期間Daの、ユーザの選択する期間における合計」が、「ユーザの選択する期間の総時間」に占める割合を示す棒グラフ等を表示させてもよい。 The information processing device 10 displays information indicating the ratio of the "total operating period Da in the period selected by the user" to the "total time of the period selected by the user" on the display device or the like for each work process Pr. You may let me. For example, in the information processing apparatus 10, for each work process Pr, the ratio of "the total of the operation period Da corresponding to the work process Pr in the period selected by the user" to the "total time of the period selected by the user" A bar graph or the like may be displayed.
 また、情報処理装置10は、作業工程Prごとに、「ユーザの選択する期間における、滞在期間Doおよび動作期間Daの各々の合計」が、「ユーザの選択する期間の総時間」に占める割合を、1画面中に同時に表示させてもよい。 Further, in the information processing apparatus 10, the ratio of "the total of each of the stay period Do and the operation period Da in the period selected by the user" to the "total time of the period selected by the user" for each work process Pr. It may be displayed simultaneously on one screen.
 これまで図12を用いて説明してきたように、情報処理装置10は、所定の期間における、作業工程Prごとの、(1)作業工程Prの実施に係る作業Opを行う領域(監視領域Ar)に作業者Peが滞在していた期間(つまり、滞在期間Do)の合計、および、(2)作業工程Prの実施に係る動作Acが機器40により実行された期間(つまり、動作期間Da)の合計の少なくとも一方が、前記所定の期間において前記作業が行われ得る、または、前記動作Acが実行され得る時間の全体(合計、つまり、「総時間」)に占める割合を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 As has been described with reference to FIG. 12, the information processing apparatus 10 has an area (monitoring area Ar) for performing (1) work Op related to the execution of the work process Pr for each work process Pr in a predetermined period. The total period during which the worker Pe stayed (that is, the period of stay Do), and (2) the period during which the operation Ac related to the execution of the work process Pr was executed by the device 40 (that is, the operation period Da). Information indicating the ratio of at least one of the totals to the total time (total, that is, "total time") during which the work can be performed or the operation Ac can be performed in the predetermined period is provided to the external device. Display it.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置10は、所定の期間における、作業工程Prごとの、滞在期間Doの合計および動作期間Daの合計の少なくとも一方が、前記所定の期間における総時間に占める割合を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, in the information processing apparatus 10, at least one of the total stay period Do and the total operation period Da for each work process Pr in the predetermined period occupies the total time in the predetermined period. The information indicating the above is displayed on the external device.
 したがって、情報処理装置10は、所定の期間における、作業工程Prごとの、滞在期間Doの合計および動作期間Daの合計の少なくとも一方が、前記総時間に占める割合を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。情報処理装置10は、前記総時間に占める割合を示す情報を、棒グラフの形式で、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 10 provides the user with information indicating that at least one of the total of the stay period Do and the total of the operation period Da for each work process Pr in the predetermined period occupies the total time. It has the effect of being able to. The information processing device 10 may display information indicating a ratio to the total time on the external device in the form of a bar graph.
 〔実施形態2〕
 本発明の他の実施形態について、図13から図18に基づいて、以下に説明する。なお、説明の便宜上、上記実施形態にて説明した部材と同じ機能を有する部材については、同じ符号を付記し、その説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 2]
Other embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 13-18. For convenience of explanation, the same reference numerals will be added to the members having the same functions as the members described in the above embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted.
 図13は、本発明の実施形態2に係る情報処理装置1010の要部構成等を示すブロック図である。本実施形態における情報処理装置1010は、実施形態1における情報処理装置10の備える画像解析部170に代えて、画像解析部171を備えている。情報処理装置1010は、画像解析部170に代えて画像解析部171を備えている点を除いて、上述の情報処理装置10と同様の構成であるため、以下では、画像解析部171について、重点的に説明を行なう。 FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a main part of the information processing apparatus 1010 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. The information processing device 1010 in the present embodiment includes an image analysis unit 171 in place of the image analysis unit 170 included in the information processing device 10 in the first embodiment. Since the information processing device 1010 has the same configuration as the above-mentioned information processing device 10 except that the image analysis unit 171 is provided instead of the image analysis unit 170, the image analysis unit 171 will be focused on below. The explanation will be given.
 情報処理装置1010の第1取得部110が取得する基礎撮像データBIは、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した動画像データである。 The basic imaging data BI acquired by the first acquisition unit 110 of the information processing apparatus 1010 is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes Pr.
 画像解析部171は、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画を構成する複数のフレーム(つまり、複数の撮像画像)の各々に対する動線解析の結果を補正する補正フィルタ210を備えている。画像解析部171は、補正フィルタ210を備えている点以外は、情報処理装置10の備える画像解析部170と同様である。 The image analysis unit 171 includes a correction filter 210 that corrects the result of the flow line analysis for each of the plurality of frames (that is, the plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI. The image analysis unit 171 is the same as the image analysis unit 170 included in the information processing apparatus 10 except that the correction filter 210 is provided.
 補正フィルタ210は、基礎撮像データBIに対する、YOLO(You Look Only Onse)などの物体検出アルゴリズムを利用した動線解析(Objective Detection)の結果を補正する。具体的には、補正フィルタ210は、動線解析の結果からノイズ(作業者Pe以外の撮像物)を除去し、また、或るフレーム(或る撮像画像)に対する動線解析の結果を、その或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームの検出結果を用いて補完する。以下に、図14から図17を用いて、補正フィルタ210による補正の詳細を説明する。 The correction filter 210 corrects the result of the flow line analysis (Objective Detection) using an object detection algorithm such as YOLO (YouLookOnlyOnse) for the basic imaging data BI. Specifically, the correction filter 210 removes noise (an imaged object other than the worker Pe) from the result of the flow line analysis, and obtains the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame (a certain captured image). Complement using the detection results of a predetermined number of frames immediately before a certain frame. The details of the correction by the correction filter 210 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 14 to 17.
 (解析対象領域の設定)
 図14は、補正フィルタ210が、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画を構成する複数のフレーム(複数の撮像画像)の各々に対して、補正を実行する際に利用する情報の一例を示す図である。前述の通り、撮像画像(フレーム)には、各々が、複数の作業工程Prの各々に対応する、複数の解析対象領域Aaが設定される。図14に示す例では、各々が作業工程Pr(1)~Pr(5)の各々に対応する、解析対象領域Aa(1)~Aa(5)が、フレーム(撮像画像)に設定されている。具体的には、解析対象領域Aa(m)は、作業工程Pr(m)の実施に係る作業Op(m)が行われる監視領域Ar(m)に対応し、つまり、解析対象領域Aa(m)は、作業工程Pr(m)に対応付けられる。例えば、セルラインの製造工程における複数のセルの1つ1つが、複数の監視領域Arの各々に対応する。
(Setting of analysis target area)
FIG. 14 shows an example of information used when the correction filter 210 corrects each of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI. It is a figure. As described above, a plurality of analysis target regions Aa, each of which corresponds to each of the plurality of work process Prs, are set in the captured image (frame). In the example shown in FIG. 14, the analysis target areas Aa (1) to Aa (5), each of which corresponds to each of the work steps Pr (1) to Pr (5), are set in the frame (captured image). .. Specifically, the analysis target area Aa (m) corresponds to the monitoring area Ar (m) in which the work Op (m) related to the execution of the work step Pr (m) is performed, that is, the analysis target area Aa (m). ) Is associated with the work process Pr (m). For example, each of the plurality of cells in the cell line manufacturing process corresponds to each of the plurality of monitoring areas Ar.
 また、図14に示す例では、「作業現場WS中の通路」に対応する解析対象領域Aa(0)が、フレーム(撮像画像)に設定されている。解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)は検出領域(検出範囲)とも称される。そして、フレーム(撮像画像)において、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)以外の領域は、解析対象領域Aa(-1)とされる。解析対象領域Aa(-1)は、監視領域Arにも、作業現場WS中の通路にも対応しないため、本来であれば作業者Peが検出されることはないはずの領域であるため、「検出範囲外(非検出領域)」とも称される。 Further, in the example shown in FIG. 14, the analysis target area Aa (0) corresponding to the “passage in the work site WS” is set in the frame (captured image). The analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) are also referred to as detection areas (detection ranges). Then, in the frame (captured image), the regions other than the analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5) are designated as the analysis target regions Aa (-1). Since the analysis target area Aa (-1) does not correspond to the monitoring area Ar or the passage in the work site WS, the worker Pe should not be detected normally. Also referred to as "outside the detection range (non-detection area)".
 画像解析部171(特に、補正フィルタ210)は、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画を構成する複数のフレーム(複数の撮像画像)の各々を、解析対象領域Aa(-1)~Aa(5)へと分割する。そして、画像解析部171(特に、補正フィルタ210)は、前述の複数のフレーム(複数の撮像画像)の各々の動線解析の結果について、図15に例示する補正処理を実行して、各々の動線解析の結果を補正して、高精度の検出結果を生成する。 The image analysis unit 171 (particularly, the correction filter 210) analyzes each of the plurality of frames (plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI in the analysis target regions Aa (-1) to Aa (1) to Aa ( Divide into 5). Then, the image analysis unit 171 (particularly, the correction filter 210) executes the correction process illustrated in FIG. 15 on the results of the flow line analysis of each of the plurality of frames (plurality of captured images) described above, and each of them The result of the flow line analysis is corrected to generate a highly accurate detection result.
 (補正処理の一例)
 図15は、画像解析部171(特に、補正フィルタ210)が実行する補正処理の一例を説明するフロー図である。補正処理は、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画を構成する複数のフレーム(複数の撮像画像)の各々について、作業者Peの座標を特定する処理の前処理として実行される。
(Example of correction processing)
FIG. 15 is a flow chart illustrating an example of correction processing executed by the image analysis unit 171 (particularly, the correction filter 210). The correction process is executed as a pre-process of a process of specifying the coordinates of the worker Pe for each of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images) constituting the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI.
 補正フィルタ210は、前述の撮像動画を構成する複数のフレームのうちの「或るフレーム」に対する動線解析結果について、「検出範囲外(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))に、ヒト(作業者Pe)の検出があるか」を判定する(S310)。そして、補正フィルタ210は、或るフレームに対する動線解析結果について、「検出範囲外にヒトの検出がある」と判定すると(S310でYes)、検出範囲外のヒトの検出を除去する(S320)。これらの処理は、「検出範囲外でのヒトの誤検出」への対応であり、つまり、補正フィルタ210は、検出範囲外(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))で検出したヒトを、動線解析結果から除去する。 The correction filter 210 applies the flow line analysis result for "a certain frame" among the plurality of frames constituting the above-mentioned captured moving image to "outside the detection range (that is, the analysis target area Aa (-1))". Whether or not the worker Pe) is detected ”(S310). Then, when the correction filter 210 determines that "there is a human detection outside the detection range" for the flow line analysis result for a certain frame (Yes in S310), the correction filter 210 removes the detection of the human outside the detection range (S320). .. These processes correspond to "false detection of humans outside the detection range", that is, the correction filter 210 detects humans outside the detection range (that is, the analysis target area Aa (-1)). Remove from the flow line analysis result.
 「検出範囲外にヒトの検出がない」と判定し(S310でNo)、または、S320の処理の実行が済むと、補正フィルタ210は、その「或るフレーム」について、「直近で”-1”以外に検出があったのに、今回、未検出発生したか」を判定する(S330)。 When it is determined that "there is no human detection outside the detection range" (No in S310) or the processing of S320 is completed, the correction filter 210 "immediately" -1 for the "certain frame". It is determined whether "not detected this time even though there was a detection other than" (S330).
 ここで前述の通り、情報処理装置1010は、天井カメラ30から、天井カメラ30が作業現場WSの全体を撮像した動画像データである基礎撮像データBIを取得している。基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画は、複数のフレーム(複数の撮像画像)によって構成される。 Here, as described above, the information processing apparatus 1010 acquires the basic imaging data BI, which is the moving image data obtained by the ceiling camera 30 capturing the entire work site WS, from the ceiling camera 30. The captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI is composed of a plurality of frames (a plurality of captured images).
 したがって、「『直近』で『”-1”以外』に検出があった」の「直近」とは、基礎撮像データBIに対する動線解析において、「現在検出しているフレーム(つまり、現在、補正処理の対象となっている「或るフレーム」)」の直前に検出したフレームを意味する。言い換えれば、「直近」とは、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像動画を構成する「或るフレーム」の、直前のフレームを意味している。 Therefore, the "most recent" of "there was a detection in" most recent "other than" -1 "" means "the currently detected frame (that is, the currently corrected frame) in the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI. It means a frame detected immediately before "a certain frame") "that is the target of processing. In other words, the "most recent" means the immediately preceding frame of the "certain frame" that constitutes the captured moving image generated from the basic imaging data BI.
 それ故、「直近で”-1”以外に検出があった」とは、或るフレームの「直近のフレーム」の「検出範囲外」以外において、ヒト(作業者Pe)が検出されたことを意味している。つまり、「直近で”-1”以外に検出があった」とは、「或るフレームの直近のフレーム」の「解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)の少なくとも1つ」において、ヒト(作業者Pe)が検出されたことを意味している。 Therefore, "there was a detection other than" -1 "in the latest" means that a human (worker Pe) was detected in a frame other than "outside the detection range" of the "most recent frame". Means. That is, "there was a detection other than" -1 "in the latest" means that "at least one of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5)" of the "most recent frame of a certain frame" is a human. It means that (worker Pe) has been detected.
 S330において、補正フィルタ210は先ず、或るフレームの「直近のフレーム」の「解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)の少なくとも1つ」において、ヒト(作業者Pe)が検出されたかを確認する。或るフレームの「直近のフレーム」の「解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)の少なくとも1つ」において、ヒト(作業者Pe)が検出されていたことを確認すると、補正フィルタ210はさらに、以下の内容を確認する。すなわち、補正フィルタ210は、「『今回』のフレームに対する動線解析結果」において、「解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにおいても、ヒト(作業者Pe)の検出がない(=『未検出が発生した』)」か否かを確認する。言い換えれば、補正フィルタ210は、今回のフレーム(=或るフレーム)に対する動線解析結果において、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにおいても、作業者Peの検出がないかを確認する。 In S330, the correction filter 210 first determines whether a human (worker Pe) is detected in "at least one of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5)" of the "most recent frame" of a certain frame. Check. When it is confirmed that a human (worker Pe) has been detected in "at least one of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5)" of the "most recent frame" of a certain frame, the correction filter 210 In addition, check the following contents. That is, the correction filter 210 does not detect a human (worker Pe) in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the "flow line analysis result for the" this time "frame" ( = Check whether or not "Undetected has occurred") ". In other words, the correction filter 210 determines whether or not the operator Pe is detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the flow line analysis result for the current frame (= a certain frame). Check.
 直近で”-1”以外に検出があったのに、今回、未検出が発生したと判定すると(S330でYes)、補正フィルタ210は、直近の値で補完する(S340)。つまり、直近のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)の少なくとも1つで作業者Peが検出されたのに、今回のフレームに対する動線解析では、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されていないと、S340の処理が実行される。 If it is determined that no detection has occurred this time (Yes in S330) even though there was a detection other than "-1" in the latest, the correction filter 210 complements with the latest value (S340). That is, although the worker Pe was detected in at least one of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of the latest frame, in the flow line analysis for this frame, the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) If the worker Pe is not detected in any of Aa (5), the process of S340 is executed.
 S340において、補正フィルタ210は先ず、直近のフレームについて作業者Peが検出された解析対象領域Aa(x)(ここで、「x」は「0」から「5」のいずれかの整数)を特定する。そして、補正フィルタ210は、今回のフレームに対する動線解析の結果を、直近のフレームについての検出結果によって、補完する。すなわち、補正フィルタ210は、今回のフレームについても、直近のフレームについて作業者Peが検出された解析対象領域Aa(x)において、作業者Peが検出されたとのデータを、今回のフレームの検出結果として生成する。 In S340, the correction filter 210 first identifies the analysis target area Aa (x) (where “x” is an integer of any of “0” to “5”) in which the worker Pe is detected for the latest frame. To do. Then, the correction filter 210 complements the result of the flow line analysis for the current frame with the detection result for the latest frame. That is, the correction filter 210 also obtains data that the worker Pe is detected in the analysis target area Aa (x) in which the worker Pe is detected for the latest frame, as a result of detecting the current frame. Generate as.
 すなわち、今回のフレームに対する動線解析において、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されていないと、補正フィルタ210は以下の処理を実行する。すなわち、補正フィルタ210は、直近のフレームについて、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかで作業者Peが検出されていなかったかを確認する。補正フィルタ210は、例えば、「直近のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)で作業者Peが検出された」ことを確認すると、「今回のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)で作業者Peが検出された」との検出結果を生成する。同様に、補正フィルタ210は、例えば、「直近のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(1)で作業者Peが検出された」ことを確認すると、「今回のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(1)で作業者Peが検出された」との検出結果を生成する。 That is, in the flow line analysis for the frame this time, if the worker Pe is not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5), the correction filter 210 executes the following processing. That is, the correction filter 210 confirms whether or not the worker Pe has been detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) for the latest frame. When the correction filter 210 confirms, for example, that "worker Pe was detected in the analysis target area Aa (0) of the latest frame", "worker Pe is detected in the analysis target area Aa (0) of the current frame". Generate a detection result of "detected". Similarly, when the correction filter 210 confirms that "worker Pe has been detected in the analysis target area Aa (1) of the latest frame", for example, "work in the analysis target area Aa (1) of the current frame". The detection result that "person Pe has been detected" is generated.
 S330およびS340には、或るフレームの「直近の」フレームにおける検出結果を用いて、或るフレームの動線解析の結果を補完する例を示したが、補正フィルタ210は、或るフレームの直前の「複数の」フレームにおける検出結果を利用してもよい。すなわち、補正フィルタ210は、或るフレームの直前の、「所定数」のフレームにおける作業者Peの検出結果を用いて、或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完すればよく、「所定数」は、「1」でも「2以上の整数」であってもよい。 In S330 and S340, an example is shown in which the detection result in the "most recent" frame of a certain frame is used to complement the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame, but the correction filter 210 is immediately before the certain frame. The detection result in "plurality" of frames may be used. That is, the correction filter 210 may supplement the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame by using the detection result of the worker Pe in the "predetermined number" of frames immediately before the certain frame, and the "predetermined number". May be either "1" or "an integer greater than or equal to 2".
 例えば、或るフレームの直前の「複数の」フレームにおいて連続して、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかに作業者Peを検出していたのに、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されなかった場合、補正フィルタ210は、上述の補完を実行してもよい。 For example, even though the worker Pe was detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in succession in "plurality" of frames immediately before a certain frame, the analysis of a certain frame was performed. When the worker Pe is not detected in any of the target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5), the correction filter 210 may execute the above-mentioned complement.
 S330の判定処理で「No」である場合、または、S340の処理の実行が済むと、補正フィルタ210は、S350の判定処理を実行し、つまり、「包含」が発生しているかを判定する(S350)。 When the determination process of S330 is "No", or when the process of S340 is completed, the correction filter 210 executes the determination process of S350, that is, determines whether "inclusion" has occurred ( S350).
 ここで、「包含」とは、フレームから作業者Peを検出する動線解析においてバウンディングボックスBB(Bounding Box)が複数設置され、かつ、複数のバウンディングボックスBBの各々の中心が近接した状態で設置されることである。つまり、「包含」とは、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスBBが設置された状態である。 Here, "inclusion" means that a plurality of bounding boxes BB (Bounding Boxes) are installed in the flow line analysis for detecting the worker Pe from the frame, and the centers of the plurality of bounding boxes BB are installed close to each other. Is to be done. That is, "inclusion" is a state in which a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed.
 補正フィルタ210は、包含が発生していると判定すると(S350でYes)、包含が発生している複数のバウンディングボックスBBを、最も大きいバウンディングボックスBBに統一する(S360)。 When the correction filter 210 determines that inclusion has occurred (Yes in S350), the plurality of bounding boxes BB in which inclusion has occurred are unified into the largest bounding box BB (S360).
 S350の判定処理で「No」である場合、または、S360の処理の実行が済むと、補正フィルタ210は補正処理を終了し、次のフレーム(すなわち、次の撮像画像)を取得すると、S310に戻って処理を繰り返す。 When the determination process of S350 is "No", or when the process of S360 is completed, the correction filter 210 ends the correction process, and when the next frame (that is, the next captured image) is acquired, the S310 is displayed. Go back and repeat the process.
 以上に説明した補正フィルタ210による動線解析結果に対する補正処理の後、画像解析部171は、画像解析部170と同様に、作業者Peについての検出を実行する。すなわち、画像解析部171は、監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在するか否かを判定し、監視領域Arに作業者Peが存在すると判定すると、監視領域Arに存在する作業者Peの作業者ID、位置(座標)、および、滞在期間Doを特定する。例えば、画像解析部171は、動線解析において設置されたバウンディングボックスBB(S360が実行された場合、S360の実行後のバウンディングボックスBB)の中心座標を、作業者Peの座標として特定する。 After the correction processing for the flow line analysis result by the correction filter 210 described above, the image analysis unit 171 executes the detection of the worker Pe in the same manner as the image analysis unit 170. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines whether or not the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar, and if it determines that the worker Pe exists in the monitoring area Ar, the worker Pe of the worker Pe existing in the monitoring area Ar. Specify the ID, position (coordinates), and length of stay Do. For example, the image analysis unit 171 specifies the center coordinates of the bounding box BB (when S360 is executed, the bounding box BB after the execution of S360) installed in the flow line analysis as the coordinates of the worker Pe.
 これまで図14および図15を用いて説明してきた情報処理装置1010は、以下のように整理することができる。すなわち、情報処理装置1010は、情報処理装置10の備える構成に加えて、補正フィルタ210(補正部)をさらに備えている。補正フィルタ210は、基礎撮像データBIから生成される撮像画像を、(1)作業者Peが作業Opを行う領域(例えば、監視領域Ar(1)~Ar(5))、または、作業者Peが通行する通路が撮像された領域である検出領域(例えば、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5))と、(2)前記検出領域以外の領域である非検出領域(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))とに区分する。そして、補正フィルタ210は、前記撮像画像から作業者Peを検出する動線解析の結果について、解析対象領域Aa(-1)における検出を削除する。 The information processing apparatus 1010 described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15 can be organized as follows. That is, the information processing device 1010 further includes a correction filter 210 (correction unit) in addition to the configuration of the information processing device 10. The correction filter 210 uses the captured image generated from the basic imaging data BI as (1) an area where the worker Pe performs a work op (for example, monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5)) or the worker Pe. A detection region (for example, analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5)) in which the passage through which the passage passes is imaged, and (2) a non-detection region (that is, an analysis target) that is a region other than the detection region. It is divided into areas Aa (-1)). Then, the correction filter 210 deletes the detection in the analysis target region Aa (-1) from the result of the flow line analysis for detecting the worker Pe from the captured image.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像を検出領域(例えば、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5))と非検出領域(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))とに区分する。そして、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析の結果から、前記非検出領域における検出を削除する。つまり、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析の結果から、「非検出領域(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))における検出」というノイズを削除する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 1010 detects the captured image in a detection region (for example, analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5)) and a non-detection region (that is, analysis target region Aa (-1)). ) And. Then, the information processing apparatus 1010 deletes the detection in the non-detection region from the result of the flow line analysis on the captured image. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 deletes the noise "detection in the non-detection region (that is, the analysis target region Aa (-1))" from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image.
 したがって、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析の結果からノイズを削除することによって、作業者Peの高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、作業工程Prに対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by deleting noise from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to.
 情報処理装置1010において、第1取得部110は、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した動画像データである基礎撮像データBIを取得する。そして、基礎撮像データBIに対する動線解析において、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されなかった場合、補正フィルタ210は、以下の補完処理を実行する。すなわち、補正フィルタ210は、その或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおける作業者Peの検出結果を用いて、その或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完する。 In the information processing apparatus 1010, the first acquisition unit 110 acquires the basic imaging data BI which is the moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes Pr. Then, when the worker Pe is not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a certain frame in the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI, the correction filter 210 complements the following. Execute the process. That is, the correction filter 210 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame by using the detection result of the worker Pe in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置1010は、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した動画像データである基礎撮像データBIに対して、動線解析を実行する。そして、情報処理装置1010は、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されなかった場合、以下の補完処理を実行する。すなわち、情報処理装置1010は、その或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおける作業者Peの検出結果を用いて、その或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完する。 According to the above configuration, the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the flow line analysis on the basic imaging data BI which is the moving image data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work processes Pr. Then, when the worker Pe is not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a certain frame, the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the following complementary processing. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame by using the detection result of the worker Pe in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
 例えば、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されなかったのに、その或るフレームの「直近の」フレームにおいて作業者Peが検出されていた場合、情報処理装置1010は、以下の補完処理を実行する。すなわち、情報処理装置1010は、その或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を、前記「直近の」フレームの検出結果によって補完し、その或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかにおいて、作業者Peを検出したとの検出結果を生成する。情報処理装置1010は、或るフレームの直前の「複数の」フレームにおいて連続して、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかに作業者Peを検出したのに、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出しなかった場合に、上述の補完を実行してもよい。 For example, the worker Pe was not detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a certain frame, but the worker Pe was detected in the "most recent" frame of the certain frame. If so, the information processing apparatus 1010 executes the following complementary processing. That is, the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame with the detection result of the "most recent" frame, and the analysis target regions Aa (0) to Aa (5) of the certain frame. ), The detection result that the worker Pe is detected is generated. The information processing apparatus 1010 continuously detects the worker Pe in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the "plurality" of frames immediately before the certain frame, but the certain frame. When the worker Pe does not detect any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in the above, the above-mentioned complement may be executed.
 ここで、基礎撮像データBIは、複数の作業工程Prの実施状況を撮影した動画像データである。また、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)は、作業者Peが作業Opを行う領域(例えば、監視領域Ar(1)~Ar(5))、または、作業者Peが通行する通路が撮像された領域である。そのため、基礎撮像データBIに対する動線解析により、或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおいて、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかに作業者Peが検出されたのであれば、或るフレームにおいても、解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかに作業者Peが検出されるのが通常である。作業者Peが突然に、作業者Peが作業Opを行う監視領域Ar(1)~Ar(5)からも、通路からも、消えて居なくなるといった事態は、通常は想定し難いからである。 Here, the basic imaging data BI is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes Pr. Further, the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) are areas in which the worker Pe performs work Op (for example, monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5)) or passages through which the worker Pe passes. Is the imaged area. Therefore, even if the worker Pe is detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) in a predetermined number of frames immediately before a certain frame by the flow line analysis for the basic imaging data BI. For example, even in a certain frame, the worker Pe is usually detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5). This is because it is usually difficult to imagine a situation in which the worker Pe suddenly disappears from the monitoring areas Ar (1) to Ar (5) and the passage where the worker Pe performs the work Op.
 したがって、或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれかで作業者Peを検出したのに、或るフレームの解析対象領域Aa(0)~Aa(5)のいずれにも作業者Peが検出されなかった場合、その或るフレームの動線解析の結果には、誤りが含まれている可能性が高い。そこで、情報処理装置1010は、その或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果を、その或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームの検出結果によって補完する。 Therefore, even though the worker Pe is detected in any of the analysis target areas Aa (0) to Aa (5) of a predetermined number of frames immediately before a certain frame, the analysis target area Aa (0) of a certain frame is detected. If the worker Pe is not detected in any of Aa (5), it is highly possible that the result of the flow line analysis of a certain frame contains an error. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 complements the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame with the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
 つまり、或るフレームの動線解析の結果が誤っている可能性が高い場合、情報処理装置1010は、その或るフレームの動線解析の結果を、直前の、所定数のフレームの検出結果によって補完して、その或るフレームを高精度に解析することができる。したがって、情報処理装置1010は、その或るフレームの動線解析の結果を補正することによって、作業者Peの高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、作業工程Prに対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 That is, when there is a high possibility that the result of the flow line analysis of a certain frame is incorrect, the information processing apparatus 1010 uses the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame as the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before. It can be complemented and the certain frame can be analyzed with high accuracy. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by correcting the result of the flow line analysis of a certain frame, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to.
 補正フィルタ210は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスBBが設置されると、複数のバウンディングボックスBBを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスBBに統一する。 When a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the correction filter 210 sets the plurality of bounding boxes BB and the bounding box BB having the largest area. Unify to.
 前記の構成によれば、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスBBが設置されると、複数のバウンディングボックスBBを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスBBに統一する。 According to the above configuration, when a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the information processing apparatus 1010 uses the plurality of bounding boxes BB. , Unify to the bounding box BB with the largest area.
 ここで、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスBBが設置された場合、1人の作業者Peが、複数の作業者Peとして誤検出されている可能性がある。そこで、情報処理装置1010は、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスBBが設置された場合、複数のバウンディングボックスBBを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスBBに統一する。 Here, in the flow line analysis for the captured image, when a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed, one worker Pe is erroneously detected as a plurality of worker Pes. It may have been. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 unifies the plurality of bounding boxes BB into the bounding box BB having the largest area when a plurality of bounding boxes BB having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed.
 つまり、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において、1人の作業者Peが、複数の作業者Peとして誤検出されている可能性が高い場合、情報処理装置1010は、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスBBだけを残して、検出した作業者Peの人数を1人とする。したがって、情報処理装置1010は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において設置されるバウンディングボックスBBの数を修正することで作業者Peの高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、作業工程Prに対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 That is, when there is a high possibility that one worker Pe is erroneously detected as a plurality of worker Pes in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the information processing apparatus 1010 has only the bounding box BB having the largest area. The number of detected worker Pe is set to one. Therefore, the information processing apparatus 1010 realizes highly accurate detection of the worker Pe by modifying the number of bounding boxes BB installed in the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, highly accurate for the work process Pr. It has the effect of being able to realize analysis.
 (補正処理の効果)
 図16は、補正フィルタ210による補正前の動線解析結果の一例を示す図である。図16に示すように、補正前の動線解析結果には、画面右下に、作業者Pe(ヒト)以外の存在がノイズZ1として検出されており、つまり、ノイズZ1が発生している。このようなノイズZ1は、誤って作業者(ヒト)として検出されることがある。
(Effect of correction processing)
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of the flow line analysis result before correction by the correction filter 210. As shown in FIG. 16, in the flow line analysis result before correction, the presence other than the worker Pe (human) is detected as noise Z1 at the lower right of the screen, that is, noise Z1 is generated. Such noise Z1 may be erroneously detected as an operator (human).
 また、図16に示す補正前の動線解析結果には、画面の中央右寄りに包含Z2が発生している。具体的には、図16において、バウンディングボックスBB1とバウンディングボックスBB2とが、各々の中心がほぼ重なった状態で画面の中央右寄りに設置されている。このような包含Z2が発生すると、1人の作業者Peが誤って複数人の作業者として、例えば2人の作業者として、検出されてしまうことがある。 Further, in the flow line analysis result before correction shown in FIG. 16, inclusion Z2 is generated on the right side of the center of the screen. Specifically, in FIG. 16, the bounding box BB1 and the bounding box BB2 are installed on the right side of the center of the screen with their centers substantially overlapping. When such inclusion Z2 occurs, one worker Pe may be mistakenly detected as a plurality of workers, for example, two workers.
 図17は、補正フィルタ210による補正後の解析結果の一例を示す図である。図17に示すように、図16の画面右下に発生していたノイズZ1は、「検出範囲外(つまり、解析対象領域Aa(-1))における、検出」として、補正フィルタ210によって除去されている。また、図16におけるバウンディングボックスBB1とバウンディングボックスBB2とは、補正フィルタ210によって、大きい方のバウンディングボックスBB1に統一され、図16の画面の中央右寄りに発生していた包含Z2は、図17において解消されている。 FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the analysis result after correction by the correction filter 210. As shown in FIG. 17, the noise Z1 generated at the lower right of the screen of FIG. 16 is removed by the correction filter 210 as “detection outside the detection range (that is, detection in the analysis target area Aa (-1))”. ing. Further, the bounding box BB1 and the bounding box BB2 in FIG. 16 are unified into the larger bounding box BB1 by the correction filter 210, and the inclusion Z2 generated on the right side of the center of the screen of FIG. 16 is eliminated in FIG. Has been done.
 YOLOなどの物体検出アルゴリズムを利用した動線解析は、ノイズ等を発生させやすいことが知られているが、補正フィルタ210は、ノイズ等を除去し、また、動線解析を補正することによって、作業者Peの位置を高精度に特定する。つまり、補正フィルタ210は、工程情報を高精度で可視化し、また、可視化の精度を向上したことによって、より多くの工程情報の取得を可能とする。 It is known that flow line analysis using an object detection algorithm such as YOLO tends to generate noise or the like, but the correction filter 210 removes noise or the like and corrects the flow line analysis. The position of the worker Pe is specified with high accuracy. That is, the correction filter 210 visualizes the process information with high accuracy, and by improving the visualization accuracy, it is possible to acquire more process information.
 そして、補正フィルタ210による補正処理によって、作業者Peの位置を高精度に特定することが可能となり、したがって、「作業者Peが、作業工程Prに対応する監視領域Arに滞在している」期間である滞在期間Doも、高精度に特定されることになる。以下、図18を用いて、補正フィルタ210による補正処理によって高精度に特定された滞在期間Doと、動作期間Daとを組み合わせて、情報処理装置1010(特に、画像解析部171)が実行する分析処理について、説明する。 Then, the correction process by the correction filter 210 makes it possible to specify the position of the worker Pe with high accuracy, and therefore, the period during which the worker Pe stays in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr. The length of stay Do, which is, will also be specified with high accuracy. Hereinafter, using FIG. 18, the analysis performed by the information processing apparatus 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) by combining the stay period Do and the operation period Da specified with high accuracy by the correction process by the correction filter 210. The processing will be described.
 (作業工程ごとの分析処理例についての整理)
 図18は、滞在期間Doと動作期間Daとの組み合わせを用いた、情報処理装置1010(特に、画像解析部171)が実行する分析の一例を示す図である。図18において、機器40の状態「1」は、「機器40によって、作業工程Prに対応する動作Acが実行されている」ことを、つまり、「機器40が動作中である」ことを示している。機器40の状態「0」は、「機器40によって、作業工程Prに対応する動作Acが実行されていない」ことを、つまり、「機器40が停止中である」ことを示している。
(Arrangement of analysis processing examples for each work process)
FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of analysis performed by the information processing apparatus 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) using the combination of the stay period Do and the operation period Da. In FIG. 18, the state “1” of the device 40 indicates that “the device 40 is executing the operation Ac corresponding to the work process Pr”, that is, “the device 40 is in operation”. There is. The state "0" of the device 40 indicates that "the device 40 has not executed the operation Ac corresponding to the work process Pr", that is, "the device 40 is stopped".
 また、図18において、人(作業者Pe)の状態「1」は、「作業者Peが、作業工程Prに対応する監視領域Arに滞在している」ことを、つまり、「作業者Peが滞在中である」ことを示している。人(作業者Pe)の状態「0」は、「作業者Peが、作業工程Prに対応する監視領域Arに滞在していない」ことを、つまり、「作業者Peが不在中である」ことを示している。 Further, in FIG. 18, the state “1” of the person (worker Pe) means that “worker Pe is staying in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr”, that is, “worker Pe is staying in the monitoring area Ar”. I am staying. " The state "0" of the person (worker Pe) means that "the worker Pe is not staying in the monitoring area Ar corresponding to the work process Pr", that is, "the worker Pe is absent". Is shown.
  (1. 手動工程に対する分析)
 作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Acが、「自動化されていない動作」である場合、つまり、作業工程Prが手動工程である場合、図18の(A)に示すように、情報処理装置1010は、以下の分析を実行する。
(1. Analysis for manual process)
When the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed is an "non-automated operation", that is, when the work process Pr is a manual process, information is shown in FIG. 18 (A). The processing apparatus 1010 performs the following analysis.
 すなわち、「機器40が動作中(機器40の状態:1)」かつ「作業者Peが滞在中(人の状態:1)」の場合、情報処理装置1010(特に、画像解析部171)は、作業者Peが作業工程Prに対応する作業Opを「作業」している(行っている)と判定する。つまり、手動工程である作業工程Prにおいて、滞在期間Doと動作期間Daとが重なっている場合、画像解析部171は、滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peは、作業工程Prに対応する作業Opを行っていると判定する。 That is, when "device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and "worker Pe is staying (human state: 1)", the information processing device 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) It is determined that the worker Pe is "working" (performing) the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the stay period Do and the operation period Da overlap, the image analysis unit 171 performs the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr in the stay period Do. Judge that
 「機器40が動作中(機器40の状態:1)」かつ「作業者Peが不在中(人の状態:0)」の場合、情報処理装置1010は、作業工程Prが「中断」されていると判定する。つまり、手動工程である作業工程Prにおいて、動作期間Daが滞在期間Doに重なっていない場合、画像解析部171は、動作期間Daにおいて作業工程Prは中断されていると判定する。 When "device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 is "interrupted" in the work process Pr. Is determined. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the operation period Da does not overlap with the stay period Do, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr is interrupted in the operation period Da.
 「機器40が停止中(機器40の状態:0)」かつ「作業者Peが滞在中(人の状態:1)」である場合、情報処理装置1010は、作業者Peは作業工程Prに対応する作業Opの「作業」または「段取り」をしていると判定する。つまり、手動工程である作業工程Prにおいて、滞在期間Doが動作期間Daに重なっていない場合、画像解析部171は、滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peは、作業工程Prに対応する作業Op自体、または、作業Opのための段取りを行っていると判定する。 When "device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is staying (person state: 1)", the information processing device 1010 means that the worker Pe corresponds to the work process Pr. It is determined that the "work" or "setup" of the work to be performed is performed. That is, in the work process Pr which is a manual process, when the stay period Do does not overlap with the operation period Da, the image analysis unit 171 indicates that the worker Pe in the stay period Do is the work Op itself corresponding to the work process Pr, or , It is determined that the setup for the work Op is being performed.
 「機器40が停止中(機器40の状態:0)」かつ「作業者Peが不在中(人の状態:0)」の場合、情報処理装置1010は、作業工程Prが「NULL」である、つまり、作業工程Prが実施されていないと判定する。つまり、画像解析部171は、手動工程である作業工程Prについて、滞在期間Doでも動作期間Daでもない期間には、作業工程Prは実施されていないと判定する。 When "device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 has a work process Pr of "Null". That is, it is determined that the work process Pr has not been carried out. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr, which is a manual process, is not executed during the period other than the stay period Do and the operation period Da.
  (2. 自動化工程に対する分析)
 作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Acが、「自動化された動作」である場合、つまり、作業工程Prが自動化工程である場合、図18の(B)に示すように、情報処理装置1010は、以下の分析を実行する。
(2. Analysis for automation process)
When the operation Ac executed by the device 40 when the work process Pr is executed is an "automated operation", that is, when the work process Pr is an automated process, information processing is performed as shown in FIG. 18B. Device 1010 performs the following analysis.
 すなわち、「機器40が動作中(機器40の状態:1)」かつ「作業者Peが滞在中(人の状態:1)」の場合、情報処理装置1010(特に、画像解析部171)は、作業者Peは「無駄」となっていると判定する。つまり、自動化工程である作業工程Prにおいて、滞在期間Doと動作期間Daとが重なっている場合、画像解析部171は、滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peは無駄になっていると判定する。 That is, when "device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and "worker Pe is staying (human state: 1)", the information processing device 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) The worker Pe determines that it is "wasteful". That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the stay period Do and the operation period Da overlap, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the worker Pe is wasted in the stay period Do.
 「機器40が動作中(機器40の状態:1)」かつ「作業者Peが不在中(人の状態:0)」の場合、情報処理装置1010は、「送り動作」など、作業工程Prに対応する「通常の動作Ac」が実行されていると判定する。つまり、自動化工程である作業工程Prにおいて、動作期間Daが滞在期間Doに重なっていない場合、画像解析部171は、動作期間Daにおいて機器40は、「送り動作」など、作業工程Prに対応する動作Acを実行していると判定する。 When "device 40 is operating (device 40 state: 1)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 is set to the work process Pr such as "feed operation". It is determined that the corresponding "normal operation Ac" is being executed. That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the operation period Da does not overlap with the stay period Do, the image analysis unit 171 corresponds to the work process Pr such as "feed operation" in the device 40 in the operation period Da. It is determined that the operation Ac is being executed.
 「機器40が停止中(機器40の状態:0)」かつ「作業者Peが滞在中(人の状態:1)」である場合、情報処理装置1010は、作業者Peは作業工程Prに対応する作業Opの「段取り」をしていると判定する。つまり、自動化工程である作業工程Prにおいて、滞在期間Doが動作期間Daに重なっていない場合、画像解析部171は、滞在期間Doにおいて作業者Peは、作業工程Prに対応する作業Opのための段取りを行っていると判定する。 When "device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is staying (person state: 1)", the information processing device 1010 means that the worker Pe corresponds to the work process Pr. It is determined that the work to be performed is "set up". That is, in the work process Pr which is an automation process, when the stay period Do does not overlap with the operation period Da, the image analysis unit 171 indicates that the worker Pe in the stay period Do is for the work Op corresponding to the work process Pr. It is determined that the setup is being performed.
 「機器40が停止中(機器40の状態:0)」かつ「作業者Peが不在中(人の状態:0)」の場合、情報処理装置1010は、作業工程Prが「NULL」である、つまり、作業工程Prについて何ら作業は行われていないと判定する。つまり、画像解析部171は、自動化工程である作業工程Prについて、滞在期間Doでも動作期間Daでもない期間には、作業工程Prは実施されていないと判定する。 When "device 40 is stopped (device 40 state: 0)" and "worker Pe is absent (person state: 0)", the information processing device 1010 has a work process Pr of "Null". That is, it is determined that no work has been performed on the work process Pr. That is, the image analysis unit 171 determines that the work process Pr, which is an automation process, is not executed during the period other than the stay period Do and the operation period Da.
 これまで図18を用いて説明してきたように、情報処理装置1010(特に、画像解析部171)は、無駄工程、つまり、作業者Peの無駄な滞在期間Doを可視化する。特に、情報処理装置1010は、補正フィルタ210によって、動線解析結果からノイズを除去し、また、動線解析結果を補完することによって、作業工程Prについて、高精度かつ詳細な分析を行うことができる。 As described with reference to FIG. 18, the information processing apparatus 1010 (particularly, the image analysis unit 171) visualizes the waste process, that is, the wasteful stay period Do of the worker Pe. In particular, the information processing apparatus 1010 can perform highly accurate and detailed analysis of the work process Pr by removing noise from the flow line analysis result by the correction filter 210 and complementing the flow line analysis result. it can.
 §4.変形例
 (情報処理装置とPLCとを一体とする)
 これまで、図2に示すように、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)とPLC20とが、制御ネットワーク50を介して、相互に通信可能に接続されている例を説明してきた。しかしながら、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)とPLC20とを制御ネットワーク50を介して接続することは必須ではない。
§4. Modification example (Integrating the information processing device and PLC)
So far, as shown in FIG. 2, an example in which the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 are connected to each other so as to be communicable with each other via the control network 50 has been described. However, it is not essential to connect the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 via the control network 50.
 例えば、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)とPLC20とは、内部バスを介して、相互に通信可能に接続されていてもよく、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)とPLC20とを一体としてもよい。すなわち、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)とPLC20とを一体としたIPC(Industrial PC)として、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)を構成してもよい。 For example, the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 may be connected to each other so as to be able to communicate with each other via an internal bus, and the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 may be connected to each other. May be integrated. That is, the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) may be configured as an IPC (Industrial PC) in which the information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010) and the PLC 20 are integrated.
 (PLCによる工程情報の分析)
 これまでの説明においては、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する判定(例えば、エラー発生の有無および標準動作時間Ttaの範囲内での実行完了の有無の判定)は、PLC20から工程情報を受信した情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)が実施していた。例えば、これまでの説明においては、動作Ac(m)の動作期間Daが標準下限動作時間下限Ttal(m)から標準上限動作時間上限Ttah(m)までの範囲内にあるかを判定するのは、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)であった。
(Analysis of process information by PLC)
In the description so far, the determination for the operation result La (particularly the operation Ac) included in the process information (for example, the presence / absence of an error and the determination of the presence / absence of execution completion within the range of the standard operation time Tta) is determined by PLC20. The information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) that received the process information from For example, in the description so far, it is determined whether the operation period Da of the operation Ac (m) is within the range from the standard lower limit operation time lower limit Ttal (m) to the standard upper limit operation time upper limit Ttah (m). , Information processing device 10 (or information processing device 1010).
 具体的には、これまでに説明してきた例では、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)の備える動作判定部130が、工程情報から、特に、動作結果Laから、作業工程Prの実施に際して機器40が実行した動作Acの動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、動作期間Daを特定した。そして、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)の備える動作判定部130が、特定した動作開始時刻Tms、動作完了時刻Tme、動作期間Da、および、動作Acに対応する動作基準Saを用いて、実際の動作Acに対する判定を実行した。 Specifically, in the examples described so far, when the operation determination unit 130 included in the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) executes the work process Pr from the process information, particularly from the operation result La. The operation start time Tms, the operation completion time Tme, and the operation period Da of the operation Ac executed by the device 40 were specified. Then, the operation determination unit 130 included in the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) uses the specified operation start time Tms, operation completion time Tme, operation period Da, and operation reference Sa corresponding to the operation Ac. , The judgment for the actual operation Ac was executed.
 しかしながら、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する上述の判定は、PLC20が実行してもよく、PLC20は、上述の判定の結果を、工程情報に含めて、または、工程情報に代えて、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)へと送信してもよい。例えば、動作判定部130はPLC20が備え、情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)は、PLC20から、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する上述の判定の結果を取得してもよい。情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)は、工程情報に含まれる動作結果La(特に、動作Ac)に対する上述の判定の結果を用いて、基礎撮像データBIから部分撮像データODを抽出できればよく、動作結果Laに対する判定を情報処理装置10(または情報処理装置1010)が実行することは必須ではない。 However, the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information may be executed by the PLC 20, and the PLC 20 includes the result of the above determination in the process information or the process information. Alternatively, the information may be transmitted to the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010). For example, the operation determination unit 130 is provided in the PLC 20, and the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) acquires the result of the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information from the PLC 20. You may. The information processing apparatus 10 (or the information processing apparatus 1010) may be able to extract the partial imaging data OD from the basic imaging data BI by using the result of the above-mentioned determination for the operation result La (particularly, the operation Ac) included in the process information. It is not essential that the information processing device 10 (or the information processing device 1010) executes the determination for the operation result La.
 〔ソフトウェアによる実現例〕
 情報処理装置10および情報処理装置1010の機能ブロック(具体的には、第1取得部110、第2取得部120、動作判定部130、抽出部150、送信部160、画像解析部170、画像解析部171、および、補正フィルタ210)は、集積回路(ICチップ)等に形成された論理回路(ハードウェア)によって実現してもよいし、CPU(CenTral Processing Unit)を用いてソフトウェアによって実現してもよい。
[Example of realization by software]
Functional blocks of the information processing device 10 and the information processing device 1010 (specifically, first acquisition unit 110, second acquisition unit 120, operation determination unit 130, extraction unit 150, transmission unit 160, image analysis unit 170, image analysis. The unit 171 and the correction filter 210) may be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) formed in an integrated circuit (IC chip) or the like, or may be realized by software using a CPU (Central Processing Unit). May be good.
 後者の場合、情報処理装置10および情報処理装置1010は、各々、各機能を実現するソフトウェアであるプログラムの命令を実行するCPU、上記プログラムおよび各種データがコンピュータ(またはCPU)で読み取り可能に記録されたROM(Read Only Memory)または記憶装置(これらを「記録媒体」と称する)、上記プログラムを展開するRAM(Random Access Memory)等を備えている。そして、コンピュータ(またはCPU)が上記プログラムを上記記録媒体から読み取って実行することにより、本発明の目的が達成される。上記記録媒体としては、「一時的でない有形の媒体」、例えば、テープ、ディスク、カード、半導体メモリ、プログラマブルな論理回路等を用いることができる。また、上記プログラムは、該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して上記コンピュータに供給されてもよい。なお、本発明は、上記プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 In the latter case, the information processing device 10 and the information processing device 1010 each have a CPU that executes instructions of a program that is software that realizes each function, and the above program and various data are readablely recorded by a computer (or CPU). It is equipped with a ROM (Read Only Memory) or a storage device (these are referred to as "recording media"), a RAM (Random Access Memory) for developing the above program, and the like. Then, the object of the present invention is achieved by the computer (or CPU) reading the program from the recording medium and executing the program. As the recording medium, a "non-temporary tangible medium", for example, a tape, a disk, a card, a semiconductor memory, a programmable logic circuit, or the like can be used. Further, the program may be supplied to the computer via an arbitrary transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. The present invention can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave, in which the above program is embodied by electronic transmission.
 (付記事項)
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得部と、前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得部と、前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定部と、前記動作判定部により前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出部と、を備え、自装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、前記第2取得部は、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する。
(Additional notes)
The data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a first acquisition unit that acquires basic data that is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and an apparatus used for each execution of the plurality of work processes. The second acquisition unit that acquires the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the device, and whether or not the operation executed by the device satisfies a predetermined operation standard by using the process information. Extraction of the motion determination unit to be determined and the imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the motion determined to satisfy the predetermined motion criteria by the motion determination unit as partial data from the basic data. The own device includes a unit and a device, and the own device is connected to a master in a master-slave control system in which the device is a slave via an internal bus, or via a control network that communicably connects the slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master, and the second acquisition unit acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記マスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であって、以下の処理を実行する。すなわち、前記データ抽出装置は、前記マスタにより生成または収集された前記工程情報を用いて、前記基礎データから、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを抽出する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device is a device connected to the master via an internal bus, or a device different from the device connected to the master via the control network, and is described below. Executes the processing of. That is, the data extraction device uses the process information generated or collected by the master to perform the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard from the basic data. The imaging data indicating the above is extracted.
 つまり、前記データ抽出装置は、前記内部バスまたは前記制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタから前記工程情報を取得する。そして、前記データ抽出装置は、取得した前記工程情報を用いることにより、前記基礎データを前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に送信せずに、前記基礎データから所望の撮像データを前記部分データとして抽出する。 That is, the data extraction device acquires the process information from the master via the internal bus or the control network. Then, by using the acquired process information, the data extraction device extracts desired imaging data as the partial data from the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master-slave control system. ..
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへ通信負荷をかけることなく、前記部分データを前記基礎データから抽出することで、前記基礎データを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device efficiently uses the basic data by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、前記基礎データに対する画像解析によって、前記作業工程の実施の際に作業者が行った作業が、前記作業工程の実施の際に行われる標準的な作業であるか否かを判定する画像解析部をさらに備え、前記抽出部は、前記基礎データからさらに、前記画像解析部により前記標準的な作業ではないと判定された前記作業に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, the work performed by the operator during the execution of the work process is a standard work performed during the execution of the work process by image analysis of the basic data. The work process further includes an image analysis unit that determines whether or not the data is, and the extraction unit further corresponds to the work that is determined by the image analysis unit to be non-standard work from the basic data. The imaging data indicating the implementation status of the above may be extracted as the partial data.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データに対する画像解析によって、前記作業工程の実施の際に前記作業者が行った前記作業が、前記作業工程の実施の際に行われる前記標準的な作業であるか否かを判定する。そして、前記データ抽出装置は、前記作業が前記標準的な作業ではないと判定すると、前記標準的な作業ではないと判定した前記作業に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記基礎データから抽出する。つまり、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データに対する画像解析により、前記基礎データを前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に送信することなく、前記基礎データから所望の撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出する。 According to the above configuration, in the data extraction device, the work performed by the worker at the time of carrying out the work process is performed at the time of carrying out the work process by image analysis of the basic data. Determine if it is a standard task. Then, when the data extraction device determines that the work is not the standard work, the data extraction device obtains imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the work determined to be not the standard work. Extract from the data. That is, the data extraction device extracts desired imaging data from the basic data as the partial data by image analysis of the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master-slave control system.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへ通信負荷をかけることなく、前記部分データを前記基礎データから抽出することで、前記基礎データを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device efficiently uses the basic data by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、前記抽出部により前記部分データとして抽出された撮像データを、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部へと送信する送信部をさらに備えていてもよい。 The data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention may further include a transmission unit that transmits the imaging data extracted as the partial data by the extraction unit to the outside of the master / slave control system.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから前記部分データとして抽出した撮像データを、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部へと送信する。ここで、前記部分データとして抽出した撮像データのデータ量は、前記基礎データのデータ量に比べて小さいことは明らかである。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device transmits the imaging data extracted as the partial data from the basic data to the outside of the master / slave control system. Here, it is clear that the amount of imaging data extracted as the partial data is smaller than the amount of basic data.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへの通信負荷を抑制しつつ、当該上位システムでの前記基礎データの効率的な利用を可能とするとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device has the effect of enabling efficient use of the basic data in the higher-level system while suppressing the communication load on the higher-level system located outside the master-slave control system. ..
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置において、前記動作判定部は、(A)前記機器が異常を検出したとの動作結果、および、(B)前記機器が実行した動作に異常があったとの動作結果、の少なくとも一方に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, the operation determination unit said that (A) the operation result that the device detected an abnormality, and (B) the operation executed by the device had an abnormality. It may be determined that the operation corresponding to at least one of the operation results satisfies the predetermined operation standard.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、(A)異常を検出したとの動作結果、および、(B)実行した動作に異常があったとの動作結果、の少なくとも一方に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device corresponds to at least one of (A) an operation result of detecting an abnormality and (B) an operation result of having an abnormality in the executed operation. Determines that the predetermined operating standard is satisfied.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから、(A)異常を検出したとの動作結果、および、(B)実行した動作に異常があったとの動作結果の少なくとも一方に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device is a work process corresponding to at least one of (A) an operation result of detecting an abnormality and (B) an operation result of having an abnormality in the executed operation from the basic data. It has the effect that the imaging data indicating the implementation status can be extracted as the partial data.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置において、前記動作判定部は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかったとの動作結果に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, even if the operation determination unit determines that the operation corresponding to the operation result that the operation is not executed in the order to be executed satisfies the predetermined operation standard. Good.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかったとの動作結果に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device determines that the operation corresponding to the operation result that the data extraction device was not executed in the order to be executed satisfies the predetermined operation standard.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった前記動作に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。例えば、前記データ抽出装置は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった動作に対応する作業工程の、直前に実施された作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出する。また、例えば、前記データ抽出装置は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかった動作に対応する作業工程の、直後に実施された作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出する。 Therefore, the data extraction device can extract imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation that was not executed in the order to be executed from the basic data as the partial data. It works. For example, the data extraction device extracts imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process executed immediately before the work process corresponding to the operation not executed in the order to be executed as the partial data. Further, for example, the data extraction device extracts imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process executed immediately after the work process corresponding to the operation not executed in the order to be executed as the partial data. ..
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置において、前記動作判定部は、前記機器が実行した前記動作について、実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、実行を完了するまでに要する時間として予め設定されている標準動作時間の範囲内にないと、前記動作は前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, the operation determination unit determines in advance that the time actually required to complete the execution of the operation executed by the device is the time required to complete the execution. If it is not within the set standard operating time range, it may be determined that the operation satisfies the predetermined operating standard.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、前記標準動作時間の範囲内にない前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する。具体的には、前記データ抽出装置は、「実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、実行を完了するまでに要する時間の下限として予め設定されている標準下限動作時間未満である」前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する。また、前記データ抽出装置は、「実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、実行を完了するまでに要する時間の上限として予め設定されている標準上限動作時間を超過する」前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device determines that the operation in which the time actually required to complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time satisfies the predetermined operation standard. Specifically, the data extraction device "the time actually required to complete the execution is less than the standard lower limit operating time preset as the lower limit of the time required to complete the execution." It is determined that the operation satisfies the predetermined operation standard. In addition, the data extraction device "exceeds the standard upper limit operating time preset as the upper limit of the time required to complete the execution of the time actually required to complete the execution." It is determined that the predetermined operation standard is satisfied.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから、実際に実行を完了するまでに要した時間が前記標準動作時間の範囲内にない前記動作に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出することができるとの効果を奏する。具体的には、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから、「実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、前記標準下限動作時間未満である」前記動作に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出することができる。また、前記データ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから、「実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、前記標準上限動作時間を超過する」前記動作に対応する作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出することができる。 Therefore, from the basic data, the data extraction device obtains imaging data indicating the execution status of the work process corresponding to the operation in which the time required to actually complete the execution is not within the range of the standard operation time. It has the effect that it can be extracted as the partial data. Specifically, the data extraction device uses the basic data to determine the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation, "the time actually required to complete the execution is less than the standard lower limit operation time". The shown imaging data can be extracted as the partial data. In addition, the data extraction device uses the basic data to show imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation in which "the time actually required to complete the execution exceeds the standard upper limit operation time". Can be extracted as the partial data.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、前記作業工程ごとに、(1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間、および、(2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, for each work process, (1) the period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process was performed, and (2) the work process. The external device may display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods during which the operation according to the execution of the above is performed by the device.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記作業工程ごとに、(1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間(「滞在期間」)、および、(2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間(「動作期間」)の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, in the data extraction device, for each work process, (1) the period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process was performed (“stay period”), and. , (2) Display on the external device information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods (“operation period”) in which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed by the device. Let me.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記作業工程ごとに、前記滞在期間および前記動作期間の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device can provide the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period and the operation period for each of the work processes. Play the effect of.
 ここで、前記データ抽出装置は、前記所定の期間における分布を示す情報を、箱ひげ図またはヒストグラムの形式で、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。また、前記データ抽出装置は、所定の製品を1つ生産するのに要した、前記作業工程Prごとの前記滞在期間および前記動作期間の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。前述の「所定の期間」および「所定の製品」の少なくとも一方は、ユーザによって選択されてもよい。 Here, the data extraction device may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. In addition, the data extraction device has at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period for at least one of the stay period and the operation period for each work process Pr required to produce one predetermined product. The information indicating the above may be displayed on the external device. At least one of the above-mentioned "predetermined period" and "predetermined product" may be selected by the user.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、(1)作業者ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に滞在していた期間、および、(2)前記機器ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る動作を実行していた期間の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。 The data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes (1) the period of stay in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process is performed for each worker, and (2) the work for each device. For at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the process was executed, information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period may be displayed on the external device.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、(1)作業者ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に滞在していた期間(「滞在期間」)、および、(2)前記機器ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る動作を実行していた期間(「動作期間」)の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device (1) stays in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process is performed for each worker (“stay period”), and (2). For at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process (“operation period”) is executed for each device, information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in the predetermined period is displayed on the external device. ..
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記作業者ごとの前記滞在期間、および、前記機器ごとの前記動作期間の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device provides the user with information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the stay period for each worker and the operation period for each device. It has the effect of being able to.
 ここで、前記データ抽出装置は、前記所定の期間における分布を示す情報を、箱ひげ図またはヒストグラムの形式で、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。また、前記データ抽出装置は、複数の前記作業者が属する作業者グループであって、ユーザによって選択された作業者グループに属する複数の前記作業者の各々について、前記滞在期間の、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。さらに、前記データ抽出装置は、複数の前記機器が属する機器グループであって、ユーザによって選択された機器グループに属する複数の前記機器の各々について、前記動作期間の、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。 Here, the data extraction device may display information indicating the distribution in the predetermined period on the external device in the form of a box plot or a histogram. Further, the data extraction device is a worker group to which the plurality of the workers belong, and for each of the plurality of the workers belonging to the worker group selected by the user, during the predetermined period of the stay period. Information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value may be displayed on the external device. Further, the data extraction device is a device group to which the plurality of devices belong, and for each of the plurality of devices belonging to the device group selected by the user, the distribution and total value of the operation period in a predetermined period. Information indicating at least one of the above may be displayed on the external device.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、所定の期間における、前記作業工程ごとの、(1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間の合計、および、(2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間の合計の少なくとも一方が、前記所定の期間において前記作業が行われ得る、または、前記動作が実行され得る時間の全体(合計。つまり、「総時間」)に占める割合を示す情報を外部装置に表示させてもよい。 The data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes, for each work process, the total period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the execution of the work process was performed in a predetermined period. , (2) At least one of the total periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process is performed by the device is the total time during which the work can be performed or the operation can be performed in the predetermined period. Information indicating the ratio to (total, that is, "total time") may be displayed on the external device.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、所定の期間における、前記作業工程ごとの、(1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間(「滞在期間」)の合計、および、(2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間(「動作期間」)の合計の少なくとも一方が、前記所定の期間において前記作業が行われ得る、または、前記動作が実行され得る時間の全体(「総時間」)に占める割合を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる。 According to the above configuration, in the data extraction device, the period during which the worker stayed in the area where (1) the work related to the execution of the work process was performed for each work process in a predetermined period (“stay”). The work is performed in the predetermined period for at least one of the total of (2) the total of (2) the period in which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed by the device (“operation period”). The external device is made to display information indicating the ratio of the time obtained or the operation can be executed to the total time (“total time”).
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、所定の期間における、前記作業工程ごとの、前記滞在期間の合計および前記動作期間の合計の少なくとも一方が、前記総時間に占める割合を示す情報を、ユーザに提供することができるとの効果を奏する。前記データ抽出装置は、前記総時間に占める割合を示す情報を、棒グラフの形式で、前記外部装置に表示させてもよい。 Therefore, the data extraction device provides the user with information indicating the ratio of at least one of the total stay period and the total operation period for each work process in the predetermined period to the total time. It has the effect of being able to. The data extraction device may display information indicating a ratio to the total time on the external device in the form of a bar graph.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、前記基礎データから生成される撮像画像を、(1)前記作業者が前記作業を行う領域、または、前記作業者が通行する通路が撮像された領域である検出領域と、(2)前記検出領域以外の領域である非検出領域とに区分し、前記撮像画像から前記作業者を検出する動線解析の結果について、前記非検出領域における検出を削除する補正部をさらに備えていてもよい。 The data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention captures an image generated from the basic data in (1) an area where the worker performs the work or an area where a passage through which the worker passes is imaged. The detection region is divided into a detection region (2) and a non-detection region which is a region other than the detection region, and the detection in the non-detection region is deleted from the result of the flow line analysis for detecting the worker from the captured image. A correction unit may be further provided.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像を前記検出領域と前記非検出領域とに区分し、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析の結果から、前記非検出領域における検出を削除する補正部をさらに備えている。つまり、前記データ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析の結果から、「前記非検出領域における検出」というノイズを削除する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device divides the captured image into the detection region and the non-detection region, and deletes the detection in the non-detection region from the result of the flow line analysis on the captured image. It is further provided with a correction unit for processing. That is, the data extraction device deletes the noise "detection in the non-detection region" from the result of the flow line analysis for the captured image.
 したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析の結果からノイズを削除することによって、前記作業者の高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、前記作業工程に対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by removing noise from the result of the flow line analysis of the captured image, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置において、前記第1取得部は、前記複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した動画像データである前記基礎データを取得し、前記基礎データに対する動線解析において、或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されなかった場合、前記補正部は、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおける前記作業者の検出結果を用いて、前記或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, the first acquisition unit acquires the basic data which is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes, and in the flow line analysis for the basic data. When the worker is not detected in the detection area of a certain frame, the correction unit uses the detection result of the worker in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame. The result of the flow line analysis for the frame may be complemented.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した動画像データである前記基礎データに対して、動線解析を実行する。そして、前記データ抽出装置は、或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されなかった場合、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおける前記作業者の検出結果を用いて、前記或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完する。 According to the above configuration, the data extraction device executes a flow line analysis on the basic data which is moving image data obtained by photographing the execution status of the plurality of work processes. Then, when the worker is not detected in the detection area of a certain frame, the data extraction device uses the detection result of the worker in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame to obtain the above. Complements the result of flow line analysis for a certain frame.
 例えば、前記或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されなかったのに、前記或るフレームの直近のフレームにおいて前記作業者が検出されていた場合、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームについての動線解析の結果に対し、以下の補完を実行する。すなわち、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を、前記直近のフレームの検出結果によって補完し、前記或るフレームの前記検出領域において、前記作業者を検出したとの検出結果を生成する。また、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームの直前の、複数のフレームにおいて連続して前記検出領域に前記作業者を検出したのに、前記或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出しなかった場合に、上述の補完を実行してもよい。 For example, if the worker is not detected in the detection area of the certain frame, but the worker is detected in the frame closest to the certain frame, the data extraction device is said to be. The following complementation is performed on the result of the flow line analysis for the frame. That is, the data extraction device complements the result of the flow line analysis for the certain frame with the detection result of the latest frame, and detects the worker in the detection area of the certain frame. Generate detection results. Further, the data extraction device continuously detects the worker in the detection area in a plurality of frames immediately before the certain frame, but the worker detects the worker in the detection area of the certain frame. If not, the above complement may be performed.
 ここで、前記基礎データは、前記複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した動画像データであり、また、前記検出領域は、前記作業者が前記作業を行う領域、または、前記作業者が通行する通路が撮像された領域である。そのため、前記基礎データに対する動線解析により、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおいて、前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されたのであれば、前記或るフレームにおいても、前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されるのが通常である。前記作業者が突然に、前記作業者が前記作業を行う領域からも、前記通路からも、消えて居なくなるといった事態は、通常は想定し難いからである。 Here, the basic data is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes, and the detection area is an area where the worker performs the work or the worker passes through the detection area. The area where the passage is imaged. Therefore, if the worker is detected in the detection area in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame by the flow line analysis for the basic data, the detection area is also in the certain frame. The worker is usually detected. This is because it is usually difficult to imagine a situation in which the worker suddenly disappears from the area where the worker performs the work and from the passage.
 したがって、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームの前記検出領域で前記作業者を検出したのに、前記或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されなかった場合、前記或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果には、誤りが含まれている可能性が高い。そこで、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果を、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームの検出結果によって補完する。 Therefore, when the worker is detected in the detection area of a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame, but the worker is not detected in the detection area of the certain frame, the worker is not detected. It is highly possible that the result of the flow line analysis of the frame contains an error. Therefore, the data extraction device complements the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame with the detection result of a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame.
 つまり、前記或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果が誤っている可能性が高い場合、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果を、直前の、所定数のフレームの検出結果によって補完して、前記或るフレームを高精度に解析することができる。したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記或るフレームの前記動線解析の結果を補正することによって、前記作業者の高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、前記作業工程に対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 That is, when there is a high possibility that the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame is incorrect, the data extraction device obtains the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame in a predetermined number of frames immediately before. The certain frame can be analyzed with high accuracy by complementing with the detection result. Therefore, the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by correcting the result of the flow line analysis of the certain frame, that is, realizes highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックス(Bounding Box)が設置されると、前記補正部は、前記複数のバウンディングボックスを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスに統一してもよい。 In the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention, when a plurality of bounding boxes (Bounding Boxes) in which the distance between the centers is equal to or less than a predetermined value are installed in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the correction unit May unify the plurality of bounding boxes into the bounding box having the largest area.
 前記の構成によれば、前記データ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスが設置されると、前記複数のバウンディングボックスを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスに統一する。 According to the above configuration, when a plurality of bounding boxes in which the distance between the centers is equal to or less than a predetermined value are installed in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the data extraction device uses the plurality of bounding boxes. , Unify to the bounding box with the largest area.
 ここで、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスが設置された場合、1人の前記作業者が、複数の前記作業者として誤検出されている可能性がある。そこで、前記データ抽出装置は、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックスが設置された場合、前記複数のバウンディングボックスを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスに統一する。 Here, in the flow line analysis for the captured image, when a plurality of bounding boxes in which the distance between the centers is equal to or less than a predetermined value are installed, one said worker erroneously detects as the plurality of said workers. It may have been. Therefore, when a plurality of bounding boxes having a distance of each center of a predetermined value or less are installed, the data extraction device unifies the plurality of bounding boxes into the bounding box having the largest area.
 つまり、前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析において、1人の前記作業者が、複数の前記作業者として誤検出されている可能性が高い場合、前記データ抽出装置は、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスだけを残して、検出した前記作業者の人数を1人とする。したがって、前記データ抽出装置は、前記撮像画像に対する動線解析において設置されるバウンディングボックスの数を修正することで前記作業者の高精度な検出を実現し、つまり、前記作業工程に対する高精度な分析を実現することができるとの効果を奏する。 That is, when there is a high possibility that one worker is erroneously detected as a plurality of workers in the flow line analysis of the captured image, the data extraction device has only the bounding box having the largest area. The number of the detected workers is set to one, leaving the above. Therefore, the data extraction device realizes highly accurate detection of the worker by modifying the number of bounding boxes installed in the flow line analysis for the captured image, that is, highly accurate analysis of the work process. It has the effect of being able to realize.
 本発明の一態様に係るデータ抽出装置の制御方法は、複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得ステップと、前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得ステップと、前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定ステップと、前記動作判定ステップにて前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出ステップと、を含み、前記データ抽出装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、前記第2取得ステップは、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する。 The control method of the data extraction device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a first acquisition step of acquiring basic data which is imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of a plurality of work processes, and each of the plurality of work processes. The second acquisition step of acquiring the process information generated from the operation result indicating the content and result of the operation performed by the device used, and the operation performed by the device using the process information set a predetermined operation standard. The basic data includes an operation determination step for determining whether or not the operation is satisfied, and imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard in the operation determination step as partial data. The data extraction device includes an extraction step of extracting from, and the data extraction device enables communication between a device connected to a master in a master-slave control system having the device as a slave via an internal bus, or the slave and the master. It is a device different from the device connected to the master via the connected control network, and the second acquisition step acquires the information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
 前記の構成によれば、前記制御方法は、前記マスタに内部バスを介して接続した前記データ抽出装置、または、前記制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる前記データ抽出装置の制御方法であって、以下の処理を実行する。すなわち、前記制御方法は、前記マスタにより生成または収集された前記工程情報を用いて、前記基礎データから、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを抽出する。 According to the above configuration, the control method is the data extraction device connected to the master via an internal bus, or the data extraction device connected to the master via the control network and different from the device. It is a control method of, and executes the following processing. That is, the control method uses the process information generated or collected by the master to determine the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard from the basic data. The imaged data shown is extracted.
 つまり、前記制御方法は、前記内部バスまたは前記制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタから前記工程情報を取得する前記データ抽出装置により実行される。そして、前記制御方法は、取得した前記工程情報を用いることにより、前記基礎データを前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に送信せずに、前記基礎データから所望の撮像データを前記部分データとして抽出する。 That is, the control method is executed by the data extraction device that acquires the process information from the master via the internal bus or the control network. Then, in the control method, by using the acquired process information, desired imaging data is extracted as the partial data from the basic data without transmitting the basic data to the outside of the master / slave control system.
 したがって、前記制御方法は、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部に位置する上位システムへ通信負荷をかけることなく、前記部分データを前記基礎データから抽出することで、前記基礎データを効率的に利用することができるとの効果を奏する。 Therefore, in the control method, the basic data is efficiently used by extracting the partial data from the basic data without imposing a communication load on the host system located outside the master-slave control system. It has the effect of being able to.
 本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made within the scope of the claims, and the embodiments obtained by appropriately combining the technical means disclosed in the different embodiments. Is also included in the technical scope of the present invention.
   10 情報処理装置(データ抽出装置)
   20 PLC(マスタ)
   40 機器(機器、スレーブ)
   50 制御ネットワーク
  110 第1取得部
  120 第2取得部
  130 動作判定部
  150 抽出部
  160 送信部
  170 画像解析部
  171 画像解析部
  210 補正フィルタ(補正部)
 1010 情報処理装置(データ抽出装置)
   Ac 動作
   Aa(-1) 解析対象領域(非検出領域)
   Aa(0) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   Aa(1) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   Aa(2) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   Aa(3) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   Aa(4) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   Aa(5) 解析対象領域(検出領域)
   BB バウンディングボックス
   BI 基礎撮像データ(基礎データ)
   Da 動作期間(実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間)
   La 動作結果
   OD 部分撮像データ(部分データ)
   Pr 作業工程
   Sa 動作基準
  Tta 標準動作時間
 S110 第2取得ステップ
 S120 第1取得ステップ
 S130 動作判定ステップ
 S140 動作判定ステップ
 S190 動作判定ステップ
 S170 抽出ステップ
10 Information processing device (data extraction device)
20 PLC (master)
40 equipment (equipment, slave)
50 Control network 110 1st acquisition unit 120 2nd acquisition unit 130 Operation judgment unit 150 Extraction unit 160 Transmission unit 170 Image analysis unit 171 Image analysis unit 210 Correction filter (correction unit)
1010 Information processing device (data extraction device)
Ac operation Aa (-1) Analysis target area (non-detection area)
Aa (0) Analysis target area (detection area)
Aa (1) Analysis target area (detection area)
Aa (2) Analysis target area (detection area)
Aa (3) Analysis target area (detection area)
Aa (4) Analysis target area (detection area)
Aa (5) Analysis target area (detection area)
BB Bounding Box BI Basic Imaging Data (Basic Data)
Da operating period (time actually required to complete execution)
La operation result OD partial imaging data (partial data)
Pr work process Sa operation standard Tta standard operation time S110 2nd acquisition step S120 1st acquisition step S130 operation judgment step S140 operation judgment step S190 operation judgment step S170 extraction step

Claims (15)

  1.  複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得部と、
     前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得部と、
     前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定部と、
     前記動作判定部により前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出部と、
    を備え、
     自装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、
     前記第2取得部は、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する
    データ抽出装置。
    The first acquisition unit that acquires basic data, which is imaging data that captures the implementation status of multiple work processes,
    A second acquisition unit that acquires process information generated from an operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the equipment used for each execution of the plurality of work processes.
    Using the process information, an operation determination unit that determines whether the operation performed by the device satisfies a predetermined operation standard, and an operation determination unit.
    An extraction unit that extracts image data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined by the operation determination unit to satisfy the predetermined operation standard from the basic data as partial data.
    With
    The own device is connected to the master via an internal bus or a control network that communicably connects the slave and the master in a master-slave control system in which the device is a slave. , It is a device different from the above device,
    The second acquisition unit is a data extraction device that acquires information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
  2.  前記基礎データに対する画像解析によって、前記作業工程の実施の際に作業者が行った作業が、前記作業工程の実施の際に行われる標準的な作業であるか否かを判定する画像解析部をさらに備え、
     前記抽出部は、前記基礎データからさらに、前記画像解析部により前記標準的な作業ではないと判定された前記作業に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、前記部分データとして抽出する
    請求項1に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    An image analysis unit that determines whether or not the work performed by the worker during the execution of the work process is a standard work performed during the execution of the work process by image analysis of the basic data. Further prepare
    The extraction unit further extracts image data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the work determined by the image analysis unit to be non-standard work from the basic data as the partial data. The data extraction device according to claim 1.
  3.  前記抽出部により前記部分データとして抽出された撮像データを、前記マスタスレーブ制御システムの外部へと送信する送信部をさらに備える
    請求項1または2に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The data extraction device according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a transmission unit that transmits the imaging data extracted as the partial data by the extraction unit to the outside of the master-slave control system.
  4.  前記動作判定部は、(A)前記機器が異常を検出したとの動作結果、および、(B)前記機器が実行した動作に異常があったとの動作結果、の少なくとも一方に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する
    請求項1から3のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The operation determination unit has the operation corresponding to at least one of (A) an operation result that the device has detected an abnormality and (B) an operation result that the operation executed by the device has an abnormality. The data extraction device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard.
  5.  前記動作判定部は、実行されるべき順序において実行されなかったとの動作結果に対応する前記動作は、前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する
    請求項1から4のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The data according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the operation determination unit determines that the operation corresponding to the operation result that the operation is not executed in the order to be executed satisfies the predetermined operation standard. Extractor.
  6.  前記動作判定部は、前記機器が実行した前記動作について、実行を完了するまでに実際に要した時間が、実行を完了するまでに要する時間として予め設定されている標準動作時間の範囲内にないと、前記動作は前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定する
    請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The operation determination unit does not have the time actually required to complete the execution of the operation executed by the device within the standard operating time preset as the time required to complete the execution. The data extraction device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein it is determined that the operation satisfies the predetermined operation standard.
  7.  前記作業工程ごとに、
      (1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間、
    および、
      (2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間
    の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる
    請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    For each work process
    (1) The period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the implementation of the work process was performed.
    and,
    (2) Claims 1 to 6 for causing an external device to display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed by the device. The data extraction device according to any one item.
  8.  (1)作業者ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に滞在していた期間、および、
     (2)前記機器ごとの、前記作業工程の実施に係る動作を実行していた期間
    の少なくとも一方について、所定の期間における分布および合計値の少なくとも一方を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる
    請求項1から7のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    (1) For each worker, the period of stay in the area where the work related to the implementation of the work process is performed, and
    (2) Claim 1 for causing an external device to display information indicating at least one of the distribution and the total value in a predetermined period for at least one of the periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process is executed for each of the devices. 7. The data extraction device according to any one of 7.
  9.  所定の期間における、前記作業工程ごとの、
      (1)前記作業工程の実施に係る作業を行う領域に作業者が滞在していた期間の合計、
    および、
      (2)前記作業工程の実施に係る動作が前記機器により実行された期間の合計
    の少なくとも一方が、前記所定の期間において前記作業が行われ得る、または、前記動作が実行され得る時間の全体に占める割合を示す情報を外部装置に表示させる
    請求項1から8のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    For each work process in a predetermined period,
    (1) The total period during which the worker stayed in the area where the work related to the implementation of the work process is performed,
    and,
    (2) At least one of the total periods during which the operation related to the execution of the work process is performed by the device is the entire time during which the work can be performed or the operation can be performed in the predetermined period. The data extraction device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein information indicating the proportion of the data is displayed on an external device.
  10.  前記基礎データから生成される撮像画像を、
      (1)前記作業者が前記作業を行う領域、または、前記作業者が通行する通路が撮像された領域である検出領域と、
      (2)前記検出領域以外の領域である非検出領域と
    に区分し、
     前記撮像画像から前記作業者を検出する動線解析の結果について、前記非検出領域における検出を削除する補正部をさらに備える
    請求項2に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The captured image generated from the basic data
    (1) An area in which the worker performs the work, or a detection area in which the passage through which the worker passes is imaged.
    (2) It is divided into a non-detection area, which is an area other than the detection area.
    The data extraction device according to claim 2, further comprising a correction unit for deleting the detection in the non-detection region of the result of the flow line analysis for detecting the worker from the captured image.
  11.  前記第1取得部は、前記複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した動画像データである前記基礎データを取得し、
     前記基礎データに対する動線解析において、或るフレームの前記検出領域に前記作業者が検出されなかった場合、前記補正部は、前記或るフレームの直前の、所定数のフレームにおける前記作業者の検出結果を用いて、前記或るフレームについての動線解析の結果を補完する
    請求項10に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    The first acquisition unit acquires the basic data, which is moving image data obtained by photographing the implementation status of the plurality of work processes.
    When the worker is not detected in the detection area of a certain frame in the flow line analysis for the basic data, the correction unit detects the worker in a predetermined number of frames immediately before the certain frame. The data extraction device according to claim 10, wherein the result is used to supplement the result of the flow line analysis for a certain frame.
  12.  前記撮像画像に対する前記動線解析において、各々の中心の距離が所定値以下である複数のバウンディングボックス(Bounding Box)が設置されると、
     前記補正部は、前記複数のバウンディングボックスを、最も面積が大きいバウンディングボックスに統一する
    請求項10または11に記載のデータ抽出装置。
    In the flow line analysis for the captured image, when a plurality of bounding boxes in which the distance between the centers is equal to or less than a predetermined value are installed,
    The data extraction device according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the correction unit unifies the plurality of bounding boxes into a bounding box having the largest area.
  13.  データ抽出装置の制御方法であって、
     複数の作業工程の実施状況を撮影した撮像データである基礎データを取得する第1取得ステップと、
     前記複数の作業工程の各々の実施に用いられる機器が実行した動作の内容および結果を示す動作結果から生成された工程情報を取得する第2取得ステップと、
     前記工程情報を用いて、前記機器が実行した前記動作が所定の動作基準を満たすかを判定する動作判定ステップと、
     前記動作判定ステップにて前記所定の動作基準を満たすと判定された前記動作に対応する前記作業工程の実施状況を示す撮像データを、部分データとして前記基礎データから抽出する抽出ステップと、
    を含み、
     前記データ抽出装置は、前記機器をスレーブとするマスタスレーブ制御システムにおけるマスタに内部バスを介して接続した装置、または、前記スレーブと前記マスタとを通信可能に接続する制御ネットワークを介して前記マスタに接続した、前記機器とは異なる装置であり、
     前記第2取得ステップは、前記マスタにより生成または収集された情報を、前記工程情報として取得する
    制御方法。
    It is a control method of the data extraction device.
    The first acquisition step to acquire the basic data, which is the imaging data obtained by photographing the implementation status of multiple work processes, and
    A second acquisition step of acquiring process information generated from an operation result indicating the content and result of the operation executed by the equipment used for each execution of the plurality of work processes, and
    Using the process information, an operation determination step for determining whether the operation performed by the device satisfies a predetermined operation standard, and an operation determination step.
    An extraction step of extracting from the basic data as partial data the imaging data indicating the implementation status of the work process corresponding to the operation determined to satisfy the predetermined operation standard in the operation determination step.
    Including
    The data extraction device is connected to the master in a master-slave control system having the device as a slave via an internal bus, or to the master via a control network that communicably connects the slave and the master. It is a connected device different from the above device,
    The second acquisition step is a control method for acquiring information generated or collected by the master as the process information.
  14.  請求項1から12のいずれか1項に記載のデータ抽出装置としてコンピュータを機能させるための情報処理プログラムであって、前記各部としてコンピュータを機能させるための情報処理プログラム。 An information processing program for operating a computer as the data extraction device according to any one of claims 1 to 12, and for operating the computer as each part.
  15.  請求項14に記載の情報処理プログラムを記録したコンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体。 A computer-readable recording medium on which the information processing program according to claim 14 is recorded.
PCT/JP2020/008289 2019-06-14 2020-02-28 Data extraction device, control method for data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium WO2020250501A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-111037 2019-06-14
JP2019111037 2019-06-14
JP2019211641A JP2020205027A (en) 2019-06-14 2019-11-22 Data extraction device, method of controlling the same, information processing program, and recording medium
JP2019-211641 2019-11-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020250501A1 true WO2020250501A1 (en) 2020-12-17

Family

ID=73780991

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/008289 WO2020250501A1 (en) 2019-06-14 2020-02-28 Data extraction device, control method for data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020250501A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024070304A1 (en) * 2022-09-28 2024-04-04 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Communication system, calculation device, and communication method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002157598A (en) * 2000-11-16 2002-05-31 Japan Radio Co Ltd System for detecting invader
JP2003069900A (en) * 2001-08-29 2003-03-07 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Device and program for generating video
US20150294496A1 (en) * 2014-04-14 2015-10-15 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Probabilistic person-tracking using multi-view fusion
WO2016098265A1 (en) * 2014-12-19 2016-06-23 富士通株式会社 Motion path drawing method, motion path drawing program, motion path drawing device, method for processing motion analysis, program for processing motion analysis, and motion analysis device
JP2018200680A (en) * 2017-05-25 2018-12-20 キヤノン株式会社 Photographing apparatus and system
JP2019023803A (en) * 2017-07-24 2019-02-14 株式会社日立製作所 Work Improvement Support System and Method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002157598A (en) * 2000-11-16 2002-05-31 Japan Radio Co Ltd System for detecting invader
JP2003069900A (en) * 2001-08-29 2003-03-07 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Device and program for generating video
US20150294496A1 (en) * 2014-04-14 2015-10-15 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Probabilistic person-tracking using multi-view fusion
WO2016098265A1 (en) * 2014-12-19 2016-06-23 富士通株式会社 Motion path drawing method, motion path drawing program, motion path drawing device, method for processing motion analysis, program for processing motion analysis, and motion analysis device
JP2018200680A (en) * 2017-05-25 2018-12-20 キヤノン株式会社 Photographing apparatus and system
JP2019023803A (en) * 2017-07-24 2019-02-14 株式会社日立製作所 Work Improvement Support System and Method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024070304A1 (en) * 2022-09-28 2024-04-04 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Communication system, calculation device, and communication method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240089412A1 (en) Machine-vision system and method for remote quality inspection of a product
WO2020250498A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, information processing program, and recording medium
JP7077553B2 (en) Quality control equipment
CN111542791B (en) Facility diagnosis method using facility diagnosis system
JP2020205027A (en) Data extraction device, method of controlling the same, information processing program, and recording medium
JP2018180958A (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing system, information processing method and program
WO2020250501A1 (en) Data extraction device, control method for data extraction device, information processing program, and recording medium
US20220391810A1 (en) Work instruction system and work instruction method
KR102168737B1 (en) Quality analysis device and quality analysis method
TWI531787B (en) An automatic optical detection method and an automatic optical detection system for carrying out the method
JP2008217608A (en) Remote monitoring system and method of industrial machine
JP2020129287A (en) Process information acquisition system, process information acquisition method, and process information acquisition program
WO2021024528A1 (en) Display control device, control method, information processing program, and recording medium
JP7181257B2 (en) Cause analysis system and method
US20230281536A1 (en) Work management device, work management method, and non-transitory computer-readable medium
JP7493390B2 (en) Monitoring system
WO2022190584A1 (en) Information processing device, method, and program
CN115136088B (en) Programmable display, control system and analysis method
WO2022097310A1 (en) Work inference device, work inference device control method, information processing program, and recording medium
WO2022157988A1 (en) Work estimation device, control method for work estimation device, information processing program, and recording medium
US20230229137A1 (en) Analysis device, analysis method and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
WO2022158216A1 (en) Work management device, work management method, and work management program
JP2021196909A (en) Monitoring system
JP2022113099A (en) Work management device, work management method, and work management program
CN116601653A (en) Job management device, job management method, and job management program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20823353

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20823353

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1